REMEDIAL ACTION WORK PLAN OPERABLE UNIT 2, LANDFILL ...

REMEDIAL ACTION 

WORK PLAN 

W=-F/y 

OPERABLE UNIT 2, LANDFILL CLOSURE 

FORT ORD, CALIFORNIA 

r 

L 

Total Environmental Restoration Contract 

DACW05-959D-0001 

m 

INTERNATIONAL 

TECHNOLOGY 

CORPORATION

..--—---- 

- .. .SJ/6-24-96/SACTERCilTORD 0U21RAW’PRV I 

DRAFT FINAL 

REMEDIAL ACTION WORK PLAN 



TOTAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION CONTRACT 

DACW05-95-D-0001 

DELlVERY ORDER NO. 0003 

Submitted to: 

Department of the Army 

Corps of Engineers, Sacramento 

1325 “J” Street 

Sacramento, California 95814-2922 

Submitted by: 

IT Corporation 

2055 Junction Avenue 

San Jose, California 95131 

Revision 1 

June 1996 

❑ Uncontrolled 

‘! CW2”%’+’7

-.., 

DRAFT FINAL 

REMEDIAL ACTION WORK PMN 




DACW05-95-D-0001 


Revision 1 

June 1996 

Approved by:’ @& 

Michael Williams ~ c-o 

Registered Professional Engineer 

APP,OV-* , i eject Quality Control Systems Manager 

Y 

+zLfL@’ 

Robert Malady 

Project Manager 

!n’-71.LA , 

Approved by ,. ), 

William F. Wilkinson 

Deputy Program Manager 

-- /- SJ/1524.% /SACTEKflTORD OUZILAWP.RV 1 

\ 

Date: ~ - Z-6 -%2

---% 

Table of Contents 

List ofTables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. -. ”” ”” -” ”” ”. ..”” ”””” ””o”-o ‘--’””””-””””-’””””-”v 

ListofFigmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ““” ”” . .. ”QP”””.””-.””-””-+-” ‘mw--’’-”--”””-’””””vl 

ListofAppendices . . . . . . . . . . . . ““” ”. . ”. - . ”. - ”””- ””””--”-’- ‘---”””-’’””-’”””” 

.. 

’11 

... 

List ofDefinitions . . .. -..-.. ..-””””.””..”””’”””.””.--- ‘- ’- -” -” m”-” ”” ”””” ”””- ”vlll 

List ofAcronyms and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..x 

1.0 Introduction . . . . . . . ...-””.”.” ““- . . ””- ”. . - . ”””- +”--”-”---” “---”-”””’-””’” 

1.1 Backgroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ““” ”” .” ”. . .. -. ”. ”.. ”. ”-m----” “---’”””- 

1.2 Remedial Action Objectives _... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.........1-4 

1.3 Milestone Schedtie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...1-4 

2.0 WorkPl~ . ...-....-...--”””- -. ”. -” .- .- .. ”” ”” ”o”-. ”” ”--o-- “-----”””-”” 

2-1 

2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 

2,1.1 Phase I: ExploratorYExcavatiotiCompaction Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-2 

2.1.2 Phase IA: Utility Relocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-3 

2.1.3 Phase II: Excavationof&eaAad Fill of Areas Bthrough F . . . . . . . ...2-3 

2.1.4 Phase III: Landfill Capping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‘. 2-4 

2.2 Temporary Construction Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -“ 2-4 

--- 

22.1 

-r- ,-.. 

lramc~onmol 

1 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...-’ ““ 2-5 

2.2.1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..i+m . . 2-5 

2.2.1.2 Haul Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *----- .- 2-5 

2.2.1.3 Barricades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. 

. 

. 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -’ 2-5 

2.2.1.4 Road Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -’” 2-6 

2.2.2 

2.2.3 

2.2.1.5 Protection ofPedestrianTraffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 

Support Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-6 

2.2.2.1 Trailers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-6 

2.2.2.2 DecontaminationFacilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-7 

Temporary FencesandBtiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-S 

SJ/6-24-96/SACTERCmOW OU21’RAW.RV I i 

1-1 

1-2

-’ ., 

2.2.4 Haul Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-8 

2.2.5 Security Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9 

2.2.5.1 Security Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 

2.2.5.2 General Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-10 

2.2.5.3 Site-SpecificAreas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-11 

2.2.5.4 Tr=lc Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2-11 

2.3 Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-11 

2.3.1 Investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-12 

2.3.2 Remove/Relocate/Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2-12 

2.3.2.1 Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 

2.3.2.2 Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-13 

2.3.2.3 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-14 

2.3.2.4 Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 

2.3.2 .5 Cable TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-14 

2.3.2.6 Sanitary Sewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-15 

2.3.2.7 Storm Drains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 

2.4 MonitoringWellDestructionandGas MonitoringProbeRemoval . . . . . . . . . ...2-15 

2.4.1 MonitoringWellDestruction.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2-16 

2.4.2 Gas MonitoringProbeRemoval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-17 

2.4.3 Dust Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2-17 

2.5 Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-17 

2.5.1 Safe Conduct oftheWork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 

2.5.2 Removal and DispositionofSalvaged Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 

2.5.3 Removal and D@ositionofHazardous andNonhazardousMaterials . . . . 2-18 

2.5.4 Protection of Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-19 

2.5.5 Methods and EquipmentforEach Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-19 

2.5.6 Sequence of@rations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-20 

2,6 MaterialsHandlingPlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...-.2-20 

2.6.1 Debris Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .’. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., ..2-20 

2.6.1.1 Combustible Debris . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-20 

2.6.1.20therDebris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2-22 

2.6.1.3 Recyclable Debris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-22 

2.6.2 Clearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2-22 

2.6.3 Grubbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22 

SJ16-24-96/SACTERCIITORD 0U21RAWF’.RVI 

ii

[ 

,f, 

( 

.-. 

. ... 

2.6.4 Excavation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . ...2-23 

2.6.4.1 Aea A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2.23 

2.6.4.2 Areas BthroughF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 

2.6.5 Backfdl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-25 

2.6.5.1 AreaA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-25 

2.6.5.2 Areas BthroughF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 

2.7 Liners, Vents, ProbesandPlates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-27 

2.7.1 Flexible Membrane Liner (FML) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-27 

2.7.2 Gas Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . . . . . . . ...-2-28 

2.7.3 Gas Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ~~””.”.”.””.””..”.. “.2-29 

2.7.4 SettlementPlates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-29 

2.8 Vegetative Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‘o 2-29 

2.9 Find Gading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . ” - - ” ”.””.”.-”. . “....2-30 

2.9.1 Constructibili~hprovementi.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-30 

2.9.1.1 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....0~.””2-31 

2.9.1.2 Earthwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...-2-31 

2.9.1.3Daily andInterimCovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-32 

2.9.1.4 Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2-32 

2.9.1.5 Storm WaterDrainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-33 

2.9.1.6 Flexible Membrane Liner(Geomembrane) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-33 

2.9.1.7Landfill GasVents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-34 

2.9.2 Computer Grade Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-35 

2.10 Revegetation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..”” .2-36 

2.11 Enviromnent.alProtection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-36 

2.11.1 Threatened and Endangered Species and Sensitive Habitat Mitigation Plan 2-37 

2.11.1.1 Coast Live OakWoodland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-38 

2.11.1.2 Maritime Chapman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-40 

2.11.1.3 Monterey Spine flower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . ...-2-40 

2.11.1.4 Sand Gilia . . . . . . . . . . . . ..l.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-...2-40 

2.11.1.5 MitigationAreas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..-- . . ..2~0 

2.11.2 Dust Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...-.........241 

2.11.2.10perational Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 

2.11.2.2 Administrative Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. +.2-42 

2.11.3 Erosion Contil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..+ . . ...2-42 

SJ/6-24-961SAtXERCATOW 0U2/RAWP.RVl 

... 

111

,/-. 

2.12 Restoration of Permanent Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-43 

2.12.1 Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-43 

2.12.2 Sidewalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...2-43 

3.0 Health and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...3-1 

3.1 Site Safety and HealthPlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...3-1 

3.2 Unexploded OrdnanceWorkPlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...3-1 

4.0 Quantity Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...4-1 

5.0 Community Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...5-1 

6.0 Constructibility Improvements . . . . 

7.0 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

7.1 

7.2 

7.3 

7.4 

7.5 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 

Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .../- 

MajorConstructionEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...7- 

Support Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...7-1 

staffing Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...7-1 

AcquisitionPlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...7-2 

References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..R-l 

SJ/6.24-96/SACTERCt’FTORD 0U21RAWP.RVI

List of Tables 

Table 

1-1 

2-1 

2-2 

2-3 

6-1 

7-1 

7-2 

7-3 

7-4 

7-5 

7-6 

Title 

Milestone Schedule 

Utility Impacts 

13emolition Methods and Equipment 

Landfill Cap Material Balance 

Constructibility Improvements 

Major Construction Equipment 

Construction Equipment Schedule 

Support Equipment 

Sta5g Plan 

Major Subcontracts 

Major Materials 

Susl%%mAcrERc!lFrom omRAwPJwo 

v

List of Figures 

Figure 

1-1 

1-2 

2-1 

2-2 

2-3 

2-4 

2-5 

2-6 

2-7 

2-8 

2-9 

2-1o 

2-11 

2-12 

2-13 

2-14 

2-15 

2-16 

7-1 

77tle 

Vicinity Map 

Location Map 

Site Plan 

Explorato~ Excavation Trench 

Traffic Control Plan 

SUppOrt Facilities 

Personnel Containment Berms 

Equipment Containment Berms 

Equipment Containment Berms 

Utility Plan - Area A 

Utility Plan - Areas B to F 

Removal of Roads and Sidewalk Plan 

Materials Handling Plan 

Materials Handling Schematic Flow Diagram 

Excavation Plan - Area A 

Bench Profiles for Refuse Excavation 

Excavation Plan - Areas B to F 

Constructibility Improvements 

Construction Schedule 

SJ/5-13-% /SACTERCJITORD OWWP.RVO 

vi

List of Appendices 

Appendix 

A 

B 

c 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

I 

Title 

Asbestos Survey Reports 

Industrial Hygiene Survey 

Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 

Quantity Survey Plan 

Site Safety and Health Plan Addendum: UXO Work Plan 

Standard Operating Procedure: UXO Operations 

Construction Specifications 

Responses to Agency and USACE Cornrnents 

Construction Drawings 

SJ16-24-96/SACTERCiFJ_ORD 0U21RAWP.RV 1 

vii

--., 

. . ~,\ List of Definitions 

ASTM Designation DXXXX: A standardized field or laborato~ test method adopted by the 

American Society of Testing and Materials. 

Bench: A terrace or comparatively level platform breaking the continuity of a slope. 

Bacldlll: Clean material free from roots and other organic matter, trash, and debris. 

Cover Material: Soils or other material suitable for use in covering compacted solid wastes in a 

disposal site. 

Degree of Compaction: The ratio of density to the maximum dry density determined in the 

laboratory, expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry density. 

Fill: Includes compacted solid waste and cover material. 

Final Cover: Cover material that represents the permanently exposed final surface of a fill. 

Foundation Layer: Two-foot landfill cover layer consisting of two one-foot zones. Zone 1, 

which is the lower foot of the foundation layer, includes general fill or contaminated soil. Zone 2, 

which is the upper foot of the foundation layer, includes clean soil fi-ee from roots and other 

organic matter, trash, debris, and stones larger than 0.5 inch in any dimension. 

General Fill: Refuse excavated from 0U2 Landfill Area A and transported to the other landfdl 

areas. 

Geomembrane: Synthetic material that functions as a low permeable barrier to the transmission 

of fluids. 

Line~ A continuous layer of synthetic material or membrane installed beneath as a barrier. 

Permeability: The ability of natural and artificial materials to transmit fluid. 

Refuse: Garbage and rubble. 

Runo~ The portion of precipitation that drains from an area as surface flow. 

Run on: The portion of precipitation that drains onto an area as surface flow. 

.. sJ/$13-%/sACTERUITORD OWWP-RVO 

... 

Vlu

, --- 

/----- 

.. Vector: Includes any insect or other arthropod, rodent, or other animal capable of transmitting 

the causative agents of human disease, or disrupting the no”i-rnalenjoyment of life by adversely 

affecting the public health and well being. 

Vegetative Cover: Soil free of contaminated and hazardous materials, and suitable for vegetative 

growth. 

SJI>12L% /SACERC31TORD UUZ!RAWF~VO 

ix

’-. 

List of Acron yms and Abbreviation~ 

APP 

ASTM 

ATP 

BCT 

BMPs 

CALTRANS 

CAMU 

CCR 

CERCLA 

CGM 

CIWMB 

COR 

CSUMB 

CWM 

DENR 

DOT 

DTSC 

DWR 

ESD 

EPA 

FML 

HDPE 

HLA 

IDW 

IT 

kV 

LFG 

LLDPE 

MSDS 

NCP 

NPL 

NPDES 

Accident Prevention Plan 

American Standards of Testing Materials 

Authority to Proceed 

Base Cleanup Team 

best management practices 

California Department of Transportation 

Corrective Action Management Unit 

California Code of Regulations 

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 

combustible gas meter 

California Integrated Waste Management Board 

Contracting Officer Representative 

California State University at Monterey Bay 

chemical warfare material 

Department of Environmental and Natural Resources 

Department of Transportation 

Department of Toxic Substances Control 

State of California Department of Water Resources 

Explanation of Significant Differences 

Environmental Protection Agency 

flexible membrane liner 

high density polyethylene 

Harding Lawson Associates 

investigation derived water 


kilovolt 

landfill gas 

linear-low density polyethylene 

material safety data sheet 

National Contingency Plan 

National Priority List 

W6-24-961SACTERCIITORD 0U2/R.AWF.RVI 

National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit 

x

.- PG&E 

PPE 

Pwc 

OSHA 

0U2 

lU4B 

IL4WP 

ROD 

RPM 

RWQCB 

SSHP 

SOP 

SWPPP 

TERC 

Ucsc 

URAL 

USACE 

USAEHA 

USEPA 

Uxo 

Voc 

Pacific Gas and Electric Company 

personal protective equipment 

Public Works Cornrnission 

Occupational Safety and Health Administration 

Operable Unit 2 

Restoration Advisory Board 

Remedial Action Work Plan 

Record of Decision 

Remedial Project Manager 

Regional Water Quality Control Board 

Site Safety and Health Plan 

Standard Operating Procedure 

Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 

Total Environmental Restoration Contract 

University of California at Santa Cruz 

University Research Mea Landfill 

United States Army Corps of Engineers 

United States A-my Environmental Hygiene Agency 

United States Environmental Protection Agency 

unexploded ordnance 

volatile organic compound 

SJ/6-24-961SACTERCilTORD OU21RAWP.RV1 

xi

,--- 

.,,----- 

7.0 Introduction 

This Remedial Action Work Plan (lWIVP) describes the methods and procedures to execute and 

accomplish the remedial work involved with the Fort Ord Operable Unit 2 (OU2) Landfill 

Closure. The permanent remedial work consists of demolition, well abandonment, excavation of 

refuse, landfill cover construction, revegetation of the work areas, and restoration of roads and 

sidewalks. Temporary needs for closure include traffic control, construction support facilities, 

security, safety, and utility services. This RAWP also considers the needs for environmental 

protection, health and safety, and community relations. 

The USACE, through the Total Environmental Restoration Contract (TERC), is constructing the 

landfill cap in accordance with approved documents including the Record of Decision (ROD) 

and the Harding Lawson Associates (HLA) design. TERC employs a designhuild mechanism 

to perform the remedial work. This mechanism allows latitude for the contractor, IT Corporation 

(IT), to suggest time and cost-saving measures and improvements without compromising the 

intent of the ROD, the design, or the quality of the work. The lWWP includes these time and 

cost-saving measures as constructibility improvements for consideration by the United States 

Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and regulatory agencies. 

IT is incorporating these constructibility improvements to the HLA design, which is the base 

document, in this RAWP. These improvements enhance the overall design approved by the Base 

Cleanup Team (BCT) and are meant to define those areas which deviate from the approved 

design. BCT approval is requested to adapt these improvements to the approved design. 

These improvements do not change the basic design concepts and performance specifications 

approved in the HLA design documents. The design consists of capped landfill areas within a 

low permeable liner and vegetative cover. Therefore, no Explanation of Significant Differences 

(ESD) amendments are required to the ROD based on these constructibility improvements, The 

only ESD requirement, which adds cleanup criteria to the ~eas to be consolidated, is currently 

undergoing review by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), 

Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC), California Integrated Waste Management 

Board (CIWMB), and Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB). 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCIFTORD 0U2/TWW.RV 1 

1-1

-. Language will be added to reference the HLA design documents except as they are needed by the 

improvements as shown in the RAWP and specifically detailed in Table 6.1, Constructibility 

Improvements. 

Although some are preliminary at this stage, the proposed constructibility improvements, if 

approved in principle, could be investigated in detail and incorporated into the acquisition plan 

documentation. IT also anticipates that the constructibility improvements in the IL4WP may be 

revised and that additional improvements could be proposed as the project moves forward. 

The assumptions used to prepare this RAWP are based on the design and previous investigation 

work by others, record drawings, visual obsemations, refuse and earthwork quantities, 

expectation of obtaining clean closure, extent of contamination, and soil material properties. 

These assumptions may not necessarily be correct. For example, the refuse excavation volume 

could vary substantially from the design estimate, thereby increasing or reducing the cost and 

construction schedule. The schedule and costs may also increase significantly if the refuse area, 

Area A, needs extensive over-excavation or other contingency measures to achieve clean closure. 

The following subsections describe the background of the project, the objectives of the remedkd 

action work plan, and a schedule, which contains important dates and critical milestones. 

1.1 Background 

Ford Ord is a former military installation that comprises approximately 46 square miles in 

northwestern Monterey County, California, and is located approximately 80 miles south of San 

Francisco (Vicinity Map, Figure 1-1). Monterey Bay forms the western boundary of Fort Oral; 

the Santa Lucia Range bounds Fort Ord to the south. The cities of Marina and Seaside are 

northwest and southwest of Fort Oral, respectively. 

Fort Ord served as a training and staging facility for infiantry troops from its opening in 1917 

until its closure in 1993. In 1990, Fort Ord was placed on the U.S. Environmental Protection 

Agency (EPA) National Priority List (NPL), primarily due to volatile organic compounds 

(VOCS) found in groundwater beneath the Fort Ord OU2 Landfills. 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCI’FTORD 0U2fRAW.RVl 

1-2

T ,... 

,,.-, 

- &&Q~ 

.. .- .._. —.. ~. .-L, 

‘..L._.r.- 

b 

‘SAN 

FRAIWIWO 

SITE 

+;b 

‘ %?.,.+ 

Los 

ANGELES 

— 

-,..,. 

- “’“’-”NXA 

~. ... 

‘..,.,1 .. \ 

~. ..-. 

“> 

\ ‘. 

i=---’-” 

SCALE 

FIGURE 1-1 

0 10 20 MILES 

VICINITY MAP 

OPERABLE uNIT 2 LANDFILLCLOSURE 

FORT C4W, CALIFORNIA 

PREPARED FCIR 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AFWIY 

SACRAMENTO DISTRICT, 

CORPS OF ENGINEERS 

SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 

ml 

INTERNATIONAL 

‘mmNQImGY 

CORPORATION

.7-”” “ The 0U2 Landfills are located north and south of Imjin Road in the Main Garrison Area 

(Location Map, Figure 1-2). Area A, the only landfill north of Imjin Road and the only one with 

surface developments, covers approximately 25 acres. The landfills south of Imjin Road, Areas 

B through F, encompass approximately 93 acres of undeveloped land. They are covered by 

uneven sand dunes and grass, shrubs, and bushes. Surrounding land uses include former military 

training areas and military housing developments in close proximity to or encroaching upon the 

landfill areas, particularly Areas A and F. 

The six landfill areas were used for residential and on-base commercial waste disposal. Area A 

was used from 1956 to 1966. Areas B through F were operated from 1960 until 1987, when 

interim closure of the facility began, effectively terminating waste disposal activities at the 0U2 

landfills. 

The disposal methods used at Area A are unknown, but are believed to have been similar to 

practices used in other areas. Waste received in Areas B through F was placed in shallow, 

parallel trenches approximately 30 feet wide, 10 to 15 feet apart, and 10 to 12 feet deep. Waste 

was typically placed in the trenches to within two feet of the ground surface and covered with 

native dune sand excavated during trenching operations. 

Detailed disposal records are not available; however, information gathered during field activities 

and from other sources indicates that household and on-base commercial refuse, dried sewage 

sludge, construction debris, and small amounts of chemical waste (such as paint, oil, pesticides, 

electrical equipment, ink, and epoxy adhesive) were placed in the landfill. Refuse encountered in 

the landfill during a test pit investigation conducted by HLA as part of a refuse limits 

investigation in 1995 was found to be comprised of domestic waste, construction debris, medical 

waste, and miscellaneous waste. Unexploded ordnance (UXO) as well as related training 

materials, were reportedly encountered during HLA field activities. These items, gas masks, 

barrels, and protective clothing, are believed to be associated with training exercises for mock 

chemical warfare material (CWM) attacks. No actual CWNI was found on the landfill during the 

previous investigation by HLA. 

The background, remedial action objectives, and a summary of the construction schedule 

-. associated with closure of the OU2 Landfills are presented below. 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCIFTORD 0U21’R.AWP.RV 1 

1-3

F- - . 1.2 Remedial Action Objectives 

The primary objectives for the landfill cover system are to reduce the potential for human 

exposure to the buried refuse, reduce inllltration of rainwater and leaching into the underlying 

aquifer, reduce the rate of release of methane off gas generated by decomposition of refuse in the 

landfill, and reduce the rate of release of VOCS. The selected remedial action for soil presented 

in the ROD includes placing an engineered cover system over the shallow soil and btied refuse 

at 0U2, The cover system will provide a barrier to direct exposure to the refuse, restrict rainfall 

infiltration and prevent leaching to underlying groundwater of any remaining chemical 

compounds in refuse materials or soil, and control migration of methane and VOCS to the ground 

surface. The remedial action was selected in accordance with the Comprehensive Environmental 

Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) and the National Contingency Plan 

@cP). 

1.3 Milestone Schedule 

A milestone schedule is included in this section as Table 1-1. Section 7.1 contains ir&ormation 

on the detailed construction schedule (Figure 7-1), from which the milestone schedule is taken. 

The construction schedule contains activities for the engineering and acquisition planning efforts, 

procurement of both subcontractors and materials, and the construction sequence. The schedule 

is based on a forty-hour work week over a total duration of approximately 20 months, ending in 

December 1997. 

The construction schedule has two major milestones, including the issuance of the Authority to 

Proceed (ATP) and the Remedial ROD signing. 

The ATP is shown under the “Work Plans” heading in the milestone schedule. The ATP date is 

based on a 30-calendar-day Work Plan comment period for the USACE and regulators. The 

Draft Final Work Plan issue date precedes the ATP. Receiving the ATP restrains all permanent 

construction work, making it a critical path activity. ““’ 

The ROD signing is shown on the milestone schedule as a vertical line on July 20, 1996, the 

currently projected signing date. 

SY6-24-961SACTERC~ORD 0U21RAWP.RV1 

1-4

,,.... 

IT is working towards the dates shown on the milestone schedule. To obtain the qualified 

manpower and large equipment needed to pursue the construction effort, craft employees must be 

hired and equipment must be procured beginning in March 1996. When mobilized in May 1996, 

this manpower and equipment will begin work by clearing and grubbing Area A. In November 

1996, the removal of the refuse from Area A is expected to be complete. Work in Areas E and F 

is expected to begin in August 1996 and continue through late 1997. Several milestones, such as 

road closures and debris disposal, are shown at the bottom of the schedule. 

The milestone schedule contained in this section represents a safe and attainable plan for the 

quality completion of the 0U2 Landfill closure. 

SJ/6-24-961SAClH?ClHORD 0U2iRAWP.RV 1 

1-5

2.0 Work Plan 

The MWP has been prepared to take advantage of the desigrdbuild concept. The design is 

based on the information and data currently available. During construction, IT will determine if 

constructibility improvements can be implemented to reduce construction costs while 

maintaining the regulatory and engineering requirements such as: 

● A. minimum co~er slope of 3 percent 

● Extension of the flexible membrane liner (FML) a rninimurn of five feet beyond the 

perimeter of the refuse 

● Appropriate liner material selection 

● Adequate cover drainage 

● Stable cover slope. 

The constructibility improvements currently identified include: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

Lowering or raising finish elevations 

Increasing the vegetative cover thickness 

Modification of the perimeter berm 

Deletion of the irdltration basins 

Deletion of drainage pipes 

Modification or deletion of drainage swales 

Combining the general fill and foundation layer 

Minimizing material haul distances. 

Design modifications will be documented by an engineering review to determine the end product 

suitability, cost savings, and constructibility. 

The following is an overview of the 0U2 Landfill Closure program. A Site Plan (Figure 2-1) 

showing features pertinent to this WWP, is provided for general reference. 

2.7 Overview 

Area A 

The refuse currently located in trenches in Area A will be excavated and transported to Areas B 

through D as general fill. Clean soil from Area A will also be transported to stockpiles for 

backfill in Area A. 

SJ/6-24-96/SAC’ERCHOD 0U2iRAWP.RVl 

2-1

Area A is not intended to be capped but will be finished to a grade based on the actual amount of 

refuse that has to be removed. Other than accommodating excess material from sites outside the 

landfill, it is not anticipated at this time that off-site borrow material will be required. 

Areas B through D 

The current plan does not include any refuse excavation in these areas except for perimeter 

cleanup and realignment. However, the RAWP does provide for the removal and stockpiling of 

overburden as well as the placement of trench refuse horn Area A on Areas B through D. 

Further it will be placed in the general fill with contaminated soil only being used as the lower 

portion of the foundation layer. The upper portion of the foundation layer (a minimum of one 

foot thick) will consist of clean fill. In addition to the general fill and foundation layer, an FML 

will be placed over each landfill area. Following the placement of the FML, a minimum two-foot 

thick vegetative cover will be placed to finish each landfill cover. 

Areas E and F 

Except for perimeter cleanup and realignment, the current plan does not anticipate the placement 

of any refuse from Area A in these areas. Both Areas E and F require a foundation layer, FML, 

and vegetative cover similar to Areas B through D. 

The following describes the scope of work which is divided into phases. 

2.1.1 Phase 1: Exploratory Excavation/Compaction Testing 

During this phase of the work, selected locations of Area A will be excavated to define the limits 

of refuse and determine the location of utility lines on the perimeter of the landfill area. No 

analytical sampling of soils is anticipated during these activities; however, the excavated material 

will be visually surveyed and odors will be noted. Use of persoml protective equipment (PPE) is 

included in the Site Safety and Health Plan (S SHP), and it is typically, Level D with respirators. 

Instruments available for monitoring are photoionization and radiation detectors, and 

combustible gas meters. Odors from previous test pit excavations were minimal to non- 

detectable. 

The excavation work over utility lines will consist primarily of initial hand excavation followed 

.-’-... by exploratory trenching with 

SJ16-24-96/SACI’ERC~ORIJ OWYRAWP.RV1 

a Case 580 backhoe/loader. Findings will be clearly indicated 

2-2

,,. - with painted lath on the ground and noted on the drawings. The test pits are bacl@led with 

material from the excavation. 

In addition, approximately 50 feet of refuse trench will be excavated to evaluate the 

cotilguration of the trenches and the state of decomposition of the in-situ material. The 

excavated material will be classified visually by the presence of refuse in the soil. Soil 

containing refuse will be spread and compacted as a test pad to determine the compactive effort 

needed. 

A separate three to four foot wide trench will be excavated across the refuse trenches to the top of 

the refuse as shown on Figure 2-2, Exploratory Excavation Trench. The purpose of the 

excavation is to further delineate the refuse trench configuration. The excavated material will be 

separated as described above. 

A Cat-225 excavator equipped with a two yard bucket will be used for trench excavation, and a 

bulldozer will be used for compaction of material after it is spread with a D-6 bulldozer. 

Playground and sport field equipment from Area A, as well as the playground near the 

intersection of 3rd Avenue and Abrarns Drive, will be removed and placed in the equipment 

storage area prior to final disposal. 

2.7.2 Phase 1A: Utility Relocation 

Phase IA will overlap the end of Phase I and the beginning of Phase II. Utility disruption plans 

will be finalized based on Phase I findings. Certain utility lines will be de-energized for the 

duration of the construction work. Identification and relocation of utilities will be performed 

during Phase I to maintain services and protection of facilities. 

2.7.3 Phase 11:Excavation of Area A and Fill of Areas B through F 

Generally, the landfill Areas B, C, and D are filled first With’refuse (general fill) from Area A 

and other remediation sites. Areas E and F will also use borrow soils from the other remediation 

sites on Fort Oral. Typically, general fill will be used for the lower one foot of foundation layer. 

The filling duration estimated to construct the landfill areas is indicated on the construction 

schedule. 

SJ16-24-961SACTERClFl_ORD OU~WP.RVl 

2-3

Page # 24 

This is an oversized 

document. It will be 

found at the end of 

this file. 

Document #ok2-44LI(

f 

EXISTING 

COVER SOIL 

- 

CLEAN 

Compaction 

TEST PAD 

CAVATION Al ONG WFFUSF TRENCH 

TRENCHESJ 

f 

--e 

NOT TO SCALE 

/ 

VISUALLY SEPARATE 

CLEAN FROM CONTAMINATED 

REFUSE FROM THE 

TEST EXCAVATION 

——. ..— . 

EXCAVATION 

DIRECTION 

EXCAVATE DOWN TO 

THE TOP OF REFUSE 

f 

-1 

——— ——— — A 

EXCAVATION 

LIMIT 

I 

u 

I 

I 

FIGURE 2-2 

EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION TRENCH 

OPERABLE~1~ 2 L-ILL CLOSURE 

FORT ORDPCALIFORNIA 

PREPARED FOR 

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS 


mINTERNATIONAL 

TECHNOLOGY 

CORPORATION


t lis 



file. 

Document #OUZ+qq

,,-- 

/“-.., 

‘, 

Area A will be cleared and grubbed. Vegetative material will be stockpiled for future use in Area 

A. Clean soils with no visible debris will be stockpiled for reuse as cover material. 

Contaminated material will be excavated for use as general fill in Areas B through D. Clean 

material from Area A will be used to either replace contaminated material in Area A or as 

general fill m foundation layer material in other areas, if required. Area A will be backillled, 

compacted and graded to its final contours as determined by site conditions and best engineering 

practice, and then hydroseeded. 

Areas B through D will be cleared and grubbed, and the clean cover material will be removed. 

Spoil from both activities will be stockpiled for future use in the same areas. Existing refuse 

from Area A will be placed and compacted as general fill in these three areas. All three areas 

will be contoured for installation of the finishing layers. General fill on keas B through D will 

then be capped with material suitable for the foundation layer in preparation for installation of 

the FML. 

Areas E and F will be cleared and grubbed, and the clean cover soil will be removed. Both areas 

will then be contoured and suweyed for final design grade and placement of the cover. 

2.1.4 Phase Ill: Landfill Capping 

The foundation layers will be completed, the FML will be installed, and the vegetative cover will 

be placed on Areas B through F. Construction equipment requirements for Phases II and III are 

shown on Table 7-2, Construction Equipment Schedule. 

2.2 Temporary Construction Facilities 

The following tempormy construction facilities will be established prior to commencement of 

closure activities: 

● Traffic control 

● Support facilities 

● Temporary fences and barriers 

● Haul roads 

● Security. 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCIFTORD 0U21RAWP.RVI 

2-4

... 

2.2.7 Traffic Control 

Traffic will be controlled according to the Traffic Control Plan (Figure 2-3), which depicts how 

the public and construction activities will be separated and controlled. Construction equipment 

will use off-highway haul roads, and some existing roads will be closed and fenced to separate 

and protect both vehicular and pedestrian traffic. 

2.2. 7.1 General 

During the excavation and relocation of material from Area A, road closures and temporary 

barricades will be provided to maintain traflic around the 0U2 Landfill site. Measures for the 

protection and diversion of traffic will include the erection of barricades, placement of lights 

around the barricades, erection and maintenance of adequate warning, danger, and direction 

signs. The traveling public will be protected from darnage to person and property, and public 

traffic will be inconvenienced as little as possible. The federal police and fire department have 

been notified and were provided with a detour map prior to the commencement of closure 

activities. 

2.2.7.2 Haul Roads 

At least one primary haul road will be constructed across Imjin Road for moving refuse from 

Area A to Areas B through D. Since this primary haul road could create a hazard to public traffic 

traveling along Imjin Road, the trtilc control plan proposes closure of Imjin Road for the 

construction period. The primary haul road will have centerline reflective markers and shoulder 

markers for on-site haul 

roads. 

2.2. 7.3 Barricades 

trucks. Stop and yield signs will also be installed at secondary haul 

Barricades and warning signs will be used as trfilc control devices to facilitate road closures. 

Fencing will be used to prevent the entry of pedestrian traffic into construction areas. Barricades 

will be securely placed, and will be visible with adequate illumination for visual warning of the 

road closure. 

Signage meeting U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) and Occupational Safety and Health 

Administration (OSHA) standards will be placed to inform local traffic of the construction 

conditions and detour routes. 

SJ16-24.961SA~~C~OR0 0U2fRAWF.ItVl 

2-5

-- 2.2.7.4 Road Closure 

- 

. 

A 72-hour notice will be given to local emergency services in advance of additional road 

closures. Access for emergency services will be maintained on the public right-of-way within 

the construction limits. 

Closed roads for the duration of the project will include the following: 

● Closure of Imjin Road between 12th Street and Abrarns Drive 

● Closure of Abrams Drive at 12th Street and Imjin Road 

● Closure of 3rd Avenue at Lincoln Street. 

The proposed detour around the closed roads is Inter-Garrison Road, which is indicated in Figure 

2-3. 

2.2.1.5 Protection of Pedestrian Traffic 

Pedestrian traffic will be excluded from the construction zones. Roads and sidewalks will be 

temporarily closed to public access. Work areas that are adjacent to residences, business areas, 

or walkways normally used by pedestrians, will be secured with tempormy fences. Appropriate 

warning signs will be posted on or adjacent to the fences. 

2.2.2 Suppoti Facilities 

Support facilities include trailers and decontamination facilities, as described below. The 

location of support facilities is shown on the Site Plan (Figure 2-1), and the layout of these 

facilities is shown on Figure 2-4, Support Facilities. 

2.2.2.1 Trailers 

In addition to the trailers located at the IT site office, W All Pro Lane, the additional facilities 

will be required for the following construction activities: 

● Area A excavation activities will be supported by trailers which will be located 

near the intersection of 3rd Avenue and Abrams Drive. 

● Landfill activities in Areas B through F will be supported by trailers located at the 

equipment storage area. If the laydown area cannot be used, an alternative 

location for trailers associated with landfill activities will be on Imjin Road near 

Area B. 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCI’FTORD 0U21RAWP.RV1 

2-6

..- 

Both of these activities will be supported by two trailers each, an office trailer and a break trailer. 

The Third Avenue and Abrams Drive facility will include a decontamination (changing) trailer. 

2.2.2.2 Decontamination Facilities 

Equipment decontamination facilities consist of pressure washing equipment and containment 

berms. Washing equipment and decontamination procedures are described in the SSHP. 

The containment berms are portable and fabricated fiorn urethane-coated polyester, nylon, or 

other suitable material. Each berm is a free-standing box with individual side tubes connected to 

form a box. The tubes are manufactured from heat-sealed sleeves filled with foam, air, or water 

for side wall support. These individual tubes can be repaired or replaced without having to 

replace the complete portable berm. The materials are hydrocarbon-, abrasion-, and tear-resistant, 

and suitable for heavy equipment trafllc. 

Persomel containment berms consist of small, lightweight berms for spill contaimnent and 

personnel decontamination. Typical small portable berms are shown on Figure 2-5, Personnel 

Containment Berms. 

Equipment containment berms are designed to allow heavy equipment to drive into the berm for 

decontamination. Figure 2-6, Equipment Containment Berms, shows equipment before and after 

entering the portable berm. The equipment enters the berm, and containment is completed by 

inflating the entry tube with air, as demonstrated in Figure 2-7, Equipment Contaimnent Berms. 

Decontamination water will be pumped to the temporary storage tank shown on Figure 2-4. The 

water will be analyzed for acceptance to the sewer. If the contamination level is below the 

allowable criteria for discharge into the sewer, then the decontamination water will be discharged 

into the sewer. If the water exceeds the allowable discharge criteria, it will be processed at the 

0U2 Ground Water Treatment Plant. Investigation derived water (IDW) will be disposed of the 

h. 

same way. 

SJ/6-24-96/SACTERCIFICIRD 0U21’BAWP.RVI 

2-7

,,.------ 

,.—. L, 

—>, 

PHOTOGRAPH 1 Small, portable berms. 

PHOTOGRAPH 2 Larger, portable berms. 


TECHNOLOGY 

CO~PORATION 

FIGURE 2-5 

PERSONNEL CONTAINMENT BERMS 

FORT ORD 0U2 LANDFILL CLOSURE

...-. 

-., 

/,- 

-.,, 

PHOTOGRAPH 3 Entry tube of containment berm is deflated to allow 

equipment to enter. 

PHOTOGRAPH 4 Equipment in containment berm. 

Entry tube inflated. 

mINT~RNAHONAL 

TECHNOLOGY 

CORPOllATION 

FIGURE 2-6 

EQUIPMENT CONTAINMENT BERMS 


,,7-.. 

-. 

PHOTOGRAPH 5 Entry tube inflated to complete the containment. 

PHOTOGRAPH 6 Smaller equipment containment berm. 


TECHNOLOGY 

CORPORATION 

FIGURE 2-7 

EQUIPMENTCONTAINMENTBERMS 


~.. \ 

,,—.. 

2.2.3 Temporary Fences and Barriers 

Temporary fencing will be required at the following locations as a minimum. Other fence 

locations will be determined by site conditions. 

● Imjin Road and Abrams Dive: persomel fences to barricade sidewalks on Abrams 

IXive and sidewalk on Imjin Road in front of former service station and car wash. 

i Imjin Road and 12th Street: persomel fence to barricade sidewalk on Abrams 

IXive. 

● Abrams Drive and 3rd Avenue: personnel fence to barricade sidewalk on 3rd 

Avenue. 

● The landfill area perimeter on the north, east, and west sides will require personnel 

fencing at hiking trails, access roads and eqtiestrian trails. 

● At a minimum, contractor staging and Iaydown areas will require a 6-foot high 

chairdink security fencing. 

● Barricades and fencing will be installed at roads, paths and access points. As 

conditions change or problems occur, the Site Safety Officer will determine the 

need for additional fencing to restrict access. 

● Trenches will be benched in accordance with California and federal Occupational 

and Safety Health Acts (OSHA). Adequate egress will be incorporated in the 

trench excavations, such as a gentle sloping, open-ended trenches to avoid 

confhed space permit requirements. Sidewalls will be stepped so they are less 

than five feet high. 

● The density and moisture testing will be performed using nuclear methods in 

accordance with American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D.2922 and 

ASTM D3017. 

2.2.4 Haul Roads 

Access and primary haul roads will be constructed as needed for proper execution of the work 

under this contract. Primary haul roads will be constructed with suitable grades and widths; sharp 

curves, blind corners, and dangerous cross traffic will be avoided. Lighting, signs, barricades, and 

distinctive markings for the safe movement of traffic will be provided. Lighting will be sufficient 

to provide full and clear visibility for the full width of haul roads and work areas during night 

work operations. Upon completion of the work haul roads will be removed. 

S1/5-13-% /SACIERCfFrORD OT.J2F4WPRV0 

2-8

“Y 2.2.5 Security Plan 

The project Security Plan, contained herein, will be applied, to construction activities. This 

Security Plan describes the procedures for controlling access by personnel and vehicles into 

potentially dangerous orhuardous workareas withn the site. Access toeacharea willbe 

controlled by security fencing, lighting, and warning signs. Entrance to each area will be 

restricted to specific points which will be controlled and monitored by project personnel. Only 

project personnel, subcontractor personnel, and authorized visitors with proper identification will 

be allowed access to the site. 

Security measures described in the following sections include: 

● Security operations 

● General security 

● Site-specific areas 

● Traffic control. 

2.2.5.7 Security Operations 

The primary mission of security operations is the control of personnel and vehicles entering and 

\ leaving the sites. 

,,-... 

-. 

Control is provided by security fencing or barricade tape installed around each site, depending on 

site-specific conditions, with specific points established to gain access to the sites, Access gates 

will be locked when unattended. 

The integrity of the fencing will be checked by the Site Safe@ and Health Officer or designee on a 

regular basis. Necessary repairs will be noted in the safety log and immediately reported to the 

Remediation Manager, who will assign repair responsibilities. 

Project personnel will conduct periodic patrols around and through the sites. Personnel on patrol 

will remain in radio contact with the administration trailer. 

SJ/5-13-% /SACIER~RD 0V25UWFRV0 

2-9

F“ “., 2,2.5.2 General Security 

Securityoperations will include: 

● Issue identification badges for USACE personnel permanently assigned to the 

project (white). 

m Issue identification badges for contractor employees (blue). 

● Issue identification badges for subcontractor employees (green). 

● Issue of identification badges for visitors (red). 

● Implement and maintain logs for issued badges. The log will include name, 

company affiliation, date(s) issued and returned, and user social security number. 

● Maintain a visitor log at the project reception desk. 

● Escort visitors to the site(s) by project personnel. Visitors will receive an 

abbreviated site orientation briefing in accordance with the SSHP. 

● Flotify local law etiorcernent in the event of vandalism, trespassing, breaking and 

entering. It is not intended that project personnel assume a confrontational role. 

Badges will be logged and issued by the Site Safety and Health personnel. Prior to issuing a 

badge, safety and health training and medical requirements will be in compliance with badge use. 

Facilities 

Site facilities containing items of value, or which are subject to vandalism, will remain locked 

when not occupied. 

Kev Control 

A key cabinet will be located on-site and will contain master keys (and spares) for on-site locks. 

A key log identifying personnel and the keys specifically issued will be implemented and 

maintained. Key control will be the responsibility of the Project Administrator. 

Fencinq 

The project materials and equipment yard will be fenced with chainlink security fence and fitted 

/—-.. with vehicle and personnel gates. In addition, safety fences will be installed for pedestrian 

control at road barricades and along the north, east, and west perimeter of the excavation area. 

SJ/6-24-96/SACTERCIITORD OU21RAWT.RVI 

2-1o

- Warning signs will be posted at 100-foot intervals along the length of fencing. Safety fencing 

may also be necessary at specific excavation locations as determined by site conditions. 

Rovina Patrols 

If necessary a subcontract will be executed with a local security firm to implement a roving 

drive-by patrol. This will be done in conjunction with local law enforcement agencies. 

2.2.5.3 Site-Specific Areas 

The project consists of executing work in the 0U2 Landfill areas, on the Fort Ord property. The 

security for these areas will consist primarily of the following actions: 

● Chainlink security fencing will be installed to form an equipment and materials 

yard with locked gate access. 

● Materials and supplies will be placed in locked boxes within the fenced yard area. 

● Plastic caution tape, iron posts, or fencing will be installed to segregate areas of 

work activity. 

● Signs stating “Authorized Personnel Only” will be installed around areas of work 

activity. 

● Warning signs will be erected at specific areas to provide warning of hazardous 

conditions in accordance with the requirements of the SSHP. 

● Roving patrols will make the necessary patrol stops at specific sites, if required. 

2.2.5.4 Traffic Control 

Details and locations of road closures and detour signs are shown on the Traffic Control Plan, 

Figure 2-3. Work sites that are adjacent to residences, business areas, or walkways normally 

used by pedestrians, will be secured with temporary fences. Appropriate warning signs will be 

posted on or adjacent to the fences. 

2.3 Utilities 

Utilities at the site include but are not limited to potable water, natural gas, electrical, sanitary 

sewer, storm sewer, telephone, and cable television. Existing utilities will be avoided whenever 

.—.. possible. If a utility must be removed to facilitate project completion, it will be rerouted or 

SY16-24-96/SACTERC fTTORD0U2/RAWP.RVl 

2-11 

..

supported in place. Work will be coordinated with utility agencies and companies. Permits and 

approvals will be obtained before beginning excavation in the vicinity of utilities. 

2.3.1 Investigation 

The location, type, kind of material, age, and condition of utilities, their appurtenances, and 

service connections will be investigated and documented for action where required. 

2.3.2 Remove/Relocate/Support 

Utility services which are interrupted will be restored as soon as possible. An interrupted sewer, 

water, or gas service will be repaired in less than eight hours. When permanent repairs cannot be 

made within eight hours, a temporary service will be provided. Water service lines which are cut 

into or broken will be disinfected in accordance with local health procedures and IT 

specifications before the lines are returned to service. 

In areas where utilities are anticipated to be impacted, perimeter limits will be determined by 

surveying and excavation. Coordination with the Fire Department will be pertinent in 

~-. ->, maintaining access and water availability to building areas. Utilities which are likely to be 

impacted during landfill closure activities are summarized in Table 2-1, Utility Impacts. These 

%,. /,’ utilities are also indicated on Figures 2-8 and 2-9 (Utility Plans - Area A and Areas B to F, 

respectively). Problems associated with utilities as a result of closure activities could include the 

following: 

Problem No. 1: Abrams Drive must be excavated in two areas in order to remove 

underlying refuse. Area 1 lies between lines 150 feet and 700 feet east of 

80th Atillery Court. Area 2 is at the intersection of Abrarns Drive and 3rd 

Avenue. 

Problem No. 2: The entire eastern end of Area A may have to be excavated to remove 

buried refuse. 

Specific utility issues associated with these problems are discussed in greater detail below, and 

solutions are proposed. 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCIFTORD OLJMZAWP.RV1 

2-12

Page # 39 




this file. 

Document # ~u%+44

,/- -~ \ 2.3.2.7 

Issue No. 1: 

Issue No. 2: 

Solution: 

Issue No. 3: 

Solution: 

2.3.2.2 

Issue No. 1: 

Solution: 

Water 

The Fire Department requires access to housing areas at all times. If both areas of 

Abrams Drive are excavated at the same time, Inchon Court and Old Baldy Court 

would be isolated and inaccessible. 

The 12-inch diameter water line sewing areas off Abrams Drive from 80th 

Artille~ to 3rd Avenue is within the limits of the excavation area. This line is the 

only source of fire fighting water for homes on Inchon Court and Old Baldy 

court. 

Valve the water line on both sides of each excavation section during a limited 

one-day shutdown. Excavate Areas 1 and 2 of Abrams Drive consecutively rather 

than concurrently to ensure that traillc and water flow is adequate to satisfy Fire 

Department needs. Valve off the area to be excavated while work is in progress. 

The line in the western section maybe in close proximity to or at the edge of 

excavation. Every effort should be made to avoid breaking the water pipes. 

Pipelines should be supported if they span ten feet or more of open excavation. 

The water service loop for the units to be leased and a 6-incld4-inch force main 

may be interrupted. 

Investigate actual impact on the line south and west of Brostrom Drive and 

relocate it if necessmy. Relocate the force main to join the m-vice loop outside 

the landfill. 

Natural Gas 

The 6-inch gas line connecting the 10-inch gas line. along 12th Street and the 6- 

incl-d$inch tee junction at Abrams Drive and 3rd Avenue will be isolated. This 

line has already been cut and capped north of Old Baldy Court. 

Locate the cut-off points that were repaired by Pacific Gas and Electric Company 

(PG&E). The line along Abrams Drive can be eliminated from present use if the 

junction at Abrams Drive and 3rd Avenue can be bypassed to allow service to the 

leased portion of Abrams Park. 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCllTOm 0U21RAW.RV 1 

2-13

.-. Issue No. 2: 

Solution: 

Issue No. 3: 

Solution: 

2.3.2.3 

Issue No. 1: 

Solution: 

2.3.2.4 

Issue No, 1: 

Solution: 

2.3.2.5 

Issue No. 1: 

A 3-inch gas line runs from the PG&E gas metering station located west of 

Engineer Equipment Road through the Landfill and Abrams Park to Fritzsche 

Aifleld. The line will have to be closed and cut to perform the work. 

Reroute the gas line to Fritzsche permanently and abandon the 3-inch feeder. 

A 1ti-inch gas line serving a housing unit scheduled for leasing maybe 

interrupted. 

Investigate the actual extent of refuse, in relation to the gas line, along Brostrom 

Drive. If the line cannot be avoided, relocate it to the north of Brostrom Drive, 

Power 

There has been difficulty in the past in assuring that power lines were located and 

de-energized. In the eastern section of the excavation are% a buried 12 kV line 

will be encountered at the intersection of Abrarns Drive and 3rd Avenue, as well 

as along the south side of Abrarns. 

Close coordination and communication with the High Voltage Group of the 

Public Works Commission (PWC) will be essential to properly locating and de- 

energizing power lines. Prior to using heavy equipment in the area, hand 

excavation may be required to locate the line. 

Telephone 

Telephone usage to the housing units on Jordan Court will be interrupted during 

refuse removal. 

Run new telephone lines from the junction east of Brostrom Drive to the affected 

. . 

housing units. 

Cable TV 

The cable TV trunk cable runs along the north edge of Abrams Drive and 3rd 

Avenue to 80th Artillery. The cable TV company servicing the area, Coast Cable, 

has indicated that the cable cannot be repaired. Therefore, it should be replaced. 

SJ16-24-961SACTER~ORD OUZfRAWP.RVl 

2-14

..- .’., 

,,--.., 

Solution: 

2.3.2.6 

Issue No. 1: 

Solution: 

Issue No. 2: 

Solution: 

2.3.2.7 

Issue No. 1: 

Solution: 

Investigate the possibility of replacing the line when work is complete. 

Sanitary Sewer 

Two sanitary sewer force mains run through the eastern end of Abrarns Drive 

(which will be excavated) from Imjin Road south of Jordan Court to Abrams 

Drive and 3rd Avenue. One of the mains may come from the California State 

University of Monterey Bay (CSUMB). 

Investigate sewage sources and the possibility of rerouting both mains prior to the 

removal of refuse. 

A sanitary sewer line runs south of Abrams Drive from 3rd Avenue to 80th 

Artillery. The entire line may have to be removed. 

Investigate the possibility of placing the line out of service during removal of 

refuse and abandoning or replacing it when work is completed. 

Storm Drains 

Two curb inlets and two manholes associated with storm drainage are located 

north of Abrams Drive and east of 80th Artillery. Since this storm drain system is 

located at a topographically low point, drainage will need to be diverted to 

minimize collection of runoff in this area. 

Determine location for placement of sand bags along width of Abrams Drive, in 

order to “dam” water and divert to the existing storm sewer via a temporary pipe. 

Plug the existing storm drain pipe at the excavation after removing the catch 

basins. Sand bags and pipe material will be removed when work is completed. 

2.4 Monitoring Well Destruction and Gas Monitoring Probe Removal 

Monitoring well destruction will be in accordance with Monterey County Department of Health 

Regulations. This RAWP outlines procedures for the destruction of three groundwater 

monitoring wells and removal of 20 gas monitoring probes located witiln the limits of grading 

during earthwork to be conducted at the 0U2 Landfills. In addition to the 20 identified gas 

probes, additional undocumented gas probes have been observed within the landfill area during 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCIITORD OWYKAWP.RVI 

2-15

previous field studies. Additional gas probes encountered during or prior to earthwork will be 

removed in accordance with the procedures outlined below. The procedures set forth in this 

section are intended to comply with regulatory agency requirements for legal destruction of water 

wells as promulgated by the State of California Department of Water Resources (DWR) Water 

Well Standards Bulletins DWR 74-81 and 74-90, Monterey County Ordinance 3316, and IT’s 

Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) 8.3. Additionally, monitoring well abandonments will be 

performed under permit issued by the County of Monterey Department of Health, and under the 

direction of a California registered geologist. Since the 20 documented probes located within the 

landfill areas terminate within six feet of existing grade, there are no formal regulatory protocols 

to be implemented during probe removal. 

Existing monitoring wells and gas probes are shown in Figures 2-8 and 2-9. A fourth well (MW- 

0U2-1 O-180) located within the landfill area was abandoned in August 1995 in conjunction with 

previous field activities of the 0U2 groundwater remedial system installation. Monitoring wells 

existing within the limits of the earthwork are identified as: 

● MW-0U2-1 O-A 

● MW-0U2-1 0-400 

● MW-0U2-1 l-A. 

The known gas monitoring probes within the limits of the earth work are identified as GP-OU2- 

001 through GP-0U2-020. 

Well destruction and probe removal procedures are discussed below. 

2.4.1 Monitoring Well Destruction 

The destruction of monitoring wells will be in accordance with Monterey County Department of m 

Health. Well destruction will be completed by filling the well casing with a cement bentonite 

grout. Placement of the grout will be accomplished by pumping through a tremrnie pipe placed 

at the base of the well casing. Prior to placement, each well will be sounded to measure the total 

depth of the well and to ensure no obstructions (such as dedicated pumps and piping) exist within 

the well. Logs of the wells will also be reviewed to confirm well depths, estimate filter pack 

volumes and calculate minimum total volumes of grout necessaty to seal each well. A filter pack 

,--,>, porosity of 30 percent will be used to calculate the volume of the annulus surrounding the 

screened interval of each well. Grout material used to fill the well will consist of one sack of 

SI16-24-961SACTERCITTORD 0U21R4WP.RVI 

2-16

. 

Type II Portland cement and 3 to 5 percent bentonite powder mixed with 4-1/2 to 6-1/2 gallons 

of potable water, Sealing of wells installed below the Fort Ord-Salinas Valley Aquiclude will be 

completed in lifts not exceeding 20 feet greater than the length of the screened interval of the 

well. Following placement, the remainder of the well casing may be flooded with potable water 

to apply hydrostatic pressure on the grout seal. The use of packers may also be employed to 

assist in pressure application of the grout seal. If required by the County of Monterey 

Department of Health, portions of the well casing maybe cut or perforated to assist in applying 

the grout seal to the annulus surrounding the well. 

Approximately 24 hours after grouting, the settlement depth of the grout will be measured to 

assess the volume permeating the surrounding aquifer, and a second grouting will be completed 

to bring the seal to within five feet of the finish grade. Grouting will be repeated until the cured 

seal material has stabilized to within five feet of the designed ftish grade. Upon completion of 

the well seal, the well casing will be cut at a depth of five feet below finish grade and a 24-inch 

diameter cement plug will be poured over the top of the well casing. 

2.4.2 Gas Monitoring Probe Removal 

Each of the 20 identified gas monitoring probes and additional undocumented probes will be 

removed as encountered during the clearing and grubbing procedures in preparation for 

earthwork in the landfill areas. Probes will be removed by hand digging or with a backhoe. 

Subgrade voids or depressions created from probe removals or excavations will be filled and 

compacted to 90 percent dry density to ASTM D698 to within five feet of final surface grade 

using clean import material. 

Additional wells or probes encountered within the grading limits will be destroyed or removed 

consistent with the procedures outlined above. 

2.4.3 Dust Control 

Measures to minimize dust and other airborne material during well destruction and probe 

removal activities will be controlled and monitored in accordance with the SSHP. 

2.5 Demolition 

,,--,., This section outlines the procedures proposed for demolition. The procedures include a detailed 

description of the following work: 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCIFTORD 0U21RAWP.RV1 

2-17

,, . 

~----- 

● Safe conduct of the work 

● Removal and disposition of hazardous and nonhazardous materials 

● Protection of property 

● Methods and equipment for each operation 

● Sequence of operations resulting from demolition work. 

2.5.1 Safe Conduct of the Work 

The demolition activities will be carried out in a safe manner and in accordance with procedures 

stated in the SSHP. 

A combustible gas meter (factory-calibrated for methane) was used to survey the structures prior 

to demolition. The survey included “sniff~ng” at electrical outlets, plumbing penetrations, slab 

cracks and baseboard separations at the ground floor level. A report is being prepared indicating 

the results of the survey. 

2.5.2 Removal and Disposition of Salvaged Materials 

Removal and disposition of salvaged materials will be conducted according to the following 

procedures: 

● Salvaged material (none identified to date) will be stored at the site. 

● Historical items, if found, will be removed and delivered to the government for 

disposition. 

2.5.3 Removal and Disposition of Hazardous and Nonhazardous Materials 

Hazardous and nonhazardous materials will be handled, transported, and disposed of in 

accordance with the SSHP; local, state, and federal laws and regulations; and Corrective Action 

Management Units (CAMLJ) requirements. 

The extent and location of asbestos and lead-based paint are indicated in the following 

documents: 

● Buildings P06012 andP06013 contain friable and nonfriable asbestos-containing 

materials. The Asbestos Survey Reports for these buildings are included in 

Appendix A. Asbestos will be removed prior to turning the buildings over to the 

fire department for training. 

SN6-24-96/SACTERCllTORD OUYR.AWP.RV1 

2-18

~. 

● The U.S. Army Environmental Hygiene Agency (USAEHA) carried out a leadbased 

paint inspection in military housing at Fort Oral. Zero components tested 

positive for lead-based paint. The industrial hygiene survey for the inspection is 

included in Appendix B. 

2.5.4 Protection of Property 

Prior to the commencement of demolition work, existing conditions will be photographed, and 

the HLA design drawings and information will be examined to further determine the extent of 

the work. Necessary precautions will be taken to avoid damage to wells or other existing work to 

remain in place, to be reused, or to remain the property of the government. Darnaged items will 

be repaired ancUor replaced as directed by the USACE. 

Housing units not marked for demolition may require shoring, bracing, underpirming, and 

suppofi. Excavation procedures will avoid overloading structural elements in the buildings, 

unless an increase of supports or addition of new supports is required as a result of cutting, 

removal, or demolition work. 

2.5.5 Methods and Equipment for Each Operation 

The methods and equipment for each demolition operation is presented in Table 2-2, Demolition 

Methods and Equipment. The demolition tasks include: 

● Building demolition 

● Roads and sidewalk demolition 

● Playground equipment demolition and disposal 

● Utility demolition. 

The location and extent of the pavement demolition work for Area A is shown on Figure 2-10, 

Removal of Roads and Sidewalks Plan. Utility impacts from the work are shown on ‘Figures 2-8 

and 2-9, Utility Plans - Area A and Areas B to F, respectively. 

Three buildings on Rodriguez Court will be demolished by burning as training exercises for the 

local fire department. The fire department is responsible for permits and fire control. Asbestos 

will be removed prior to the actual burning of the sb-uctures. All services will be disconnected 

prior to the training period. The fire department will burn the combustible material and IT will 

subsequently transport the debris to the landfill areas where it will be placed under the new 

cover. 

SJ/6-24-96/SACTERCfITORD 0u21RAWP.RV1 

2-19

Page # 47 




this file. 

Document # OUV +yq

,------ “\ 2.5.6 Sequence of Operations 

,,---- 

The sequence of operations for demolition work is detailed in the Construction Schedule 

presented in Section 7.0. 

2.6 Materials Handling Plan 

This Materials Handling Plan describes the handling of materials during the following closure 

activities: 

● Debris disposal 

● Clearing 

● Grubbing 

● Excavation 

● Backfill 

● Liners, vents, probes and plates. 

Figure 2-11, Materials Handling Plan and Figure 2-12, Materials Handling Schematic Flow 

Diagram, present the quantities and show the handling of materials mentioned above. The 

advantages of handling the materials according to the following sections is discussed in Section 

-- ., 2.9.1 (Constructibility. Improvements). 

In addition, Table 2-3, Landfill Cap Material Balance, is a preliminary estimate of earthworks, 

based partially on HLA’s quantity estimate of the earthwork and refuse materials (HLA, 1995a). 

2.6.7 Debris Disposal 

The following types of debris requiring disposal are discussed in detail below. 

● Combustible debris 

● Other debris 

● Recyclable debris. 

2.6.1.1 Combustible Debris 

Combustible debris will be disposed of by controlled burns””inthe landfill area. Controlled burns 

are approved by the local authorities and are currently conducted off the landfill by the fire 

department setting alight windrowed vegetative material. These controlled bums have proceeded 

without incident. 

SJ/6-24-96/SACTERC/FTORD OU21RAWP.RVI 

2-20

page # 




this file. 

Document # ou~-qq~

,,- 

,/— 

will be removed prior to the actual burning of the structures. All semices will be disconnected 

prior to the training period. The fire department will burn the combustible material and IT will 

subsequently transport the debris to the landfill areas where it will be placed under the new cover. 

2.5.6 Sequence of operations 

The sequence of operations for demolition work is detailed in the Construction Schedule 

presented in Section 7.0. 

2.6 Materials Handling Plan 

This Materials Handling Plan describes the handling of materials during the following closure 

activities: 

● Debris disposal 

● Clearing 

● Grubbing 

● Excavation 

● Backfill 

● Liners, vents, probes and plates. 

Figure 2-11, Materials Handling Plan and Figure 2-12, Materials Handling Schematic Flow 

Diagram, present the quantities and show the handling of materials mentioned above. The 

advantages of handling the materials according to the following sections is discussed in Section 

2.9.1 (Constructibility Improvements). 

In additio~ Table 2-3, Landfill Cap Material Balance, is a preliminary estimate of earthworks, 

based partially on HLA’s quanti~ estimate of the earthwork and refuse materials (HLL 1995a). 

2.6.7 Debris Disposal 

The following types of debris requiring disposal are discussed in detail below. 

● Combustible debris 

c Other debris 

● Recyclable debris. 

SJ/S-13-% /SAITIX,RC&TOFD OUMWWF.RVO 

2-20

.. 

,/- -.,, 

A concern associated with burning adjacent to a landfill is the possibility of explosion caused by 

ignition of landfill gas. Landfill gas has been known to migrate and collect in buildings and pose 

an explosive threat to human health and the environment. The action level for combustible gas 

concentrations in buildings should not exceed 1.2 percent. Accordingly, areas around the 

buildings were excavated and combustible gases were measured using a MSA Passpoti 

combustible gas meter (CGM). The CGM was factory-calibrated to read methane as percent by 

volume. Results for this survey were noted as ranging from negligible to non-detect percent (by 

volume) of methane. A subsequent investigation of the building interiors and surfaces around 

the buildings was also performed. Readings from this investigation were also noted as ranging 

from negligible to non-detect percent (by volume) of methane. Therefore, the possibility of 

explosion caused by landfill gas is minimal. 

An alternative to controlled burning is grinding the vegetation to produce mulch. Mulching 

green material and using it as a soil amendment could cause maintenance problems. The 

mulched material would still contain tree and shrub seeds, such as poison oak, which could 

propagate on the proposed landfill cover. The roots from these plants could interfere with the 

integrity of the vegetative cover soil and breech the low-permeability polyethylene barrier layer. 

Therefore, controlled burning is the prefered alternative to mulching. 

It is anticipated that the following three periods of burning will take place: 

● Amil 1996: This burn will consists of burning large tree stumps which are 

several years old. It also will include burning existing vegetative material, 

consisting primarily of tree trimmings. This burn will require specific preparation 

to meet county regulatory requirements. 

● November 1996: This burn will consist of burning vegetation collected during 

this year’s clearing and grubbing activities. This burn will also require specific 

preparation to meet county regulatory requirements. 

● October 1997: This burn will consist of burning the balance of debris collected 

during the period when the landfill cover is being constructed. This bum may 

develop into two separate burn periods (lumber and vegetation), depending on 

field conditions. 

The controlled vegetation burns are conducted at the transfer station, labeled as the Equipment 

Storage fiea on Figure 2-1, Site Plan. The houses which are to be burned as part of a fire 

SJ16-24-96/SACTERCI’FrORD 0U2/R4WP.RVl 

2-21

’– - training exercise, are labeled as “Remove Existing Housing Units” at Area A on Figure 2-1, Site 

Plan. 

2.6.7.2 Other Debris 

Other debris such as concrete and asphalt rubble, tires, plastic, PPE, and metal, which is not 

considered recyclable, will be placed in the landfill prior to placement of the cover. 

2.6.7.3 Recyclable Debris 

Economically recyclable debris will be collected and delivered to an appropriate recycling 

facility. 

2.6.2 Clearing 

The procedures for clearing are as follows: 

● Vegetation such as trees and shrubs will be removed. Concrete, asphalt roads, 

sidewalks, and recreation facilities will also be removed. In addition, existing 

surface debris -will be removed. 

● Vegetation will be removed by pulling, when possible, using excavators and 

dozers. Once vegetation is removed, it will be transported to an area 

adjacent to the contractor’s laydown area for future burning. 

● Surface concrete and asphalt will be removed using excavators and dozers, and 

transported to the designated location for placement in a landfill area. 

● Recreational equipment will be removed for disposal. 

● Vegetation and surface debris will be staged for controlled burning. 

2.6.3 Grubbing 

The procedures for grubbing are as follows: 

● Grass and roots will be removed to a nominal six inches deep. 

● Vegetative material (grass and roots) will be removed using a dozer and pushed to 

a local stockpile. 

● Grubbed material will be transported from local stockpiles to the designated 

storage area outside of the excavation and landfill cover construction. 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCIFTORD 0U21RAWJ!RVI 

2-22

,.— ● Grubbed material will be stored in stockpiles for reuse as part of the vegetative 

/-..., 

cover on Areas A through F. 

● Soil for use as the lower six inches of the vegetative cover on landfill areas will be 

screened using a portable screen to minimize the chances of puncturing the FML. 

● Rejects from the screening operation will be collected and transported to an area 

adjacent to the contractor’s laydown area. 

● Screen rejects will be staged for controlled burning. 

2.6.4 Excavation 

Excavation of overburden from Areas A through F, and excavation of refuse and contaminated 

soil from Area A, will be performed in accordance with the following section. Overburden is the 

clean material which was placed as cover on the refuse trenches, and will be removed for fill 

(foundation layer and vegetative cover) at Areas B through For as backill material in Area A. 

Overburden intended for the vegetative cover will be tested in accordance with EM200-1-2 

(USACE, 1995), to confmrn the material is not contaminated. Contaminated soil will be placed 

under the landfill cover. Alternatively, information from a previous report by Dames and Moore 

h. may justify that testing of the existing cover soil is not required. 

For planning purposes, the various areas for excavation of Area A will be based on three distinct 

benches, designated by the elevation of the bench: 

● The 165 Bench - West side of Area A was developed as a soccer field. 

● The 180 Bench - North side was developed as baseball diamonds and tennis 

courts. 

● The 200 Bench - South side was used only as refuse disposal (excluding one 

playground area). 

Excavation activities associated with Area A and &eas B ~ough F are discussed separately 

below. 

2.6.4.7 Area A 

The approximate locations of existing refuse trenches are shown on the Excavation Plan - Area 

A, Figure 2-13. These trench locations are unconfined as they were estimated by the pattern of 

the existing surface contours on the topographic map. Other trench locations are probably 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCATOR0 0U21’RAWP.RVI 

2-23

Page # 54 




this file. 

Document #OU%U4V4

,= ,.., 

... hidden as a result of previous grading operations during construction of the sports field and 

housing estates. Other areas within the approximate limit of refuse did not show an obvious 

pattern and have been extrapolated and assumed from other trench patterns. The trenches are 

likely to exist in the locations indicated on the Excavation Plan for this area. 

The procedures for excavation of overburden from Area A are as follows: 

● Overburden will be removed using dozers, loaders, and excavators. 

● Overburden will be transported to the designated stockpiles using off road haul 

vehicles. 

Initial excavation of refuse will be to the limits of recognizable refhse. Further excavation, if 

needed based upon results of confirmation sampling, will be directed by the Contracting Officer 

Representative (COR]. The excavation procedures for refhse and contaminated soil will be as 

follows: 

● Refuse trenches will be excavated using track mounted excavators. 

● Trenches will be benched as shown on Figure 2-14, Bench Profiles for Refuse 

Excavation, 

● Excavators will load directly into haul trucks. 

● Haul trucks will transport excavated materials to Areas B through D for placement 

as general fill. 

N-: The exception to excavation limits, i.e., “recognizable refuse,” will be those areas where 

finish grade is below the bottom of the refuse trench. 

Excavation below refuse trenches (Area A), if needed, is intended to generate material for 

capping the landfill cells. This occurs primarily at the 200 Bench. The excavation procedures 

will be as follows: 

● Material will be removed using dozers, front end loaders and haul trucks. 

● Dozers will be used to level areas between trenches to the extent necessary for 

front end loader and haul truck activities. 

SJ/6-24-96/SACTERCfFTORD 0U21RAWP.RVI 

2-24

,,- 

EGRESS RAMP 

15% MAxIMUM 

SLOPE ~ 

6 

A . 

CLEAN SOIL BETWEEN 

EXISTING TRENCHES 

5’- 

‘\ 

I 

/ PLAN VIEW 

TO _SCALE 

-(NOT 

r BENCH 

1-)--j 

PROFILE 

\;/z 

—— 

J b+ 

e=== 

~ EXCAVATED 

REFUSE TRENCH 

A 

5’1 \ 

\ 

EXISTING 

COVER 

PRESENT ORIGINAL 

FIGURE 2-14 

MAXIMLltvl 

(CAL/’OSHA 

REQUIREMENT) 

BENCH PROFILES 

FOR REFUSE EXCAVATION 

ommBLEuw12 LANwLLcLom 

mm 0#, GA1.FoRNiA 

PREPARED FOR 

Jw!Ia 

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 

SACRAMENTO DiSTRICT, 

1. 00 NOT EXCEEO 20’ EXCAVATION DEPTH CORPS OF ENQINEER$ 

WITHOUT AN ADDITIONAL REvIEW. SACRAMENTO, CALIFORhllA 

m 

INTERNATIONAL 

TEcm’mLoGY 

CORPORATION

---- 

● Haul trucks will transport excavated materials to Areas B through D for placement 

as general fill. 

Note: The exception to excavation limits, i.e., “recognizable refuse,” will be those areas where 

finish grade is below the bottom of the refkse trench. 

Excavation below refuse trenches (Area A), if needed, is intended to generate material for 

capping the landfill cells. This occurs primarily at the 200 Bench. The excavation procedures will 

be as follows: 

● Material will be removed using dozers, front end loaders and haul trucks. 

● Dozers will be used to level areas between trenches to the extent necessary for 

front end loader and haul truck activities. 

● Trucks will transport material to the designated stockpiles at Areas B through F. 

● These areas will be brought to finish grade using dozers and graders. Part of the 

vegetative cover will come from the stockpile of grubbed material. 

● Material intended for the vegetative cover till be tested in accordance with 

EM200-1-2 to confnm the material is not contaminated. Contaminated soil will be 

placed under the landfill cap. 

2.6.4.2 Areas B through F 

The procedures for excavation of overburden horn Areas B through F, presented in Figure 2-15, 

Excavation Plan - Areas B to F, will be as follows: 

● Prior to transporting overburden, the perimeter liits of refuse trenches will be 

determined using the existing sumeys, surface features, and limited exploratory 

trenching. Stockpiles will be located outside these units. 

● Overburden will be removed from Areas B through F using dozers pushing to the 

perimeter limits of the area. In the larger areas, material will be windrowed and 

loaded out with front end loaders. 

* Overburden removal is the extent of excavation in Areas B through F, and will not 

leave less than nine inches of cover over the existing refuse trenches. 

SJI>12-% LSACIER~OR-D OUWllAWP.RVO 

2-25




this file. 

Document # OU%qqq

● Trucks will transport material to the designated stockpiles at Areas B through F. 

● These areas will be brought to ftish grade using dozers and graders. 

vegetative cover will come from the stockpile of grubbed material. 

Part of the 

● Material intended for the vegetative cover will be tested in accordance with 

EM200-1 -2 to confirm the material is not contaminated. Contaminated soil will 

be placed under the landfill cap. 


The procedures for excavation of overburden from Areas B through F, presented in Figure 2-15, 

Excavation Plan - Areas B to F, will be as follows: 

2.6.5 

● Prior to transporting overburden, the perimeter limits of refuse trenches will be 

determined using the existing surveys, surface features, and limited exploratory 

trenching. Stockpiles will be located outside these units. 

● Overburden will be removed from Areas B through F using dozers pushing to the 

perimeter limits of the area. In the larger areas, material will be windrowed and 

loaded out with front end loaders. 

● Overburden removal is the extent of excavation in Areas B through F, and will not 

leave less than nine inches of cover over the existing refuse trenches. 

Backfill 

Backfill activities will be performed in Areas A through F as described in the following sections. 

2.6.5.7 Area A 

Area A does not require low-permeable landfill cover and will be graded to an elevation of 165 

feet after removal of refuse. The methods for backfilling Area A are as follows: 

● The 165 Bench and the 180 Bench will be backfdled using material from the 180 

Bench and 200 Bench by using dozers, a loader and trucks. 

● The backfill material will be placed in loose lifts of 9 to 12 inches and moisture 

conditioned. 

● The backfdl will be compacted using smooth drum vibratory compactors to 85 

percent of the maximum dry density based on standard proctor testing. 

SJ16-24-961SA~~C~O~ OU21RAWP.RV 1 

2-25

,,/= ., \ 

,,.-.-.. -. 

r’ 

● The 200 Bench will be brought to grade at an elevation of 165 feet during 

excavation. 

● Final grade for Area A will be accomplished using motor graders and smooth 

drum vibratory compactors. 


Backfdl for these areas will be comprised of material excavated from Area A (refuse and clean), 

concrete, and asphalt rubble from other sites as well as soils from other sites. Backfill material 

for the OU2 Landfill will consist of general fill and a foundation layer. The following sections 

discuss these components. 

Gen eral Fill 

General fill up to 14 feet thick maybe required in some areas to achieve the design grades. 

General fill may consist of refuse, concrete, and asphalt rubble from other sites, and soil from 

other Fort Ord remedial actions that meet material requirements. This material will be placed as 

follows: 

● Refuse from Area A will be excavated, hauled to Areas B to D, then placed and 

compacted, using compactors and dozers, within the perimeter limits of the 

existing trenches. 

● Rubble (concrete and asphalt) will be placed directly into an active landfill area 

(Areas B through D) when possible. Concrete and asphalt rubble will be . 

stockpiled adjacent to an active landfill area for placement. 

● Soils from the other remediation sites will be placed directly into landfill Areas B 

to F or stockpiled within the perimeter limits of these kmdfilI areas. 

● Earthmoving equipment will place and compact the refuse to grade. If odors and 

vectors are noticed or become a problem, the refuse will be covered with six 

inches to nine inches of cover soils, or the best construction practice will be used 

to consolidate the refuse. 

. . 

Foundation Laver 

The foundation layer is intended to provide a stable base layer over the refuse or general fill that 

will support the upper layer of the final cover. Foundation material can be soil from Area A, 

material generated from clearing and grubbing, soil stripped from the existing cover, or soil from 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCETORD 0U21RAWP.RV1 

2-26

,-- other Fort Ord sites. Field testing will be in accordance with the Construction Specifications in 

.,, 

~. 

Appendix G. The foundation layer will be 2 feet thick and consist of two zones: 

● Zone 1 of the foundation layer is 12 inches thick (includes daily cover, if 

required), and will be used to bring the cover progress to the appropriate contours. 

The cover material will be compacted, tested (density), and surveyed to identify 

low spots and contours. The material will then be conditioned (light scarifying 

and moisture addition) prior to placing the final lift. The final lift in this zone will 

be placed using loaders, haul trucks from stockpiles and dozers, smooth drum 

vibratory compactors, and motor graders. 

● Zone 2 is the final lift prior to placing the FML, and must be free of rocks and 

debris. Bulky and oversized waste will not be allowed in this layer. The 

maximum rock size allowable is 0.5 inch. This lift will be placed to achieve the 

plus side of 24 inches total foundation layer thickness. As the lift is placed and 

compacted, surveys to finish grade will be made. Once areas are surveyed, a 

grader and compactor will be used to attain final grade. This practice will 

minimize the potential for low spots (yooling of water) in the liner itself. 

The lower one foot, i.e,. Zone 1, will probably be contaminated soil from other Fort Ord sites or 

excavated refuse (general fill) from Area A. The upper one foot, i.e., Zone 2, will be clean soil 

from existing cover soil excavation, or from the clean soil borrow areas at Area A. 

Soil testing results (Proctor curves) of soil stockpiles will determine the maximum attainable 

density at optimum moisture content. Based on this value, field tests will be conducted in place 

to determine the maximum in place density obtainable under field conditions. If this is not 

acceptable, then the foundation layer soils will require conditioning at additional cost. 

2.7 Liners, Vents, Probes and Plates 

The following subsections describe the flexible membrane liner, landfill gas (LFG) vents, LFG 

probes and settlement plates. 

2.7.7 Flexible Membrane Liner (FML) 

A 60-mil high density polyethylene (HDPE) FML or geomembrane was selected (HLA, 1995a) 

as an engineered alternative to compacted clay. FMLs are readily available and are comparable 

,/.—- in cost to imported low-permeability material. Waste will not be in contact with the FML. Only 

SY6-24-96/SACTERCilTORl) 0U21RAWP.RVI 

2-27 

. .

...... \ the lower one foot of foundation layer will consist of waste. The upper one foot in contact with 

the FML will be clean soil, with a maximum particle size of 0.5 inches. 

A linear-low density polyethylene (LLDPE) FML or geomembrane is preferred for landfill 

covers because the higher elongation allows the geomembrane greater flexibility to conform to 

differential settlement. A 60-mil smooth LLDPE geomembrane will be used for the flatter areas 

of the landfill cover (slopes up to 10 percent). A 60-mil textured both sides LLDPE 

geomembrane will be used for the steeper grades around the landfill perimeter (slopes 10 percent 

to 4:1). 

The FML will be installed over the foundation layer according to the following general process: 

● Deployment of personnel and equipment 

● Panel placement 

9 Seaming and welding 

● Testing (destructive and non-destructive) 

● Patching and repair. 

.,, A specialty liner installation company will be subcontracted to furnish and install the FML. Part 

of the acquisition process requires submittal of company and personnel experience, 

manufacturer’s quality control program and installer’s Constriction Quality Control Manual 

before award of a subcontract. Handling of FML rolls requires a spreader bar and lifting 

equipment. Seaming is performed using fusion welders operated by experienced personnel in 

accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements. 

2.7.2 Gas Vents 

Removal of refuse from Area A will likely inhibit methane production in the relocated refuse 

because the waste will be exposed to air during and after excavation and placement. Placement 

of the final cover over the landfill areas will limit LFG generation by restricting water intrusion 

(moisture typically enhances LFG generation). Thus, it is ~ticipated that LFG production will 

decrease after closure operations are completed. LFG monitoring at the landfills indicated that 

an active LFG collection system is not necessary (HL4, 1995a). However, passive LFG vents 

will be installed along the center ridge of each landfill area to minimize potential LFG buildup 

beneath the FML. 

SJ16-24-96/SACl’ERCIITORO OUmWT.RV 1 

2-28

.,-. . 

‘~. 

/-—-.., 

2.7.3 Gas Probes 

Housing is currently within 100 feet of Area A. After relocation of refuse in Area A, the nearest 

housing will be approximately 350 feet from a landfill area (east of Area F). Subsurface soil 

between the landfill and the housing reportedly consists of sands and silty sands which are 

conducive to both vertical and lateral LFG migration. 

Because the distance to the housing is significantly greater than the depth of the landfill (the 

distance LFG must travel to reach the ground surface), and because the area between the landfill 

and the housing areas is undeveloped and its soil is conducive to LFG venting, it is probable that 

even after the landfill is covered, migrating LFG will vent to the atmosphere before it reaches the 

housing areas. To monitor potential LFG migration, LFG monitoring probes will be installed on 

the perimeter of the landfill between the landfill and the housing areas. The perimeter probes and 

the passive vents will be monitored for methane. 

In addition, LFG monitoring probes will be installed around the closed landfills. The probes will 

be spaced a maximum of 1,000 feet apart outside the landfill boundary at the edge of the cover. 

The probe locations are shown as “SGP-XX” on HLA drawing sheets C22 to C27. The probes 

will be sampled and analyzed quarterly for the first year in accordance with California Code of 

Regulations (CCR) Title 14 and the Final Closure and Postclosure Maintenance Plan (HLA, 

1995 b). The need for continuing monitoring will be evaluated after one year. 

2.7.4 Settlement Plates 

The additional weight of the final cover and general fill is expected to induce settlement over the 

landfill trenches, with less settlement over the native material, possibly causing some differential 

settlement over the entire cover. Settlement will be monitored by settlement plates. Because of 

the elimination of the winter shutdown, settlement plates will be installed in the vegetative cover 

layer afier the completion of the earthworks. Surveying of the settlement plates for changes in 

elevation will occur on installation and at completion of the project. The settlement plates will 

be used to monitor the settlement of the landfill cover during the postclosure maintenance period. 

2.8 Vegetative Cover 

The vegetative cover that will be installed at Areas B through F will be two feet thick. This layer 

is intended to protect the FML and support the growth of native vegetation. The vegetative layer 

will consist of dune sand placed directly over the FML barrier and planted with native plants. It 

SJ/6-24-961SACIERC/lTORD 0U21RAWP.RV1 

2-29

may also be clean soil excavated from the site. The hydroseed mix will include a tackifier to 

hold the soil and seed in place until the vegetation is established, Alternatively, once final grade 

is attained, a soil stabilization product, if necessary, could be applied to minimize erosion during 

inclement weather. The vegetative cover will be placed as follows: 

● The vegetative layer will be placed as 6 to 9-inch lifts from adjacent stockpiles. 

9 The first lift will be placed in a manner that haul roads and turnarounds can be 

established. 

● Material will initially be placed by casting material on the liner using a track 

mounted excavator. As the excavator moves forward on the liner, a low ground 

pressure dozer levels and track packs the material. 

● As the area for placing the vegetative layer is expanded, additional hauling 

equipment will be added along with dozers and smooth drum rollers. 

● A motor grader and smooth drum vibratory compactor will be used for final 

grading. 

.J. -,, 2.9 Final Grading 

Final grading involves placing the vegetative cover to the minimum thickness and to the final 

elevations, after adjustment, to suit the actual quantities of excavated refuse and soil. Factors 

influencing final grading are the IT constructibility improvements and the computer grade 

monitoring, which are discussed in the following subsections. 

2.9.1 Constructibility Improvements 

Constructibility improvements are ideas or comments from the contractor that may incorporate 

cost saving ideas into the project without sacrificing the quality of the final product. A detailed 

analysis is included in Table 6-1, Constructibility Improvements. Some of the major ideas from 

Table 6-1 are discussed in general terms in the following subsections: 

● Grading 

● Earthwork 

● Daily and interim covers 

● Settlement 

● Storm water drainage 

● Flexible membrane liner 

● Landfill gas vents. 

SJ16-24-96/SACTERCiITOFU3 0U2iRAWI?RV1 

2-30 

. .

---, 2.9.7.7 Grading 

.. 

The 0U2 site consists of over 118 acres of refuse placed in trenches, with approximately two to 

four feet of soil cover, which could be clean soil. The proposed constructibility improvement is 

to eliminate excavation of approximately 200,000 cubic yards of soil from kea A and use 

existing cover soils for the vegetation and foundation layers of the cover. This also reduces the 

haul distances by containing a major portion of the earthwork within each of the landfill areas. 

Figure 2-16, Constructibility Improvements, shows the typical excavation method. 

Similarly, by hauling refuse only to the adjacent ~eas B, C, and D, and raising the cover 

elevations by about three feet, the long haul distances from Area A to Areas E and F can be 

eliminated. Approximately 150,000 cubic yards of soil from other Fort Ord remediation sites 

can be trucked directly to Areas B to F. Table 2-3, Landfill Cap Material Balance, contains the 

estimate of earthwork quantities. This will require lowering the cover elevations of Areas E and 

F by about two feet. Appendix I, Construction Drawings, contains excavation plans, final cover 

grading plans, sections, and details associated with grading of landfill Areas B through F. 

2.9.7.2 Eaflhwork 

The general fill construction tolerance requirement seems inappropriate. The surface of the 

general fill is unimportant, provided the minimum thickness of the next layer, the foundation 

layer, is achieved. 

The final surface grade will be set to 0.1 feet tolerance, however, because of settlement, the final 

surface may not necessarily stay within the tolerance. The final cover elevations will be field 

adjusted to suit the actual quantity of refuse excavated from Area A. 

Roads will be constructed to the specifications and tolerances in California Department of 

Transportation (CALTWNS) Standard Specifications. 

The compaction requirements require density tests using Modified Proctor procedures from 

ASTM D 1557. This testis intended for the construction of public roads and highways, i.e. the 

test is for pavements designed for heavy trafllc. IT will pefiorm soil tests in accordance with 

ASTM D1 557 for construction of the public streets on Abrarns Drive, Imjin Road, and 

Rodriguez Court. California solid waste regulations, California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 

23, Chapter 15, Article 8, Section 2581(a)(1), requires “the foundation layer shall be compacted 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCI’FTORD OUYRAWP.RV1 

2-31




this file. 

Document # OU&W+q

~ to the maximum density obtainable at optimum moisture content using methods that are in 

.- 

accordance with accepted civil engineering practice.” A more appropriate and applicable test for 

general civil engineering earthwork is the Standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). 

The proposed constructibility improvement is to use Standard Proctor testing for earthwork on 

the landfills. 

2.9.7.3 Daily and Interim Covers 

Daily and interim soil covers are normal requirements for the acceptance of waste at operating 

landfills. Waste or refuse handling is limited to consolidation activities. Test pits in the waste 

trenches done by HLA also indicate a high sand content (75 percent), with little or no odors and 

vectors (HLA, 1995a). Also, this project is a lan~lll closure, not an operating landfill accepting 

waste from outside sources. Therefore, daily or interim cover is probably not necessary. 

Some of the problems associated with daily cover for this project are: 

● Additional cost and delay with no benefit if there are no odors or vectors 

● Loss of refuse capacity under the cover 

● Additional equipment required for daily cover soil 

● Requires constricting work to small areas to minimize amount of daily cover. 

The proposed constructibility improvement is to observe the refhse during excavation and use the 

best available construction techniques to compact the refuse as quickly as possible. If odors or 

vectors are noticeable, then daily cover soil or tarps will be used to cover the refuse. 

2.9.7.4 Settlement 

The landfill surfaces are likely to continue settling after placing the new cover. The original idea 

was to construct the cover in two seasons; the first season to allow the refuse and foundation 

layer to settle and the second season to complete the cover. This probably may not be a 

sufficiently long enough time to allow consolidation during. the three to four month delay from 

the end of one season to the start of the next construction season. Additionally, the small soil 

surcharge of refuse and cover soil is unlikely to accelerate consolidation or settlement over such 

a short period. 

SJ/6-24-961SACTERC/’ITORD 0U21MWP.RVl 

2-32

,,------ 

\. The final cover grades (excluding the proposed 4:1 side slopes around the perimeter) will be 

L 

-., 

increased from the regulatory minimum of three percent to not more than 10 percent. The 

proposed maximum slope requirement is selected to minimize erosion rather than to minimize 

slope stability concerns. Slopes over 10 percent are feasible, however additional erosion control 

methods, and increasing costs, are usually required to limit soil loss. 

The proposed constructibility improvement is to increase the slopes on the cover above three 

percent minimum to allow for the expected settlement and eliminate the construction delay. 

2.9.1.5 Storm Water Drainage 

The cover storm water drainage system consists of a network of 8 and 12-inch diameter pipes 

diverting drainage water to large itilltration basins adjacent to the landfill cover areas. The pipes 

are situated in a 12-inch vegetative cover layer which means there is little to no cover soil over 

the pipe. 

The proposed constructibility improvement is to eliminate the pipes and the infdtration basins. 

Storm water will run off the cover and collect in a shallow infiltration channel around the 

perimeter of the landfill areas. The area of the perimeter channel will equal or exceed the 

inlltration basin area so the infdtration design will not be changed. 

2.9.7.6 Flexible Membrane Liner (Geomembrane) 

The slope stability design in the Design Analysis (HLA, 1995a) specifies a three horizontal to 

one vertical (3: 1) slope around the perimeter as the critical location. However, the 

geomembrane is shown located on a 2:1 slope. The design would require importing soils to meet 

the design output from the slope stability analysis. Additionally, the geomembrane extends out 

further than five feet past the general fill (refuse from Area A). 

The proposed constructibility improvement is to flatten the geomembrane slope to 4:1 and use 

on-site soils. Another improvement is to use textured geomernbmne along the 4:1 slopes only 

and reduce costs by using a smooth geomembrane on the relatively flat areas over most of the 

landfill cover areas. The extent of the geomembrane perimeter will be reduced to extend no 

further than five feet past the edge of refuse. Figure 2-16, Constructibility Improvements, shows 

,.--.., a simplified section through the perimeter berm. 

SM6-24-961SACTERCITTORD 0U21RAWP.RV1 

2-33

---- \ 

Interface Friction Testinq 

CCR Title 14, Division 7, Article 7.8, Section 17777 does not require a slope stability report for 

side slopes flatter than 3:1. Therefore, stability calculations are not required for 4:1 side slopes. 

In addition, geotechnical tests were conducted to determine the stability of cover soils over 

smooth and textured polyethylene geomembranes and native soils. These tests estimated the 

interface shearing resistance between the native sandy soil and 60-mil smooth and textured 

geomembranes using the direct shear method, in accordance with ASTM D5321. The tests were 

conducted under saturated conditions where the test specimen was submerged in tap water for 24 

hours prior to being sheared, and remain submerged throughout the. test. Normal stresses 

corresponding to one, two, and six feet of cover soil were applied dting the shear tests. These 

testing conditions simulate saturated field conditions. 

Preliminary test results indicate that cover soils on 4:1 slopes with geomembranes textured on 

both sides will have a factor of safety exceeding 1.5 under static conditions. Smooth 

geomembranes will be suitable for the flatter slopes on the landfill cover. The submittal 

requirements in geomembrane specifications require interface friction testing using the actual 

. .. materials proposed for construction. 

2.9.1.7 Landfill Gas Vents 

The design requires numerous gas vents on the ridges of the landfill covers, These vents are 

difficult to install and maintain and become a problem as the landfill settles. The design also 

allows for disposal of vegetation from clearing operations under the landfill cover. 

The proposed constructibility improvement is to not place vegetation under the cover and to 

reduce the number of landfill gas vents. Decomposing vegetation is difficult to compact with 

earthmoving equipment and decaying vegetation generates LFG for many years under anaerobic 

conditions, such as under the landfill cover. Additionally, test pits indicate a high percentage (75 

percent) of sand in the refuse from kea A, with little or unnoticeable odor from LFG. 

Escaping LFG will follow the path of least resistance. Therefore, the gas is likely to migrate 

outward around the edges as well as collect under the cover. The amount of LFG produced 

should be less than the original 

/---- will be reduced. Additionally, 

,, 

S116-24-96/SACTERC fFTORDOUYR.AWF.RVI 

design. Therefore, the number of LFG vents along the ridge line 

the design drawings show a chainlink fence enclosure around 

2-34

’ ‘-.> each of the LFG vents. Since chairdink does not prevent human exposure to LFG or protect the 

-.,, 

vents themselves, the enclosures are not necessary and will not be constructed. 

2.9.2 Computer Grade Monitoring 

The landfill closure at the landfills involves excavating, grading, and compacting approximately 

one million cubic yards of soil and refuse. The excavation and grading activities will be closely 

monitored and revised in a timely manner by using a computer program to balance the 

earthworks and quickly adjust the final grade to suit the actual quantities of soil and refuse 

moved. An earthworks program, AGT..K Earthwork Engineering Sysiems, seems appropriate for 

this project. 

The program calculates cut and fill volumes using the average-end-area method. Data entry is 

accomplished by either digitizing or importing topographic data of the final and existing 

elevations. Some features of the program are as follows: 

● Basic sitework program will allow data entry by layers for the general fill, 

foundation layer and vegetative cover. 

● Landfill areas can be balanced by adjusting the final grade in the field by the site 

engineer. 

● Plan and profile add-on package produces a color cross-section for a quick 

understanding and explanation of grading operations. 

● Material take-off package gives a print out of final quantities and a color coded 

plan view. 

● Construction topographic package allows a download capability to survey data. 

The program produces the following reports which could be used for progress reports, 

subcontractor monitoring, and adjustments to final grade: 

● Volume and balance report 

● Cross-sections 

● Color-shaded site plans showing cut and fill as different color 

● Three-dimensional views 

● Items report, sorted by item 

● Materials report, sorted by materials. 

SJ/6-24-96/SACTERC fITORD 0U2MWP.RV1 

2-35 

. .

,/” “--- The AGTEK program should give quick and accurate earthwork quantities. The program runs on 

— 

a modern computer, and it is intended for on-site use to minimize communication mistakes and 

provide timely reports on work completed to date. 

2.10 Revegefation 

A study is being conducted to experimentally determine an appropriate seed mix composition for 

revegetation of the vegetative cover surface (HLA, 1995a). Interim recommendations from the 

study are as follows: 

● Use seeds from within the same floristic gene pool. Although using seeds 

collected on-site is the preferred alternative, time or funding may not permit this 

to happen. If this is the case, seeds maybe purchased from local nurseries which 

have the species in stock which originated from within Monterey County (DENR, 

1996). 

● Use a chaparral opening mix. 

● Amend the soil as recommended by soil tests. 

● Apply seed and mulch by hydroseeding. 

● Due to the large scale of the project and the proximity of the landfill to residential 

areas, fumigation of topsoil will not be performed (DENR, 1996). 

● Irrigate for six months if the seeds are applied during the dry season. However, if 

hydroseeding activities are timed with the winter rains, irrigation may not be 

necessary (DENR, 1996). 

● Minimize cover soil compaction and scarify top surface. 

The area will be monitored until June 1996. The final seed mix maybe revised at the end of the 

study (HLA, 1995a). 

2.17 Environmental Protection 

Environmental impacts associated with the closure include the disturbance of plant communities 

within the landfill areas and the construction footprint of OU2. To achieve the maximum final 

grade on steep portions of the landfills, portions of the cover may intrude onto adjacent native 

plant cornrnunities. 

SJ16-24-96/SACTERCIITORD OU2iRAWP.RVl 

2-36 

..

-’ ---- 

% 

\ Presewation of habitats in their present condition is the prefmred course of action. General 

habitat avoidance measures described below are directed toward habitat preservation: 

● Informing contractor’s supervisory staff (verbally and in writing) as to the 

locations of known sensitive resources in the area and specific measures to be 

taken to avoid those resources during construction. 

● Establishing fenced or flagged exclusion zones where appropriate and necessary 

to prevent accidental intrusion into areas that may support sensitive resources. 

Environmental protection consists of the following elements, which are briefly described below: 

● Threatened and Endangered Species and Sensitive Habitat Mitigation PlaII 

● Dust Control 

● Erosion Control 

2.77.7 Threatened and Endangered Species and Sensitive Habitat Mitigation 

Plan 

Sensitive resources have been identified on and adjacent to the OU2 Landfill areas. Resources of 

concern include coast live oak woodland and central maritime chaparral habitat, as well as 

populations of Monterey spine flower and sand gilia identified in the work area. Habitat areas 

will be avoided during construction whenever possible. Intrusion required into oak woodland or 

populations of sand gilia and spine flower during the course of closure activities will be cleared 

in advance by the USACE and the installation Department of Environmental and Natural 

Resources (DENR) specialist. Twenty-five acres of habitat adjacent to the landfill areas are 

anticipated to be disturbed by closure activities. Impacts to resources of concern will be 

mitigated through the implementation of the following mitigation plan. 

The objective of the mitigation plan is to ensure adequate resource recovery in construction 

areas. It is the intent of this mitigation plan that habitat containing sensitive resources that is 

removed during construction be restored to a state that approximates preexisting natural 

,. 

conditions. 

It is expected that a maximum of 25 acres of habitat will be removed as a result of the landfill 

cap construction. Habitat will be removed to accommodate a 25-foot buffer zone around the 

-. perimeter of landfill Areas B, C, D, E and F, soil stockpile areas, and haul roads. Soil stockpile 

areas and haul roads are indicated on Figure 2-1, Site Plan. The 25-foot buffer zone is due to a 

W6-24-961SACTERCITTORD 0U21RAWP.RVI 

2-37

... 

. 

\ 10-foot setback required by regulators and an additional 15 feet required for a maintenance and 

~... 

access road. The landfill cover edge details will be designed to minimize removal of and impact 

to coast live oak woodland and maritime chaparral. However, habitat removed during 

construction activities will be replaced. Mitigation to reduce impacts are described below in 

terms of the identified resources. 

2.77.7.7 Coast Live Oak Woodland 

Coast live oak woodland will be avoided whenever possible during execution of work. Unless 

removal is authorized by the DENR environmental specialist, trees larger than six inches in 

diameter measured two feet above mean grade outside of the landfill boundary will be retained. 

No grading will occur within the drip lines of such trees. Exclusion fences will be established for 

coast live oak woodland outside of identified construction areas to prevent accidental intrusion. 

No staging, parking, or movement of vehicles or equipment will be allowed within the drip lines 

of oaks, except those authorized for removal. If construction necessitates the removal of 

standing dead trees, these will be removed to an adjacent offsite area and left in a prone position. 

Coast live oak trees removed will be replanted at a ratio of one replacement tree for each tree 

lost. Although this replacement ratio does not ensure no net loss of oak woodland area and 

value, the following guidelines will be used to the extent possible to minimize this net loss when 

implementing the mitigation program (DENR, 1996): 

Plantina Site 

● Oak plantings will occur adjacent to existing oak woodland habitat and in areas 

close to the original locations of oaks that were removed. 

● Planting sites will be selected to approximate a natural pattern of tree replacement 

rather than a geometric configuration. The capability of oaks to assist in erosion 

control will also be considered during the selection of planting sites. 

Planting Densitv 

● To achieve no net loss, each acre of created coast live oak woodland must be 

planted such that 20 oak trees survive on each acre of woodland created. 

● The surrounding oak woodland habitat consists of densities at 20 trees per acre. 

This is only an estimate, and an accurate count may modify the oak tree 

dimensions. 

SI16-24-96tSACTERC/FTORD 0U2/RAWP.RV1 

2-38 

. .

., To determine planting densities, a 50 percent mortality rate is assumed. 

Therefore, the initial planting density of oak woodland habitat will be 40 plantings 

per acre. 

Plant Sources 

● The prefened method is to utilize seed stock from former Fort Oral. It may be 

possible to obtain oak seedlings from CSUMB or Universi~ of California at 

Santa Cruz (UCSC). If seedlings cannot be obtained from these sources, local 

nurseries which have seedlings or saplings of local seed stock will be procured. 

Plantina Method and Seedlina Protection 

● Planting will take place after the first heavy winter rains have saturated the 

mitigation area soils (generally from early November through December). At 

each planting site, the soil surface will be cleared of vegetation to reduce weed 

competition and holes will be dug or augered to a depth of approximately two 

feet. Slow-release fertilizer tablets will be placed in each hole, and holes will be 

backfdled with seedling or sapling planted to the top of the potting soil. 

Tubex tubes will be placed over each planting site to protect seedlings from 

rodent and deer herbivore. 

● Planting sites will be cleared of weeds twice a year to reduce weed competition 

using practices such as hand weeding and weed control mats. 

At the discretion of the DENR specialist, oak trees removed incidental to landfill closure 

activities will be replaced at a suitable location in or adjacent to existing coast live oak woodland 

on the University Research Area Landfill (UML) parcel. Replacement tree planting will meet 

the following requirements: 

● Trees will be, at a minimum, a one year old seedling in a half-gallon container, 

and will be planted at least 25 feet apart. 

Replacement trees will come from DENR-approved sources and represent local 

,. 

genetic stock. 

Soil at the planting site will be amended as necessary to maximize seedling 

survival. 

● Seedlings will be fenced above and below ground to prevent grazing and damage 

by burrowing animals. 

SJ/6-24-96/SKTERCI’FTORD 0U21RAWP.RV1 

2-39

● Drip irrigation systems will be extended from an on-site water supply to each 

replacement tree. 

● Trees will be irrigated weekly during the summer for the first year after planting 

and monthly during the second year. 

2.77.7.2 Maritime Chaparral 

intact areas of maritime chaparral adjacent to the landfill will not be disturbed without prior 

approval by DENR. Disturbed chaparral areas will be regraded to approximate preexisting 

slopes and contours. Topsoil from disturbed chaparral areas will be saved and redistributed as 

the top soil layer over finished grade. Reseeding or replanting is not required. 

2.77.7.3 Monterey Spine flower 

Populations of Monterey spine flower occur wi~ the landfill area construction limits at a low 

to medium density. Six to nine inches of topsoil will be collected during grubbing operations. 

This topsoil will be screened for roots and debris and will be placed as the top four inches of soil 

\\ after grade restoration. Using this topsoil will allow for the natural re-establishrnent of spine 

flower on the landfill cap. Grade restoration will occur after landfill cover construction is 

complete and include the restoration of haul road and dressing areas to previous grades adjacent 

to the perimeter of the landfill. 

Spine flower seed has been collected by the Army from plants occurring inside the work area. 

This seed is available for planting in DENR-designated 

2.77.7.4 Sand Gilia 

locations on and adjacent to landfill. 

Areas containing populations of sand gilia have been identified and flagged for avoidance. Seed 

has been collected by the Army from sand gilia populations inside work limits that are 

anticipated to be removed during construction. This seed is available to plant in DENR- 

designated locations on and adjacent to the landfill areas. ‘‘ 

2.77.7.5 Mitigation Areas 

Coast live oak trees and maritime chaparral removed during construction will be mitigated by 

.— planting in suitable habitat areas and through habitat enhancement. Disturbed soil along the 25- 

foot setback zone could provide enhanced habitat areas for sand gilia and Monterey spine flower. 

SJ16.24-961SACTERCIITORD OU2iRAWP.RVl 

2-40

. ..>, Haul roads, setbacks, and soil stockpile areas will be, used as mitigation areas at the completion 

of landfill construction as follows: 

● Haul roads around and through the landfill area will be minimized both in length 

and width as specified by the installation DENR specialist. Decommissioned 

roads may be replanted with sand gili% Monterey spine flower or coast live oak 

trees, depending on existing habitat as designated by the installation DENR 

specialist. 

● Soil stockpile areas approved by the installation DENR specialist will be grubbed 

(top six to nine inches). Grubbed material will be screened to remove roots and 

debris and will be placed as the top four inches after grade restoration. Stockpile 

areas will be minimized by using sites on the landfill areas for storage. The 25foot 

setback will also be used for soil storage. Soil stockpile areas occurring in - 

oak woodland will be replanted with the same number and density of oak trees 

that are removed. Stockpile areas that are in previously disturbed locations could 

be used to re-establish coast live oak woodland or both sand gilia and Monterey 

spine flower. 

● Setback areas as approved by the installation DENR specialist could provide 

suitable habitat for establishing populations of both sand gilia and Monterey spine 

flower. 


During construction activities, particular emphasis will be placed on minimizing the generation 

of fugitive emissions. The following operational and administrative controls will be used in 

controlling fugitive dust during excavation and capping activities. However, conditions may 

dictate the necessity of operational and administrative controls. 

2.71,2.7 Operational Controls 

Water will be used as a general dust suppressant. Haul roads will use a soil stabilizer product 

called EMC Squared. The material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the soil stabilizer is on file. 

Operational controls include the following: 

● Minimizing material free faII from excavating equipment (loaders and excavators) 

to hauling units and stockpiles 

.-—--- ● Covering or water spraying loads when transporting materials 

● Covering or water spraying stockpiles 

.-. 

SJ16-24-961SACTERCIFTORD OUVRAWP.RV1 

2-41

., 

/-. 

.. 

● Maintaining haul roads as hard surface 

● Water spraying haul roads 

● Applying a dust suppressant, or emulsifier, to haul roads 

● Applying a dust control additive to haul roads and material stockpiles 

● Applying a stabilizer to compacted earth materials. 

2.17.2.2 Administrative Controls 

Administrative controls include the following: 

● Maintaining speed limits on haul roads 

● Restricting operating hours 

● Shutdown of work activities when problems develop. 

2.77.3 Erosion Control 

This section describes a method of controlling erosion by selecting and implementing best 

management practices (BMPs) for erosion control on construction sites. Erosion is part of a 

natural hydrologic process; however, the disturbance of land from construction activities such as 

soil compaction and low permeable surfaces can increase the storm water runoff. This increase 

in runoff can increase erosion and pollute the environment by transporting nutrients, silt, soil 

organic compounds, pesticides, hydrocarbons, and trace metals. For disturbance on construction 

projects of five acres or more, BMPs for erosion control are included in a storm water pollution 

prevention plan (SWPPP) in order to identify and control pollutants. 

Preparation and implementation of an SWPPP are required to satisfy the State Water Resources 

Control Board General Construction Activity Storm Water Permit (General Permit) 

requirements. These requirements fulfill the federal requirements of the National Pollutant 

Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. 

The construction activities for the landfill closure will not discharge storm water to the waters of 

the state and will not require coverage. for discharge under the General Permit. Storm water is 

diverted around the site, no runoff from the site is anticipated, and no samples will be collected. 

However, an SWPPP is required by the RWQCB, Central Coast Region. AII SWPPP identifies 

and implements storm water pollution prevention measures to reduce pollutants in storm water 

discharges from the construction site both during construction and after construction is 

completed. 

SM6-24-96/SAIHY?RC/lTORD 0U2/RAWP.RV1 

242

.- 

., Erosion control will be installed for temporary and long-term protection of the environment. 

.. 

Erosion control measures will be implemented in accordance with the SWPPP which is included 

in Appendix C. 

2.12 Restoration of Permanent Facilities 

The permanent facilities requiring restoration after refuse removal from Area A are the roads and 

sidewalks. The preliminary indication of the extent of removal is shown on Figure 2-10, 

Removal of Roads and Sidewalks PlarI. 

2.72.7 Roads 

Removal of refuse under Imjin Road and Abrams Drive requires demolition of portions of these 

streets. After excavation and removal of refuse, the excavations will be bacldled and 

compacted with clean soil. The backfdl will be brought up to the pavement subgrade, proof- 

rolled, and tested before placing the base course. The base course will then be placed, compacted, 

and tested. Roads will be compacted in accordance with CALTR4NS Standard Specifications. 

Subgrade and base course will be compacted to a minimum 95 percent maximum dry density in 

accordance with ASTM D 1557, Modified Proctor testing. The density and moisture testing will 

be performed using nuclear methods in accordance with ASTM D2922 and ASTMD3017. Curb 

and gutter will be slip formed along the top of the base course to the final street elevations. The 

asphalt concrete will be placed at the same thickness as the existing pavement, and slightly above 

the lip of the curb gutter. 

2.12.2 Sidewalks 

Sidewalks removed from Abrams Drive will be replaced. These sidewalks will match the top of 

existing sidewalks in width, thickness, scoring pattern, and have a cross slope toward the street. 

.W6-24-961SACTERCIFTORD 0U21RAWP.RV1 

2-43

.- 

/ ~, 

,-- 

\ Reference~ 

American Standards of Testing Materials, 1991, ASTiMD698: Laboratory Compaction 

Characteristicsof Soil Using Standard Effort. 

American Standards of Testing Materials, 1991, ASTi12D1557: Laboratory Compaction 

Characteristics of Soil UsingModljied Effort. 

Department of Environmental and Natural Resources, 1996, Memorandum from William K. 

Collins, DENR Environmental Specialist, May 30. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 1994, Record of Decision, OperabIe Unit 2, Fort OrdLandfiiIs, 

July 15. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 1995a, Draft Design Analysis, Landfill Cover System, Operable 

Unit 2, Fort Ord LandJlk, December. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 1995b, Final Closure and Postclosure Maintenance Plan, Fort 

Ord 0U2 Landfill, Final Closure, December. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 

Closure, December. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 

communication, February 7. 

1995c, SpeclJ?cationNo. 9705, Fort Ord 0U2 Landfill, Final 

1996z Meeting at IT San Jose office, Lori Koch, personal 

IT Corporation, 1996, Sampling and Analysis Plan, Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, March. 

United States Army Corp of Engineers, 1995, EM200-1-2, Technical Project Planning 

Guidancefor HTR WData Quality Design, July31. 

SJf6-24-915Li4CTERC fFTOR0 OUZRAW’P.RV1 

R-1

—., 

3.0 Health and Safety 

Health and safety requirements for activities associated with closure of the OU2 Landfills include 

the SSHP and UXO Work Plan described briefly below. 

3.1 Site Safety and Health Plan 

An SSHP describing the safety and health guidelines to protect on-site personnel, visitors, and the 

public from physical harm and exposure to hazardous materials at the Fort Ord Remedial Action 

site has been prepared by IT. This plan will contain the Accident Prevention Plan (APP) which has 

been prepared in accordance with the USACE Safety and Health Requirements Manual (EM 385- 

1-1) (USACE, 1992) for activities associated with closure work. The APP is found in Section 3.0 

of the SSHP. 

The SSHP also contains information on standard health and safety procedures, engineering 

controls and safe work practices, personal protective equipment, contamination control zones 

with drawings, personnel and equipment decontamination, exposure monitoring and air sampling, 

training, medical surveillance, and mitigation of accidental spills and discharges. IT has prepared 

an addendum to the SSHP which consists of a UXO Work Plan. This addendum is provided in 

Appendix E. 

3.2 Unexploded Ordnance Work Plan 

SOPS have been prepared for remedial work at Fort Oral, and these procedures are presented in 

the SSHP. An addendum to these SOPS incorporating the performance of UXO support activities 

for closure activities has been included in Appendix F of this document. Unless otherwise 

specified by this addendum the original procedures provided in the SSHl? will apply to 

operations. 

SJIS13-% /SACTEROITORD OUZ!lWWP-IWO 

3-1

... 

7, 

.... ,=- 

4.0 Quantity Survey 

Methods to be used for measuring quantities for field activities during the environmental remedial 

actions are presented in the Quantity Suwey Plan contained in Appendix Il. A graphic 

representation of material quantities associated with construction activities is provided in Figure 

2-11, Materials Handling Plan, and Figure 2-12, Materials Handling Schematic Flow Diagram. 

-. SJ/5-13-% EAfIKERCYITORD OTXURAWPRVO 

4-1

-, 5.0 Community Relations 

During the implementation of the remedial action, IT will develop and assist with the 

implementation of community relations activities that will be based on the current level of 

community interest in the Fort Ord cleanup. Levels of concern will be assessed through 

interviews with individuals familiar with the history of the site, the USACE Remedial Project 

Manager (RPM), the Restoration Adviso~ Board @AB), and selected community leaders (if 

deemed appropriate and necessary). The strategy of the community outreach activities will build 

on the existing community relations plan for the site and community relations activities undertaken 

during the remedial phase. 

Additional activities may be necessary once the remedial design is completed, for exampie, 

immediately before implementation of the selected remedy begins, during its actual 

implementatio~ and at completion. Activities for consideration during these key periods may 

include: 

● Issuing a fact sheet to residents of the former Fort Ord describing the remedial 

design, the steps in implementing the remedial action, the schedule for completion, 

and period of operation. 

● Preparing and distributing, periodically, information updates describing 

developments at the site. 

● Holding workshops and small group meetings before the remedial action begins, 

during its implementation and at completion using presentation boards, displays, 

handouts, and other graphics to clearly present the plans and progress of site 

remediation. 

● Briefing for the media and community leaders or public availability sessions. 

# Updating the information repository with appropriate documents such as work 

plans, fact sheets, brochures, and media releases. 

● Development of displays showing progress of work and its schedule to be placed 

where the information repository is located or other places where people gather 

such as the local mall, county fairs, and schools. 

● Establishing a contact person at the site. 

W5.1>% /SACTERC&TORD OUZ’RAWPRVO 

5-1

,- \ ● A mechanism for briefing the Fort Ord Restoration Advisory Board, community 

leaders, adjacent businesses and residents, individually and personally, of key site 

activities before they occur, explaining how the remedial action will proceed, the 

schedule, and other sensitive issues (such as findings) as soon as they are 

identified. 

-. 

● If deemed necessary, setting up a 24-hour hotline to respond to inquiries and 

concerns promptly. 

● Conducting a public ceremony and site tour to celebrate completion of the selected 

remedy. 

SJ/5-13-% /SACXSRCWTORD OILhlWWP.RVO 

5-2

-. 

6.0 Constructibility Improvements 

In the TERC, the contractor has considerable latitude for construction ideas or comments to be 

incorporated into the final closure. Table 6-1 highlights changes to HLA Draft Final D.esim 

Analvsis 0U2 Landfill Final Closure which are incorporated in this Remedial Action Work Plan. 

The intent of the improvements is to reduce construction time and cost without sacrificing the 

quality of the final product. This list is not intended to be complete or detailed. Additional 

construction improvements will be proposed as the project progresses from planning, to 

procurement, and finaIly to construction. 

SJ/fL13.% /SACTERCkTORD OUVRAWF’.RVO 

6-1

—. 

7.0 Construction 

The construction schedule, major construction equipment, support equipment, stafhg plan, and 

acquisition plan for closure work are discussed separately below. 

7.7 Schedule 

The detailed construction schedule is contained in Figure 7-1, Construction Schedule. 

7.2 Major Construction Equipment 

A list of major construction equipment planned for the excavation of Area ~ transporting and 

placing of material to Aeas B through F is provided in Table 7-1, Major Construction 

Equipment. Also indicated are the estimated durations. Reference to manufacturers of models is 

to set the standard only. h equipment schedule is provided in Table 7-2, Construction 

Equipment Schedule. 

7.3 SUpport Equipment 

A list of major support facilities and equipment planned for the execution of work is provided in 

. ._. Table 7-3, Support Equipment. Also indicated are the estimated durations of need. 

,.—.. 

7.4 Staffing Plan 

Table 7-4, Staffing Plan, indicates the proposed stffing plan for the initial work using direct hire 

employees to execute the following general scope of work:. 

o 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

Clearing and grubbing all areas 

Demolition of recreational facilities, roads and sidewalks 

Excavation of Area A 

Transporting and placement of refuse as general fill 

Transporting and stockpiling cover material from Area A 

UXO avoidance 

Hazardous material handliig 

Screening of grubbed material 

Maintenance of safety fences and barricades. 

The stting plan and schedule are based on 4 to 10-hour days per week for Craft Personnel. 

SJ/5-13-% /SACTERmORD OUZW.WP,RVO 

7-1

,,- _ 

,...- 

7.5 Acquisition Plan 

A list of probable major subcontracts anticipated for the execution of work is indicated on Table 

7-5, Major Subcontracts. A list of major materials anticipated to be needed for execution of work 

is provided in Table 7-6, Major Materials. 

SJ/5-13-S% /sACTERCYFTORDOWZIWWF.RVO 

7-2

,. 

,. —- 

.,... 

References 

American Standards of Testing Materials, 1991, ASTMD698: Laboratory Compaction 

Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effoti. 

American Standards of Testing Materials, 1991, ASTMD1557: Laborato~ Compaction 

Characteristics of Soil Using ModifiedEffort. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 1994, Record of Decision, Operable Unit 2, Fort OrdLandfills, 

July 15. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 1995a, Draft Design Analysis, Landfill Cover System, Operable 

Unit 2, Foti Ord Landfills, December. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 1995b, Final Closure and Postclosure Maintenance Plan, Foti 

Ord 0U2 Landfill, Final Closure, December. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 1995c, Specification No. 9705, Fort Ord 0U2 Landfill, Final 

Closure, December. 

Harding Lawson Associates, 1996z Meeting at IT San Jose office, Lori Kocl+ personal 

communication, Februaxy 7. 

IT Corporation, 1996, Sampling andAnaZysis Plan, Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, March. 

United States by Corp of Engineers, 1995, EM200-1-2, Technical l?roject Planning 

Guidance for HTR WData Quality Design, July31. 

WS13-% BAcrmcl=mRD 0U2’’RAWP3WO 

R-1

905.9.91

,.;,.:. 

.,, - ,.,,, -“” :: ‘:,.,.. 

,.:.,.’,,,, “?, 

.=tiy -.*~--.7 - ,..., -- ,. ~~ -,,,,,,,, , ,,: .,,,,,,.,. ‘, 

A@iv@, :: ,,; ,, ~ ,,;‘: ..,,.,,,”,-, ,,: “..-’” “:. ‘,:,., ::: ,“ ,“.; 

“’: :,: ,’~sc~ip~i*,~,:’, ““,,:- : .,: 

.:, ,,, ,,, , .,. ,,. —,, ,, .-. .,, 

.,,’ 

,,’. ,., ,, —, .,., ,, A*R: --MAY’ 

Prepare Work Plans and Issue to 

1 1 

USACE/Regulators Comment Period] OTMAR96I ~AP~9G 

ITIncorporate Responses 08APR96 06MAY96 

Issue Work Plans “Draft Final” 

06MAY96 

‘t 

USACE Issue Authority To Proceed 06MAY96 i* 

Site Facilities 

Clear & Grub Area A 

I 13MAY96 I 02AIJG96I 

1 1 

Install Haul Road I 16MAY96 I 051UN96 [- 

I I 

Remove Overburden 

~12JUN96 I 20ALIG96 

I I 

Excavate Area A & Place 13,C,D I 24JUN96 I 12NOV96 

Complete Remaining Areas E & F 09AUG96 26NOV97 

Project Complete 17FEB98* :“ 

Begin Craft Hiririg for May 6th 

Begin Clear & Grub 

Begin Haul Road 

Excavate & Backfill 

13MAY96* 

16MAY96’ 

24JUN9& 

Close Imjin Road 

, + 

I 

Close Abrams Road 101MAY9& I I 

I 

* 

,,.,, .,-, ,,, . .. -,, ., ___ ... — 

,.’—” — ,. .:. ....’-.. ..., ,,~. ,,. —- ,—, 

.,, ,—. .:. .–,,–, ... ,, ,.>. 

1996 ,,, ,’. ,,, .,,. -,– ,., ,’.” 

‘Juti.,] .:iJI”” ~ “ 

, 

,

Table 2-1 

Utility Impacts 

Utility I.D. Location of Utility 

relephone T-1 “ Main line north of Abrarnsleast of 80th kdlle~ 

T-2 “ Feeder line south of Abra.rrdeast of 80th Artillery 

T-3 “ Manhole south of Abram at 3rd Avenue 

T4 “ South of Abrams (502-900-26/1-900) 

T-5 ● West of Brostrom (502-50-26/45 1-500, 502-100-26/451-550) 

Gas G-1 “ North of Abrarndeast of 80th ArtiUe~ (6” connector between 

12th Street and Abrams Park) 

G-2 ● North of Abrams/east of 3rd Avenue junction (6” east, 5“ notih) 

G-3 ● South of Abrams/west of Brostrom (3” feeder from metering 

station) 

G-4 ● West of Brostrom (1-1/4” feeder to south) 

Water w-1 ● North of Abrarns/east of 80th Artilte~ (12” connector between 

12th Street and Abrams Park) 

w-2 ● South of AbramS/east of parking lot valve station (sprinklers) 

w-3 ● South of Abrarns at 3rd Avenue (8” feeder to Abrarns and PRV) 

w-4 “ West of Brostrom (8” feeder to west; 6“ and 4“ force mains) 

Electric E-1 ● North of Abrarrdeast of 80th Artillery (15 kV CNDB, FDR-3 1- 

C#2 ALUM: one pad-mounted transformer) 

E-2 ● South of Abrardeast of 80th Artillery (one pad-mounted 

transformer) 

E-3 ● South of Abrams at 3rd Avenue (FDR-6, 3-1/C#2, 12 kv) 

E-4 ● West of Brostrom (3-1/C#2 DB, FDR-6; one pad-mounted 

transformer) 

Sanitary s-1 ● South of Abrams from 80th Artillery to 3rd Avenue (remove 

Sewer three manholes plus one Area B) 

s-2 ● West of Brostrom feeder to north (10” force main and 4“ mti, 

MK#182; blow-off valve) 

Stolm SD-1 ● North of Abrarrdeast of 80th Artillery (two each curb inlets and 

Drain manholes, 18“ line) 

Cable c-1 “ Trunk cable north of Abrams Drive (approximately 550 linear 

T.V. feet) 

c-2 “ Trunk cable west of 3rd Avenue and north of Abram Drive 

(may be avoided) 

SV3-1%5ACIZRCJF79RD at2mltmY.lBL

Table 2-2 

Demolition Methods and Equipment 

Operation Methods Equipment 

Building demolition Housing units to be burned as Track-type excavator with 

training exercises for local pneumatic hammer 

fire departments 

Breakout concrete 

foundations and clear rubble 

Roads and sidewalk Sawcut asphalt pavement and Sawcutting equipment 

demolition concrete sidewalks 

Breakout concrete sidewalks Front end loader 

and asphalt streets Track-type excavator 

Playground equipment Remove steel posts with Backhoe 

demolition concrete footing: breakoff 

footing 

Utility demolition Not@ utility owner of Backhoe 

planned outage 

SIJ%14WSACERGmOBD 0U2JDEMOLTIUBL 

Reroute or provide Track-type excavator 

temporary by-pass line

Table 2-3 

Landfill Cap Material Balance 

Activity Area A In Storage Areas B-D IrIStorage Areas E-F In Storage 

Area 24 Acres 33 Acres ~’~ 62 Acres(s) 

Clear & Grub 

Clean Cover 

Material 

Excavate 

Refuse 

Irnpolt 

Refuse 

Fill Material 

19,000 

Balance 

Aeas B-F 

26,000 50,000 76,000 

57,000 +76,000 84,000 -110,000 197,000 ‘247,000 281,000 

391,000 

o 

57,000 

>391,000 

Foundation 65,000 ‘a) 118,000 ‘a) 183,000( a) 

Layer 

Vegetative 

Cover 

19,000 106,000 (*) 200,000 ‘a) 306,000( a) 

Required 61,00 0 71,00 0 132,00 0 

Import 

Available 

From Oth er 

Sites 

61,000 ‘a) 89,000 (a) 150,000 ‘) 

Expofi 391,0 00 0 0 

Notes: 

‘a)This quantity was obtained from HLA. Draft Deskn halwis, ~. 

00 Ths ~wti~ Wm obta~ed from HLA meeting, 2-7-96, peM’Id communication. 

General Note: The material balance assumes 1 foot of clean soil and 1 foot of geaeral fdl for the foundation layer.

Table 6-1 

Constructability Improvements 

Design Comment Improvement Advantage 

Gradiigplanignores existing Existing wvcr d is probably Ex=va%_e~Wthe Saves 3/4-mile haul distance 

zto4’mvcraofl overarwa B clmn and muld be utilizedfor existing cover soils fir for over 200,000 cubic yards 

throughF the foundationand vegetative foundation and vegetation of clan soil fromb A. No 

soil lsycrs. Iaycrs. need to usc infdtrationbasins 

for lnxrow m 

Sane fial cover gradesarcat Cover is likely to undergo Rq@e =Pti * E@= l“’warkexpcn~ rc:~lu: 

3 percent Assumes majority differential settlement with Reduce or eiirninatcpip in 

of settlement will occur in surcharge on existing waste cover drainagesystem. I=caudons for cxcnvatingand 

about six months. Covers from additionalfill wil on the placiig pipe over tbe 

include network of drainage cover. Cover drainagesystem gmmcmbrane. Stccpcr cover 

pipesin the vegetativecover. likdyto de with capandnot grades should rcducc longflow 

as intended. 

termmaintenancecosts. 

Plaw general till (cxcavatcd Lang haul distsncc fromh Exavatc existing aver SOik3, Shortens haul distance from 

rcfuachorn Arcs A) on Arms Atoka.sEmdF. stockpileifncccwary, and usc IargcrArCME and F, iOWCfS 

B throughF. for foundationand vegetative *work cost. MOWS 

Wvcrlayers.Place generalflu SddltionalearthworkCrewto 

(cxcmwtcd refuse from k grade Areas E snd F 

A) on Arcsa B, C, and D. independently of AIMS A 

Grade Arw Eand Fting throughD. 

cxcavatcd cover soil and soil 

h OthCl Fort Ord 

rcmcdiitionprojects. 

Place 6 iIIChCS of ddy cover RcfWvalaplaccd lxWccn30 Uac W cmwtructionpractice Shortengeneraltill placcmcnt 

(d) and 12 inch= of interim to40yeara sgoand witha to consolidate mfusc from tirncandrcrnovesconstraintof 

cover over gencrsl fill. highmndcanknt (75 prccnt), A= ~ EsrthnwVins Whg --exhumed 

matcrid will equipment will place and 

-~whtifior campsct ref= to *. If 

food for Va7tora.This cIosluc odors d Vdors m 

is not a new landfdling notitile or Wome a 

operation since ncw waste is problcm, then cover refuse 

notcmningintothc aik. thiais Withsoilortarp. 

ac4msolidaticmof waste Within 

the tmundaryof 0U2. 

Hydrology tkign of CNof85forkaA was not WninstciIMtiti h on l.- imp on the ~j-t 

inWation bsains inmrrcctly changcd tn55whcntheq AI=A. housing arms, la coatby not 

- cum numkr (CN) of 85 was deleted tim Ams A constructingbasins. 

forAra A Furtkr, the tign ignorw the 

infdtlation mpacityofthc 

entireAm A 

sJ/sl-%/sAcTmc/FmRD ouwIMPRovMnTBL 1 of4

... 

.- 

Table 6-1 



Hydrolo~ dcaign of Design inwrrcctly mwiels the Elimin& infihmtionUlns on Iss impact on scnsitiw 

infiltrationbsaiis inmrectly Suk hydrology as Areas B thrOUgh F. Use a species ~, less cost by not 

uses curve numtm (CN) of subsurface flOW. resign pcrimctcr drain to wllcct ccmstructingbasiis. 

85 for kcsa B through F. runoffs arc probably much runoff, prevent run on, and 

Basin excavation used as higherthanactualrunoffs. allow intdtration. 

bcamwsourcefor earthworks Borrow can k made up from 

oprations. rmncdiationsites and misting 

cover excavation. 

Wsign vckily of stormwater High velmity in unliicd Ehminatc chsnnel and Iawer instruction and 

flow in the tra~idal ditches in sandy sOih will infWrationbasiis. msintcnancc costs. 

@rnctcrditch (drawingC38, pJmblycmlcthe ditchLwforc 

don U) arcgenerallyabout the end of the first~n. 

3 feet ~ second. 

Specifications 02050 Bun vegctatbnat the site Obtainfire marshallapproval I.mwcrcost and an alternative 

Denwhion, 1.6 Burning using a pit burneror normal and burnvegetationat the site to mulching and disposing of 

prohibitsburning oontrollcdburns. if convcnicntand #at unwantedvegetationseeds. 

effcctivc. 

Specifications 02050 D&mad ofw stumps,roots, Grind, stmkpile, and dispose kducc dditiOlld landfdlgas 

D~litian, 3.7 Disposition LmUd&androtknwd inwith of vegetationas mulch on the andptcntial scttlcmcntof the 

of Malerial and 3.8 Cban 

up allows dispod of 

the gcncrrdfill will probably 

generatelandfillgss for many 

clean subgradc of Area A. 

Mcrnativcly, usx Offsitc 

aver Surfaw during 

decomposition. Easier to 

vegetation fkmnclcsring and years after camplction of the diqmsol or a controlled bum compact fill without 

grubbing O@OIIS into the proposed cover. Additionally, using an ovcrfim-air devim vegetation. 

generalfill - vegetation is dficult to such as a pit burneror csrcful 

compact and will probably control by burning in 

cause settlement of the cover Windrowa. 

Silk duringdccom~tion 

Sptcificationr 02050 COmtruOdondcbrisiswlid Incoqmratefkbrisin withthe Eli- .s ptential legal 

Denwlition, 3.7 Disposkion k., Ulihbk fm ImdfWing,and garMalfiu qMatkms and pbkmswith off-site disposal 

Of biatd and 3.8 ~an tithe asmcolnaitcaslhc plalxundcrthc popadq. and diapaal cats. 

UP rcquim rcmo~ dcbri~ -vatcd Ehfivm Aru A 

=~tiy solid construction 

debristim the aitc. 

S’cij%atiom 02226 Site Cover willacttlc -placing Me@ bkranoc rcquirunults l&moving unncixawy and 

-work - Gctural F4 WnUalml- S* of - ~ pa ~. iMp_ tolcrancm and 

33 ~&n T&~w 

rcqti a 0.1 foct atunwand 

fill is not important tk 

Iaymismttomeetthc 

d A Uircmcnts should clarify 

cmwtmcbn ex@ations. 

Mowthcgradaa 

the dmvings. 

hownon minimumthich. 

aJ/$1—%mAcImcfFroRD oUzlMFROvMr.m 2 of4

--- 

Table 6-1 



Spec@iotims 02227 Site Originalintentwas to usc this Mayh p@ble to dclctcthese Unnewswy construction 

E&hwork - Foundation foundation layer for interim rcquircmcnts. wnstrairt 

Lap, 21 Foundation Lagtr cover. Best constmction 

E&hfU 21.1 Zone 1 practicesmay not requirethis 

qdtics non-detectchemical 00W, and mfid wmal@s 

or nmr nondctcct rcgutationsCCR Titte 14 and 

(riskassessment) Soils for the 23 allowsoilsmntainingwaste 

foundationlayerimmdlatcly (and mntition) for 

almvcthe generalfitt. foundationlayers. 

Speafwations 02227 Site Seemsrulundantto pot-holeif Delete requirement fbr pot- u~ instruction 

?bthwork - Foumhtion the subgradc has been holing. Canatraint 

ky~, 3.6 Foundation pICViOUS@ XUWC@ and 

Luyw Sunq requires a approved for umformance 

survq and pot-holing of the with the gradesahown on the 

layer. 

oontraotdrawings. 

Spec@4uions 02228 Site Some of the find oovm Rcgradc andl’aiac the low Mi*im~ postclosurc 

Earthwork - Wgdti -g p~s, Wh M c21, m-of~wwd mMcnanw W*. 

Cover, 3.&2 Ikc=r SWfu c22, C2% d C26, Kthnxmdiminakthci ntcrnal 

wat& rcquirm repair of conccntmtsd- on the dminagcftowpaths. 

eve cow fMITI &qe Cap.‘m Wvcr wilt probnbly 

by erosion. require continuous 

maintenanceduringmd after 

the wnstruciion *uL 

Drawings C6 to C8 show the The8“and 12” d~ctcr pi~ Elthcr increase the vegetative Pip would be dficult to 

cover drain pip as 8“ and will have little to no cover. oovw thicknessfrom one foot install and witl probably fail 

12” diameterpipes on, in a This detail will probablynot to two feet thich or elirninak Undm wnstruotion and 

12” thickvcgctativccavcr. comply with the pipe the pips, or imth. maintcnanmvehicle tratXc. 

Manuftis insWation 

ImXmmwndntions. 

Drawing C20 ahowa the Tkfodatsm“ Ofthiabuiding &lyOUt qkuatmy trcnchca Nds furtherinvastigatjon. 

approximate limit of rcfbac may require Und@ul& aroundthe budding. 

close to the building on the shoring, or dmolition if the 

cast side of Rdigucz court. rcfusciack palongthislinc. 

How aoouratc is the 

wP~ limitof rcfld 

S’llm Se&n A& oompactin& Se&n ReduceOompotk effort to Tilling may b the aurfacc 

02228, Vq@at& Cmwr, 0293S, Hy~ 3.23 a5%SIamMRmtor(ASlM Ioilaand rmudtinetoaiorl 

i Z2 rquirw com@ing the rj.lqti-ti D 698) and’aiimktc tilling gullies a rills duringa storm. 

-~ hp from 85%)~ Mmctopaurfam to4inoha 9~- 

90’% Inmliicd PrWtor &p Mom hydmding. 

(ASTMD 1557). 

SJls-1-wsACTsmCml-QRl) om/xhfPWVMr.TBI., 3 of4

Table 6-1 



Drawing CW2, Paimdm The extent of the umbrella Slqxthegemnembrane at4:l, The flatteT4:1 slo~ is less 

Berm Ddail DD shows thC wverage of the gcomembrane i.e., parallelto the vegetative expensive to eonslruct and is 

geomcmbrane around the over the refuse remim cover on the side slops. less susceptible to erosion. 

-* Sled ~ 2 unchangedat a flatterslop. E“ “ the stringent Additionalgcomembraneand 

horizontalto 1 verikd (21). a@iQ3tion forthe vegetative wedge of soil areUnneecssary. 

ewer soil designatedas ‘Zone 

Bw.Ehinstethe wedge of soil 

ktween thegeonwnbmnc and 

the vegetativesoil layer. 

Drawings Cll to C17 show These side slopm are Change drawingsby showing Eliminate inconsistency in 

subgrade side slopes around inconsistentwith the 3:1 side the ~ of the gcncrsl till and drawings,flattenslop to 4:1. 

the perimeter of the landfill slo~ shown on the top of the not the wedge of soil. Toe of 

aresaareshown as2:l. general fill (subgrsk) on subgmde slop will move in 

Detail DD. towards=nter of landfdl. 

Drawing #2, Perimsder The refu is shown as Maintainthe 5 &t minimum Clarifiesdetail. 

Berm IMd DD ShOWWthe imm=bte “ Iy Mow the generrd from the hinge @nt to the 

W cover hinge pointwith a fall, which ignorm the general fall. A5sumc refuse 

dimensionof 5 feet minimum thicknessof existingeovcr soil does not exist outside the 5 

awlanotherIaM showing the overthe refuse. feet offiet fkom the hinge 

approximatelimit of refuse. 

ThisIatk pointalso eoincidm 

with the extent of generalm. 

pint Ehminatesoil wedge. 

Drawing C21 to C27, shows Eff&Etivmmss of vents is ~pventsbylmmtirlg Gas vents are a potential 

gas vents along the ridge of doubtful. Rigid eormecdon at high points on landfillcap. maintenance problem of 

the Iandfdl cover. Mwcen gcomembmne and Allow h settlement by dubiousknefit in sandysoils. 

gas vent pip may prop providing a slipjoint 

gmmembmne and cover up connection between 

batentasliwland~ eovcr gcmnembraneandpip. 

Settles. 

aJ/sl—%mAmmzCmrOBD ouml@JmvMr.m 4 of4

Table 7-1 


Following is a list of major construction equipment anticipated for the 1996 construction season. 

Included in the list are quantities and anticipated rental periods. 

[tern Description 

Needed 

‘~ Date 

Rental 

Period 

1 Excavator, track mounted with 2 CY bucket to include 2 6-01-96 6- months 

., hydraulicactuatd Wmrnb” and fitted witi straight blade and 

rack(s)to acarranodatc four (4) breathing air (oxygen) bottles 

(Cat-225 or equal). 

2 Dozer with ‘IT’ blade and winch (Cat D6 or equal). 1 441-96 7- months 

3 Dozer with “U” blade (Cat D6 or equal). 2 5-01-96 7- months 

4 Dozer with angle blade and winch (Cat IX or equal). 1 4-01-96 8- months 

5 Dozer with angle blade (Cat D6 or equal). 2 5-01-96 7- months 

6 Dozer with angle blade (Cat D6 or equal). 2 5-01-96 8- months 

7 Tmcks, off-roa~ articulatedend dump, fitted with load covers 2 5-01-96 8- months 

(Cat D35HP or equal). 

8 Trucks, Off-d articulatedend dump, fitted with load iXWerS 11 6-01-96 7- months 


9 Trucks, off-roa~ articulatedend dump, fitted with load covers 1 6-01-96 3- months 


10 Front-end loader with 4-1/2 CY bucket with straight blade 1 541-96 8- months 

(Cat 966 or equal). 

11 Front-end loader with 4-1/2 CY bucket with straight blade 2 6-01-96 5- months 

(Cat 966 or equal). 

12 Fronknd losderwith 3 Y bucket with stmight blade. (Cat 936 1 741-96 6- months 

or equal). 

13 compactor, smd.b drurmvibratory, 84” drum with strike off 1 5-01-96 7- months 

blade (Cat CS-553 or equal). 

14 Cornpctor, suwth & vibratory, W drum with strike off 1 9-01-96 4- months 

blade (Cat CS-553 or equal). 

15 Compactor, landtlll with psd ~ 66” drum with strike off 1 8-01-96 3- months 

blade (Cat CP-433B or equal). 

16 Motor grader (Cat 12G or equal). 1 54)1-96 8- months 

17 Motor gmder (Cat 12G or equal). 1 114)1-96 2- months 

18 Watertruckwith qxaylmm,pumps, etc., (3,800 gal upaci&). 1 5431-% 7- months 

19 Watmtruckwith spraylmm,pumps, etc., (2,500 gal capacity). 1 6-01-% 6- months 

20 Screening plant with discharge and stading 00IIVqOIS f~ 1 641-96 6- months 

@t andreject materials, fitted with 112”bar sereeL 4,000 

TPD capacity (meshscreen is not aeceptable). 

WS1-WSACIZRCFKRO OWCONSIZQP.TSL 1 of2

Table 7-1 


Following is a list of major construction equipment anticipated for the 1997 construction season. 

Included in the list are quantities and anticipated rental periods, 

NOTE: 

Item Description 

.1 Dozer with ‘V’ blade and winch (Cat D6 or equal). 1 341-97 

2 Dozer with ‘IT’ blade and winch (Cat D6 or equal). 1 3-01-97 

3 Dozer with angle blade and winch (Cat D6 or equal). 1 3-01-97 

4 Dozer with angle blade (Cat D6 or equal). 1 3-01-97 

5 Trucks,off-mad, articulated end dump, fitted with load covers 6 341-97 

(Cat D35HP). 

II 6 I Front-d loaderwith4-112 CY bucket with straight HTblade. I 1 I 341-97 

7 Compactor, smooth drum, vibrato~ 1 341-97 

8 Motor grader (Cat 12G or equal). 1 341-97 

9 Water truck, 3,500 gal. 1 341-97 

10 Water truck, 2,500 gal. I 1 341-97 

Rental 

Period 

8- months 

8- months 

8- months 

8- months 

8- months 

8- months 

8- months 

8- months 

8- months 

8- months 

1. All equipment to be maintained and serviced by equipment supplier including 

preventative maintenance and major maintenance. 

2. All supplies for routine daily fluid level checks will be furnished by the equipment 

supplier. (Note: IT personnel will do the routine fluid level checks). 

3. All servicing to occur after 1800 hours and before 0600 hours Monday through 

Friday. 

4. Downtime for maintenance will not be billable. Replacement equipment is to be 

supplied within 48 hours. 

SJ/>14&’SACIEROFl’OSD~NSIEQP.TSL 

2 of2

Doz*m 

.M:, ,,.,, J ,,, J ~.. ,,s , 

Table 7-2 

Construction Equipment Schedule 

"""'' "'"''""''" '''"'''""'"""`"'"''""'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'''"'"'"'"'"'''''''"~"'~9m:~ss;Mm;fiE~@$;&c2s2::fi< 

,,,,,,.,,,.,,.,,, ,,,.,,,,,.........,.,.,, ,. .,.................. ,... 

TOTAL 

.,.,,,.,:,:,,......,.,.,.,.,..,,..,,,, 

., ........ ... ,,,,,,,,, 

6 7 e 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

D-6 wt”u”Siade, 1 wlwhch 2 ecco 7200 1.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4,0 4.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 43.0 

D-6WI ●ngle Bhde, ? w/wlnoh 8 mcco 7200 3,0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 42.0 

Ofl Rmd T?UCkC I 

35 Ton ArtlcuhtadDump ]14 ecco 10200 2.0 13.0 t 3.0 13.0 I 3.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 148.0 

Exm uatom 1 

Cat 22S WI 2vdbuckat 2 (!000 189W 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 ?0.0 

Lodom 

Cat 966 3 *CC0 7500 I .0 4.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 I.0 1.0 1.0 31.0 

Cat 936 I ecc 0 460Q I .0 1.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 

Compactor 

SmoothOmmVibrato~ 4 acco 4500 0.6 1.0 1.0 I .0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 ! .0 I .0 1.0 1.0 1.0 21,5 

landfill whlada 

1 acco 4600 I .0 1.0 1.0 i 3.0 

PadDrumcompaotor 1 ecco 4600 1,0 1.0 2.0 

Motor(lmdm 

Cat I 2!3 1 ecco 6350 0,5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 I ,0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 t .0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 19.5 

Wal*r Tmcka ! ! 

J3500 Gat Ill acco 13aoalo.5J l.oll.oll.oj 1.011 .011.0 I I I I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 [ 16.5 

2500 Gal Ill flcco I 25~ I I I I.o 1 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 1.0 1.0 I 1.0 ] I.o I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 1 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 I 1.0 16.0 

1 1 

Scmarlh-lg malt 

4000 TPHRotaryorclack 

WI Dkc. & Convavr 

1 4m 1.0 1.0 I .0 1.0 

i 

m n a a 1 1 1 1 , m 1 u 1 1 1 1 1 1 , m , m 1 I 

1 

Told- / Wmth I I 1 ! 6,5 [ 29.0 I 28.0 I 30.0 I 31.O t 35.0 I 33.0 I 30.0 [ I 1 15.0 I 15.0 I 9.0 I 9.0 I 15.0 I 15.0 J 15.0 I 15.01 15.0 I 15.O I 3m.5 { 

SJ/5-l-96/%ACTERCJITORD0U2~ABLE7-2XLS 

unftslmonth 

4.0 

I

Table 7-3 

Support Equipment 

1[tern Qw Support Equipment Rental Period 

1 2 Trailers: decon (change) fitted w/showers, lavatories, 8- months 

water closets. Trailer to also be equipped with hot 

water heaters and HV/AC units and generator. Each 

trailer unit to accommodate 25 people. 

2 4 Trailers: (office/breaks) -10’ x 40’ 6- months 

3 1 Truck: Fueling (diesel only) capacity 2,500 gals. 

(Alternate to equipment supplier fueling). 

4 6 Pickups: 4-wheel drive (Ranger) 6- months 

5 40 Radios and base stations for 0U2 area only 6- months 

6 2 Pressure washer: hot water 1500 psi 6- months 

7 2 Safety shower/eye wash (portable) 6- months 

8 4 Meteorological station 6- months 

9 4 Radiation detectors 6- months 

10 4 Photo ionization detectors 6- months 

11 4 Chemical warfare great detectors 6- months 

12 4 Combustible gas meters 6- months 

13 4 Portable decon stations (probably a purchase) 6- months

I 1°1 

z ~ - . - . . . 

n : “ “ “ “ r “ “ “ “

“), 

Table 7-4 

Staffing Plan 

1996 1997 ‘ TOTAL 

J I FI M~AlMlJlJlA~S10jf4 [0 J I FI M] Al MIJ IJ IA IS 10 ]N ID #iMonth 

Gd NAME # 1[ 21 3[ 41 SI 61 71 81 91 10[ 111 12 11 21 3[ 41 51 61 71 8[ 91 lo~ Ill 12 

iUXO Supervisor IT open 1 0.5 1,0 1.0 1,0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 T.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 12.5 

Uxo Ssfety Spsc IT open 1 1.0 1.0 1,0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 11.0 

Uxo safetySpat IT open 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 6.0 

UXO Safety Spec open 1 1.0 1.0 1,0 1.0 1.0 1,0 6.0 

,1-l&S Tech IT open 1 t .0 1.0 1,0 1.0 1,0 1,0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1,0 1.0 1,0 13.0 

H & S Tech IT open 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1,0 1.0 1.0 

6.0 

L open 2 2.0 2.0 2,0 2.0 2.0 2.0 12.0 

L open 2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2,0 2,0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2,0 2,0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2,0 2,0 2.0 2.0 43.0 

kEiRG”’T 

L open 2 1.0 2,0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1,0 1,0 1.0 1.0 16.0 

L open 2 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 10.0 

MT open 8 1.0 6.0 6,0 6.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 a .0 4,0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4,0 4,0 4.0 4,0 89.0 

EO orator roller Corn , 

0 erator roller Corn , 

0 erator mxasnin Iant 

O orator motor rader 

Driver 35T offrosd 

L 

L 

L 

L 

LltT 

open 

open 

open 

open 

open 

2 

1 

1 

1 

20 

0.5 1.0 1,0 1.0 2.0 2.0 

1.0 1.0 1,0 1.0 1.0 

1,0 1.0 1,0 

0.5 1,0 1.0 1,0 1.0 1,0 

2.0 13 13 13 13 14 

2. .0 

1.0 

2.0 

14 

2.0 

2.0 

14 

1,0 

1,0 

6,0 

1.0 

1.0 

6.0 

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1,0 

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1,0 

2.0 2.0 6.0 6.0 6,0 

1.0 

1,0 

6,0 

1.0 

1.0 

6.0 

1,0 

1,0 

6,0 

21.5 

5.0 

4.0 

19.5 

148.0 

BDriver 35T offrosd 

Driver Water Tr.. 

Excavation foreman 

Landfill Foraman 

0.5 

1.0 

0.5 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1,0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1,0 

1.0 

1.0 

1,0 

1.0 

1.0 

1,0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1,0 

1,0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1,0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

0.0 

16.5 

20.5 

19.5 

I 

1 

IT 

T 

F 

-F— 

1 I 1 I 

Totals par Month 1 111 2 10 38 38 40 41 44 42 34 8 8 21 20 14~14 [17 17 ~ 17 17 17 17 

I I I i 

Total Pages 1312 ] 74 I Total PBges1&2 972,5 

SJ/5-l-%/SACTEIIC/FTORD OU2~ABLE7-4.XLS Page 2 of2 

t I

... 

Item 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

SK!-28-WSACT’ERCIFIORO 0U7JCONSlEQP.~L 

Table 7-5 

Major Subcontracts 

Descrir)tion I Award II 

Utilities Engineering (mechanical) 3-15-96 

Utilities Engineering (electrical) 3-15-96 

Utilities Installation (mechanical) I 

5-03-96 II 

Utilities Installation (electrical) 5-03-96 

Soils Lab 4-15-96 

Analytical Services (Change Order for quanities and 4-15-96 

methods) 

Analytical Semites (personnel air monitoring) I 4-01-96 II 

Asphalt and concrete cutting I 5-01-96 I 

Suweying I 3-15-96 

Sanitary Services 4-15-96 

I I 

Monitoring well and probe abandonment 5-01-96 I 

Installation of flexible membrane liners 1-02-97 

Installation of gas vents and probes I 1-02-97 1! 

Renak of roads and sidewalks I 8-(’)1-96

,,.. 

.. . 

Table 7-6 

Major Materials 

[tern Description Award 

1. Road Base (haul road) 3-15-96 

2. Haul road treatment products 3-15-96 

3. Dust Control Products 4-01-96 

4. Bottled Oxygen (breathing air) 5-15-96 

5. Safety Dupplies 4-01-96 

● PPE 

● Barricades 

● Signage 

● Sailey Fence 

6. Portable Decon Stations 4-01-96 

● Personnel 

* Equipment 

7. Construction Equipment Rental 4-01-96 

8. Support facilities and equipment rental 4-01-96 

SJ/2-~RJ3 OLWCON.WEQP.TBL 

9 Fuel 4-15-96

905.9.91




this file. 

Document # OUZ~Wq

v 

XlClN3ddY

-----., 

., 

,.-. 

/ 

—J 

APPENDIX A 

ASBESTOS SURVEY REPORTS

. 

ASBESTOSSURVEYREPORT 

CORPS OF ENGINEERS- FORT ORD- ABRAMS PARK 

BUILDING P06012 

BUILDING SUMMARY 


Date(s) of Suwey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..3!! ?!??..?’?.1.’?4 

EstimatedDate of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1.?78. 

BuildingUsage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..FH. ‘-c?.&.EN\. 

Total GrossSquare Footage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..3’?.4?.%”.F?’. 

BuildingType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..w??d!s!ucc?. 

NumberofUnits/Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..?./.2 

Address . . . UnitA 109 RodriguezCourt 

UnitB 110 RodriguezCourt 

Estimated Cost of Recommended Work ltemsforAsbe~os-ContainingMate~als (cWE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$!.To78. 

Totai Estimated Cost lncludingAdditive Items (CWE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$!?.?!.l. 

● Cost per Square Foot including Additive Items (CWE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$? 8:38 

Friable Asbestos-Gontaining Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..!?uct.?RP.e. 

Nonfriabie Asbestos-Containing Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Baseboard . . . . ..+. . . . Mastic . . . ..J . ResilientFloorTile/Mastic 

. . . .,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..T. 

ReslhentSheetFloonng/Mastic, Wallpaper 

-- WORK ITEM INVENTORY 

BLOW 

WORK 

ITEM 

ATCU~nNGl 

Acnow 

cwslm YH 

MATERIAL/DEsCRIPl’10N /LOCATION 

/.. 

P06012 

1 

2 

Removal 

E!?W.WF!I?P9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. Bulk Sample(s) 32-34 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..?Q.V. 

1994 . 

Condition: Good ● Contact: High 

Unit Quantities: “ 

UnitA 15LF 

UnitB 15LF 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. 

lst FkLaundty Room: 

Duc!tapeobserved aroundductworkin thelaundryroomof UnitsAand B. 

The duct tape has a high potential for direct contact with the air stream at 

manifolds, joints and seams. 

RECOMMENDATIONS: Removethis material, and cleanup anyvisibledebris. Priir 

to removal, prohibit any disturbance by maintenance personnel orother building 

occupants. Materials inseparable from the duct tape must be considered 

asbestos-contaminated. Replacement should be performed with asbestos-free 

materials. 

101 

E~~l.%~mtl CONTRACTOR 

COST 

PROJECTNO.-m 

$825

,- 


CC)RPSOF ENGINEERS- FORT ORD – ABBAMS PARK 


WORK ITEM INVENTORY 

Buw ATC RATiW 

WORK ACTIOtU 

ITEM CONSTRYR MATERIALI DESCRIFilON / LOCATION 

ESTIMATED ~NTRACTOR 

auAhlTw Cosr 

P06012 13 N?ufJ!?Pl?.P?5F.@.?r?.Y.?:t!! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W-K. $0 

2 O&M ● BulkSampie(s) 42,43 

WA 

● Condition: Good ● Contact: Low 

Unit Quantities: ● lst/2nd Flr Various Locations: 

UnitA 140LF Baseboard mastic observed in the kitchen, Iaundy room and bathrooms of 

Unit B 140 I-F Units A and B. 

RECOMMENDATIONS: Inspect periodically as part of the O&M. Prohibit any 

disturbance including sanding, chipping or the use of corrosive cleaning chemicals 

which may cause generation of airborne asbestos fibers. For all removal, repair or 

O&M activities, materials inseparable from the mastic must be considered 

asbestos+ontaminated. Use asbestos-free materials for any replacement. 

Additive cost for optional removal and replacement: 

p06012 

3 

13 

O&M 

Nonfriible . . . . . . . . Resilient . . . . . . . . Floor -------- lle . and . . . . Mastic . . . . . . . . . . . -------- 

● Bulk Sample(s) 5,6, 11, 12 

-------- -------- 2,I1OSF ------- 

$0 

WA ● 

Condition: Good s Contact: Low —Mastic 

High - Flmr Tile 

Unit Quantities: 

UnitA 1,055 SF “ 

Unit B 1,055 SF 

1st12nd Flr Various Locations: 

$2,310 

Brown 12” x 12“ floor tile - family and Iivhg rooms, bedrooms, hallways and closets 

Units A and B. Black floor tile mastic associated with the brown floor tile on the first 

floor. 

Mastic only under 12“ x 12“ light brown floor tile (no asbestos detected) - family 

room, first floor hallway Unit B. 

Mastic only under 12“ x 12“ dark brown floor tile (no asbestos detected) - family 

roam Unit A. 





asbestoswontaminated. Use asbestos-free materials for any replacement. 

Additive cost for optional removal and replacement: $23,105 

ATc ENVIRONMENTAL INc. PROJECTNO. W63- 

102

, 

BLOW ATC RATINW 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS- FORT ORD - ABRAMS PARK 



,. . 

~TO&K ACTIOW 

c-n m MATERIAL1 DESCIWHION / LOCATION 

P06012 13 N?w!?w. F.e.ww! w%! F!wKw.?@.Y?:?iF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . w.% 

4 O&M ● Bulk Sample(s) 1-3,44,45 

tWA 

● Condition: Good ● Contact: High – Sheet Flooring 

E:~&~mD mN-rRAcToR 

COST 


Low – Mastic 

UnitA 360 SF 

Q 1st/2nd Flr Various Locations: 

Unit B 315 SF Marble pattern sheet flooring - laundry room Unit A. 

Octagon pattern sheet flooring and mastic - bathrooms, laundry room, kitchen 

Units A and B. 

RECOMMENDATIONS: Inspect periodically as part of the C)&M. Prohibit any 




asbestos-contaminated. Any construction, renovation or demolition activities may 

render the sheet flooring friable. Use asbestos-free materials for any replacement. 


P06012 

5 

13 Nonf~~able,wal!pape~ . 990 SF W 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

O&M ● Bulk Sample(s) 24, 25 

N/A 

● Condition: Good ● Contact: High 

Unit Quantities: ● lsti2nd Fir Bathrooms: 

Unit A 510 SF Tan wallpaper observed on the bathroom walls of Units A and B. 

Unit B 48o SF 


disturbance, including sanding or chipping, which may cause generation of airborne 

asbestos fibers. For all removal, repair, or O&M activities, materials inseparable from 

the waIlpaper must be considered asbestos-contaminated. Any construction, 

renovation or demolition activities may render the material friable. Use asbestos-free 

mat eriais for any replacement. 


ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECTNO.-mlc 

103 

$0

BLOW 


ITEM 

ATC RAINW 

ACITOW 

CONSTRYR 

MATERIAL 

ASBESTOSSURVEY REPORT 

~RPs OF ENGINEERS- FORT ORD - ABRAMS PARK 



WORK ITEM SUMMARY 


ESTIMATED coNTRTR’roR 

OUANTITV 

The work items are listed below in numeri=l (and ATC Rating) order, and their estimated costs have been totaled. 

P 06012 

1 

P 06012 

2 

P 06012 

3 

P06012 

4 

P 06012 

5 

2 

Removal 

1994 

13 

O&M 

WA 

13 

O&M 

WA 

13 

O&M 

NIA 

13 

O&M 

NIA 

.Efi?P@. w!?.?P:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..W. V. $825 

.N?nf![aEIP.E?:F.@.9rP.M.:5t!? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .?8!.!F. 

.Nonfy~+le Resilient Floor lle and Mastic 2,-I IOSF 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

.N?WW=. W?@! Y-@. F!!?tiu9.?ud JWW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6?? .?F. 

.Y?W.?W.W?I!WW . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .??!.:F. 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECTNO.m- 

104 

$0 

$0 

$0 

$0 

$825

,—--- 

II 

!J!wA 

m 

ASBESTOS SURVEY REPORT 

coRps OF ENGINEERS-FORT ORD –ABFIAMS PARK 

1 FAMILY 

ROOM 

KITCHEN 

1325 

BATH. 

ROOM 

LAUNDRY 

ROOM r 1 

34@ 

w “’’”h 


FIRST FLOOR PLAN - UNITS A & B 

NOTTOSCALE 

,,. , 

I 15,20,21 

$ 

24 

BATH- 

ROOM 

16 

2,45 

FAMILY 

ROOM‘1KITCHEN 

-1 “4 

BULKSAMPLE ASBESTOSCONTENT @ =>0.1% ● =NONEDETECTED 

ATCENVIRONMENTAL INC. 

GARAGE 

5,11 I 18,19 26,27 

LIVING 

ROOM 

GARAGE 

I 

6,12’ 

‘--’w I 

o 

N 

II 

LIVING 

ROOM 

I 

I 

29 

—b 31 

FROJECT NO. 806390C06

? 


SECOND FLOOR PLAN - UNITS A & B 

NOT TO SCALE 


COllPSOFENGINEERS -FORTORD-ABRAMS PARK 

,,. 

7,13 

● 

BEDR~M L BEDR~M 

9.10 

BEDROOM 

LI-i 

BEDROOM 

14 

● 

+ 

1 

BEDRooM 

‘7T 

BULKSAMPLE ASBESTOS CONTENT @ =>0,1% ● =NONEDETECTE13 

o 

N 

t 

t 

BATH- 

ROOM 

BATH- 

ROOM 

t 

BEDROOM 

ATCENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECTNO. 806390008 

106 

● 

41

. .—. 


ROOF PLAN 

NOT TO SCALE 

q 


CORPSOFENGINEERS -FORTORD-ABRAMS PARK 

@ 

● 39 

BULKSAMPLE ASBESTOS CONTENT @ =>0.1% ● =NONEDETECTED 

ATCENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. 806390006 

107 

N 

35,!6

---- 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS - FORT ORD - ABRAMS PARK 


BULK SAMPLE LOG 

.LDGI 

SAMPLE TYPE OF ESTIMATED FLOORI SAMPLE POS.I. ASBESTOS 

AsSESSMENT 

Ho. MATERIAL OUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % FRlAINLiT7 CONDITION E%ON coNTAcT WBRAnON 

P06012 Resilient Sheet” 

1 FlooringOctagon 

PD6012 Resilient Sheet 

2 FlooringOctagon 

P06012 Resilient Sheet 

3 Flooring fvlarble 


4 Flmring Marble 

P06012 ResilientFlwrTile 

5 (12“ x 12“) Brown 

P06012 Resilient Floor Tile 

6 (I 2- x 12“) Brown 

P06012 Resilient Floor Tle 

7 (12” x 12”)Light 

Brown 


8 (1~ X 12-) Light 

Brown 

P06012 Resilient Flcar Tile 

9 (12” x 12”) Dark 

Brown 

P06012 Resilient Floor Tde 

10 (12” x 12”) Dark 

Brown 

P06012 Mastic (Floor Tie) 

11 Black 

P06012 Mastic (Flcmr Tile) 

12 Black 

P06012 Mastic (Floor Tile) 

13 Yellow 

665SF 

IOSF 

(Rl) 

2,11OSF 

(R3) 

(R5) 

280 SF 

(R7) 

40SF 

1,i70SF 

(R9) 

1 Unit A 

Laundry Rwm 

1 Unit B 

Kitchen 

1 Unit A 

Laundry Roam 

1 Unit A 

Laundry Room 

1 Unit A 

Closet 

1 Unit B 

Closet 

2 Unit A 

Bedrcom 

2 Unit B 

Bedroom 

2 Unit A 

Bedroom 

2 Unit A 

Bedroem 

1 Unit A 

Closet 

(RI 1) 1 UnitB 

Closet 

630 SF 2 Unit A 

Bedroom 

P Chrysotile 30 Nonfriable Good Moderate High Moderate 

P Chrysotile 35 Nonfriable Gmd Moderate High Moderate 


N NID 


P Chrysotile 2 Nonfriable Good ~oderate High Moderate 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N 

N 

N/D 

N/D 

P Chrysotile 10 Nonfriable Good Low Low Low 


N N/D 

(Fl#)denotesIhat the estimatedmaterialquanlityfor the area has *n ircluded in referencd sample number. 

ATG ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. 806390006

.,. . 

- 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS - FORT ORD - ABRAMs PARK 



BLDGI 

SAMPLE TYPE OF ESTIMATED FLOORI SAMPLE - POS.I ASBESTOS 

NO. MATERIAL QUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % 

P06012 Mastic (FloorTile) 

14 Yellow 

P06012 Paint/Coating 

15 


16 


17 

P06012 Wallboard 

18 (Exposed) 

P06012 Joint Compound 

19 (Exposed) 


20 


21 (Covered) 


22 


23 (Covered) 

P06012 Wallpaper 

24 


25 

P06012 Vapor Barrier 

26 

lI,000SF 

13,200SF 

13,200SF 

(R13) 

(R15) 

(R15) 

(RIB) 

990 SF 

3,700SF 

(R19) 

(R18) 

(R19) 

(R24) 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Unit A 

Bedroom 

Unit A 

Closet 

Unit A 

Family Rmm 

Unit B 

Closet 

Unit A 

Garage 

Unit A 

Garage 

Unit A 

Closet 

Unit A 

Closet 

Unit B 

Closet 

Unit B 

Closet 

Unit A 

Bathroom 

Unit B 

Bathroom 

Unit A 

Garage 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

ASSESSMENT 

FRIABILITY CONDITION 

AIR 

~RoWN CONTACT VIBRATION 

P Chrysotile

. ..... 





BLDG1 

ASSESSMENT 

SAMPLE TYPE OF ESTIMATED FLOOR/ SAMPLE - PUS. I ASBESTOS 

AIR 

NO. MATERIAL QUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % FRIABILmY CONDITION ~RoWN CONTACT VIBRATION 

?06012 Vapor Barrier 

27 


28 

P06012 Stucco 

29 

p06012 Stucco 

30 

P06012 Stucco 

31 

P06012 DuctTape 

32 

P06012 Duct Tape 

33 


34 

P06012 Roofing Shingle 

35 

P06012 Roofing Felt 

36 


37 

P06012 Rmfing Felt 

38 

P06012 Roofing Mastic 

39 

(R26) 1 Unit A 

Garage 

(R26) 1 UnitB 

Garage 

3,700SF 1 Unit A 

ExteriorWall 

(R29) 1 Unit A 

Exterior Wall 

(R29) 1 UnitB 

ExteriorWall 

30 LF 1 Unit A 

Laundry Room 

(R32) 1 UnitA 

(R32) 1 UnitB 

3,000 SF Rmf Rmf 

3,000SF Rmf Rmf 

(R35) Roof R@f 

(R36) Rmf Rmf 

Laundry Room 

Laundry Room 

9SF Rmf Rmfat 

Penetration 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N NID 

P Chrysotile 30 Friable 



N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

(R#) denotesthat the estimatedmalenal auarrtitvW the area haa besn ircluded in referenc~ sample number 

Gcod Mcderate High 

Goad Moderate High 

Good Moderate High 

Moderate 

Moderate 

Moderate 

ATG ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. 60639000E 

110

.-.. . 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS - FoRT ORD - ABRAMS PARK 



BLDGI 

SAMPLE TYPE OF ESTIMATED FLOORI SAMPLE , POS.1 ASBESTOS 

ASSESSMENT 

Ho. MATERIAL OUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % FMABIL~ CONDMON ~#WN CONTACT VIBRATfON 

P060” 

40 

P060’ 

41 

P06012 

42 

P06012 

43 

P06012 

44 

P06012 

45 

P06012 

46 

P06012 

47 

2 

2 

Mastic (Flcmr he) 

Black/’Yellow 

Mastic(FloorTile) 

Black/Yellow 

Mastic (Baseboard) 

Mastic (Baseboard) 

Resilient Sheet 

Fiooring Octagon 

w/Mastic 


Flmring Octagon 

w/Mastic 


Flooring Ma~le 

w/Mastic 


FlooringMarble 

w/Mastic 

630SF 

(R40) 

280 LF 

(R42) 

(RI) 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

Llnit B 

Bedrmm 

Unit B 

Bedroom 

Unit A 

Laundry Room 

Unit B 

Kitchen 

Unit A 

(Rl) 1 Unit B 

(R3) 

(R3) 

1 

1 

Laundry Rcom 

Kitchen 

Unit A 

Laundry Room 

Unit A 

Laundry Room 

N N/D 

N NID 

P Chrysotile 2 Nonfriable Gmd Low Low 

P Chrysotile 2 Nonfriable Gmd Low Low 

Low 

Low 

P Chrysotile 30 Nonfriable Gmd Mderate High Mderate 

P Chrysotile 30 Nonfriable Good Mcderate High Moderate 

N NJD 

N NID 

(R#) dmotes that lhe estimated malenal quantity !or lhe area has been included in referenced sample number. 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. 8063900C 

111

. 

,----- 


CORPS OF ‘ENGINEERS- FORT ORD– ABRAMS PARK 




416194 

Date(s) of Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Estimated Date of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...1.978. 

Building Usage 

FHNCO&ENL 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

4,991 Sq.Ft. 

Total Gross Square Footage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Building Type 

Wood/Stucco 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

NumberofUnits/Leveis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..3.f.2 

Address, . . UnitA 111 Rodriguez Court 

UnitB 112 Rodriguez Court 

UnitC 113 Rodriguez Court 

Estimated Cost of Recommendecl Work ltemsforAsbeStoS-ContainingMat@~als (CWE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$!.?78. 

Total Estimated Cost lncludingA&litive ltemS(CWE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$??!?76. 

● Cost per Square Foot lncluding&fdit@ Iterns(CWE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$!8.?5. 

Friable Asbestos-Containing lvlaterials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..!?Wt.T?Pe. 

NonfriableAsbestos-ContainingMaterials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Baseboard . . . . . . . . . . Mastic . ,:. .~.... Wallpa~er:13esi!ientFloo~~le/Ma+~c, 

ResdlentSheetFlooring/Masfic, Roofing Mastic 


BLOW ATCRATINW 

WORK Acmow ESTIMATED CONTRACTOR 

ITEM CONSTII YR MATERIAL/ DESCRiFTION 1 LOCATION OuNmll-f COST 

P06013 

1 

2 

Removal 

FYiaPl?.PYP!I?P?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,......?.!?. 

. BulkSample(s)lO, 23,24 

1994 ● 

Condition: Good ● Contact: High 

Unit Quantities: “ 

UnitA 3 LF 

Unit B 2 LF 

Unit C 2 LF 

lst Flr Various Locations: 

Ducttapeobsewed around ductwork inthelaundry room ofUnits BandC, andin 

the heater closet of Unit A. The duct tape has a high potential for direct contact 

withtheairstr=m at manifolds,joints and seams. 

RECOMMENDATIONS: Removethis material, andclean up anyvisibledebris. Priir 

to removal, prohibit any disturbance by maintenance personnel or other building 

occupants. Materials inseparable from the duct tape must be considered 

asbestos-contaminated. Replacement should be performed with asbestos-free 

materials. 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECTNO.~- 

118 

$825

=-, 

“-7 


mws OFENGINEERS- FORT ORD - ABRAMS PARK 



,.. 

MATERIAL I DESCHIMION / LOCATION 

E&Tli$T# ~hTRACTOR 

COST 

P06013 13 

NQof!!aEl@.PR%.@.5rP. M?:t!Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .?? P.!F. $0 

2 O&M ● Bulk Sample(s) 2,28 

WA 


UnitQuantities: ● 1st/2nd Fir Various Locations: 

UnitA 90 LF Baseboard mastic observed in the kitchen, laundry room and bathrooms of 

Unit B 90 LF Units A, B and C. 

Unit C 90 LF 





asbestos-contaminated. Use asbestos-free materials for any replacement. 

Additive cost for optional removal and replacement 

P06013 13 

. 

Nonfriable 

. . . . . . . -------- 

Resilient 

-------- 

Floor Tile 

-. -..+.and 

Mastic 

-------- .- .-,,.. . . . . . . . . . ..--’”- -- 2,975.5F. 

3 

O&M ● Bulk Sample(s) 4, 5, 18, 30 

NIA 


● Condition: Good ● Contact: Low —Mastic 

High – Floor ~le 

$2,228 

Unit A 1,1s5 SF 

● 1st/2nd Flr Various Locations: 

Unit B 1,215 SF Brown 12“ x 12“ floor tile - living room, family room, first floor hallway and closets 

Unit C 575 SF Units A, B and C; second floor bedrooms, closets and hallway Units A and B. 

Black floor tile mastic associated with the brown floor tile on the first floor. 



which may cause generation of aitime asbestos fibers. For all removal, repair or 



Additive cost for optional removal and replacement 

$32,576 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECTNO. =W30E 

119 

$0

— 

Blma A7:cRnA7&~ 






ITEM ImuHm m 

MATERIAL / DE!5CRl~ON / LOCATION 

E:J$lWmD 

PQ6013 13 NOgf@bl~,R+lj:p! S.h:et. ~!oqr.iu~.qgd.va:! ic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .%”.s F. $0 

4 O&M ● Bulk Sample(s) 3,29 

NIA . 

Condition: Good ● Contact: High - Sheet Flooring 


Low - Mastic 

Unit A 250SF ● 

1st/2nd Flr Various Locations: 

Unit B 310 SF Tan sheet flooring and mastic - laundry room, kitchen and first floor bathroom 

Unit C 290 SF Units A, B and C; second floor bathrooms Units A and B. 








$10,200 

p06013 13 

NoufT!6QlP. E?9fi.n9.M?;!E 

17SF 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

5 O&M ● Bulk Sample(s) 49 

-.. NIA 

. Condition: Good ● Contact: Moderate 

_ Roof at Penetration: 

Mastic located at penetrations into the roofing membrane. 


disturbance which may cause generation of airborne asbestos fibers. For any repair, 

removal or O&M activities, materials inseparable from the roofing mastic must be 

considered asbestos-contaminated. Use asbestos-free materials for any 

replacement. 


P06013 13 

!“!?of!!?bl?.w?I! P?PP[ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

1650 SF 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...’. . . . . . . . 

6 O&M . Bulk Sample(s) 6, 19 

NiA 

● Condition: Good ● Contact: High 

Unit Quantities: ● 1sU2nd Flr Bathroom: 

Unit A 550 SF Tan wallpaper observed on the bathroom walls of Units A, B and C. 

UnitB 

hit C 

55o 

550 

SF 

SF 

RECOMMENDATIONS: 

disturbance, including 

inspect periodically as part of the O&M. Prohibit any 

sanding or chipping, which may muse generation of airborne 



the wallpaper must be considered asbestos-contaminated. Any construction, 

renovation or demolition activities may render the material friable. Use asbestos-free 

materials for any replacement. 

$825 


120 

COhm;p 

$0 

$0 

PROJECTNO.sOS3WU

~ 

H 

~K 

TEM 

P 06013 

i 

p 06013 

2 

p 06013 

3 

p.+o13 

p 06013 

5 

ATGRhnm 

#gm~Yu 

2 

RemoVal 

I 994 

13 

o&M 

tWA 

13 

o&rvl 

NIA 

13 

Oarvl 

NIA 

13 

o&M 

NIA 

~~lAL 

ASBESTOSsURVEY REPORT . ABRAMSp~K 

CORPS OF ENGINEERS - FORT ORD 




BUILDING P 06013 

EsTIMA=D 

7 Lf. 

he work items are listed below in numetitil (and ATC Rating) order, and their estimatd costs . . ..-. have ..” been . . . . ...’ totaled. 

. . . ...-” ““ 

~ Q6013 

6 

,-> 

13 

o&M 

NIA 


F.@?l%P@”?P:” .”””””””””””””””””...””” . . . . 

Nonfriable . Basehar@+~~+~q ----- . . 

. . ------ . 

..~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Nonffiab\e ~:~fi~qt~\"~~+~l!~~ @~~:~G-"- "" T"+++.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . ..- .“ 

aum~ 

270 LF. 

. . ---- - 

,. ...--’ “- 

2,975 .s!. 

. 0,5Q .SF. 

. Nonfriable . ..-. -+ . . Resilient+sheet~loo~gg . . ...” “ 

.qqd .~??’~~.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . ...”- 

. ----l?.%. 

..” 

N?uffisPl?”RwYng M?5t!?” ”””” ”. ..”” . ...”’ . . . . ...”.”” 

. . . ...--” 

!WWQIF.W”51!P9P?! 

........... 

121 

. ----- -- 

. . . . . . . . .“ 

Wyo:yOu 

1,650 .?? 

. ----- -- 

$825 

$0 

$0 ‘ 

$0 

$0 

$0 

$825 

PR@ECT No. =@W

-. 

‘F 

IGARAGE 



25 

r r 112 [, L 8-J! 

IALJND13Y 

27 ROOM 11 

GARAGE 

F 

FAMILY 

ROOM 

23,24 

4,5 

20 ~26 

BATH- 

BATH- 

HEATER 

e 

ROOM 

ROOM 

CLOSH 

16 lotfj ‘ 

19 

98 

K~CHEN 

21,22 

!JN!u 

LAUNDRY 

ROOM 


FIRST FLOOR PLAN - UNITS A & B & C 

NOT TO SCALE 

13 

,., 

~. 

3@ 

FAMILY 

ROOM KITCHEN 

BULK SAMPLE ASBESTOS CONTENT @ = > 0.1% ● = NONE DETECTED 


- 

o 

122 

N 

43 

GARAGE 

LAUNDRY 

ROOM 

i 

J 44 

1 

?!! BATH- 

%. 

ROOM 

LIVING 

ROOM 

FAMILY 

ROOM KTCHEN 

- 

— 

PROJECT NO. 80639000S

, 0.1% ● = NONE DETECTED 

o 

N 

y,39~ 

BEDRooM 

41,42 

BEDROOM 

. 

40 

-L 

BATHROOM ~o&M I 

34 35 _ 

BEDROOM 

L!N!I-G 

36,37 5 

f3EDR~M 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. 806390006 

123

.. ... 

/.2–.., 

7nr 



NOT TO SCALE 

46,489 



BULKSAMPLE ASBESTOS CONTENT m =>0.1% ● =NONEDETECTED 

45,47 g 

n El ‘ 

o 

ATCENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECTNO. 806390006 

124 

N




.-. BULK SAMPLE LOG 

..—-.. 

BLDGI 

SAMPLE TyPE OF ESTIMATED FLOORI SAMPLE . POS./ ASBESTOS 

ASSESSMENT 

NO. MATERIAL QUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % FRIABILNY cONDITION ~RA~=N CONTACT V18RAT10N 

P06013 Patch Under Sink 3sF 

1 

P06013 Mastic (Baseboard) 270 LF 

r, 

p06013 

3 

P06013 

4 

P06013 

5 

P06013 

6 

P06013 

7 

P06013 

8 

p06013 

9 

P06013 

10 

P06013 

11 

P06013 

12 

P06013 

13 


Flcaring Tan 

wlMastic 

Resilient Floor Tile 

(12” x 12-) Brown 

Mastic (Floor he) 

Black 

Wallpaper 

Paint/Coating 

Wallboard 

Joint Compound 

(Covered) 

Duct Tape 

Vapor Barrier 

Vapor Barrier 

stucco 

850SF 

2,975SF 

1,710 SF 

1,650 SF 

17,100 SF 

20,100 SF 

20,100 SF 

7 LF 

3,050SF 

150SF 

3,o5o SF 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Unit B 

Kitchen 

Unit B 

Bathroom 

Unit B 

Kitchen 

Unit B 

Closet 

Unit B 

Closet 

Unit B 

Bathroom 

Unit B 

Family Rmm 

Unit B 

Family Room 

Unit B 

Family Room 

Unit B 

Laundry Room 

Unit B 

Garage 

Unit B 

Garage 

Unit B 

Exterior Wall 

N N/D 

P Chrysotile 2 Nonfriable Good Low Low 

P Chrysotile 40 Nonfriable Good Moderate High 

P Chrysotile 2 Nonfriable Good Moderate High 

P Chrysotile 15 Nonfriable Goad Low Low 

P Chrysotile

.>.-.. 





❑LDG/ 

ASSESSMENT 

SAMPLE TYPE OF ESTIMATED FLOORI SAMPLE . POS.I ASBESTOS 

AIM 

NO. MATEUIAL QUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG, TYPE % FRIABILITY CONDITION ~RoWN CONTACT VIBRATION 


14 FlootingYellow 

wlfdastic 


15 Flooring Yellow 

wlMastic 

P06013 Mastic (FlcorTile) 

16 Yellow 


17 (12”x12”) Dark 

Brownw/Mastic 

P06013 Mastic (Floor171e) 

18 Black 

p06013 Wallpaper 

19 


20 

p06013 Wallboard 

21 


22 (Covered) 


23 


24 


25 


26 

45SF 

1,22o SF 

70sF 

(R14) 

(R5) 

(R6) 

(R7) 

(R8) 

(R9) 

(RI O) 

(R1 o) 

(Rll) 

(R12) 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Unit B 

Bathroom 

Unit B 

Bathroom 

Unit B 

Bedrmm 

Unit B 

Hallway 

Unit A 

Closet 

Unit A 

Bathroom 

Unit A 

Kitchen 

Unit A 

Kitchen 

Unit A 

Kitchen 

Unit A 

Heater Closet 

Unit A 

Heater Closet 

Unit A 

Garage 

Unit A 

Garage 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 


P Chrysotile

,, 

AsBESTOS SURVEY REPORT 

coRPs OF ENGINEERS - FORT ORD - ABRAMS PARK 

BUILDING Pos013 


BLDGI 

SAMPLE TYPE OF ESTIMATED FLOOIII SAMPLE - P9S.I ASBESTOS 

ASSESSMENT 

NO. MATERIAL OUANTITY LEVEL LOcATION NEG. TYPE % FRIABILITY CONDITION 

E&lON ‘=QNTA’=Y 

P06013 StUCCO 

27 

P06013 Mastic (Baseboard) 

28 


29 Flooring Tan 

w/Mastic 


30 (12” x 12-) Brown 

P06013 Mastic (Flmr Tile) 

31 Yellow 

P06013 Resilient Flmr lle 

32 (12” x 12’) Dark 

Brown wlMastic 

P06013 Patch Under Sink 

33 


34 Flmring Gray 

wlMastic 


35 Flooring Gray 

w/Mastic 


36 (12” x 12”) Tan 

p06013 Mastic (Floor Tile) 

37 

P06013 Resilient Flwr Tile 

38 (12’ x 12”) Tan 

P06013 Mastic (Floor llle) 

39 

70SF 

633SF 

633SF 

(R13) 

(R2) 

(R3) 

(R4) 

(R16) 

(Rl 7) 

(Rl ) 

(R34) 

(R36) 

(R37) 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

Unit A 

Exterior Wall 

Unit A 

Bathroom 

Unit A 

Bathroom 

Unit A 

Bedroom 

Unit A 

Storeroom 

Unit A 

Bedroom 

Unit C 

Kitchen 

Unit C 

Bathroom 

Unit C 

Bathroom 

Unit C 

Closet 

Unit C 

Closet 

Unit C 

Closet 

Unit C 

Closet 

N N/D 

P Chrysotile 2 Nonfriable Gwd Low Low Low 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

NID 

N/D 

VIBI?ATION 



N NID 

N N/D 

N N/D 

(Fl#) denotes that the estimated material quantity for the area has been included in referenced sample number. 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. e06390006 

127 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N

,,. 




.--—., BULK SAMPLE LOG 

BL13GI 

ASSESSMENT 

SAMPLE TYPE OF ESTIMATED FLOORI SAMPLE . POS./ ASBESTOS 

AIR 

NO. MATERIAL QUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % rRIABILITY CONDITION ~RoqoN CONTACT VIBRATION 

P06013 paint/Coating 

40 


41 

p06013 Joint Compound 

42 (Covered) 

p06013 Vapor Barrier 

43 

P06013 Stucco 

44 


45 w/Mastic 

p06013 Roofing Shingle 

46 w/Mastic 

P06013 RcdingFelt 

47 

p06013 Roofing Felt 

48 

p06013 RcdingMastic 

49 

5,300SF 

(R7) 

(R8) 

(R9) 

(Rll) 

(R13) 

(R45) 

5,3oo SF 

17sF 

(R47) 

2 UnitC N N/D 

Bedroom 

2 Unit C N N/D 

Bedroom 

2 UnitC N N/D 

Bedroom 


Garage 


Rmf Roof 

Exterior Wall 

N/D 

N/D 

Rcof Rmf N N/D 

Rmf Rcaf N N/D 

(R#) denotes that the estimated material quanlily for the area has been included in referenced sample number. 

Rmf R@fat P Chrysotile 20 Nonfriabie Good High Moderate Low 

Penetration 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. 806390006 

128

—.-” -- 

— 


FORT ORD - ABWMS P~K 

CORPS OF ENGINEERS- 



,,. 


. . . . . . . . .“’ 

. ------- .-” 

. . . ----- 

3/28/94 

. . . . . . . . . . 

. . . ----- . ..-” 

..” - 1978 

. . - . .- . . - 

~HNco.&ENL 

‘ “. 

Date(s) of Suwey -”--””-””””” ““” ”’” m- ”””””’ ’ - ””- ”;...-..-” . --.---’’-””””’”””””””””’. 

. ------ . ...” 

. . ..- . . ..- 

Estimated Date of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..- -.--+ “ . . . . . . . -.”” 

. ------ 

-“ ““”4;3g6.sq:Ft: 

-.-”’ ~ood;itucco 

~uilding U~ge. +, . . . . ..--- .--. """" """` "-""" "~.

—. 





❑W(31 ATC RATIW 

WORK ACTIOtU 

ITEM CONSTR YR MAmRIAL / DESCIWllON I LocAmoN 

P06014 13 

2 O&M 

tWA 


Uni& A 90 LF 

Unil B 90 LF 

Unit C 90 LF 

Unit D 90 LF 

P06014 13 

3 O&M 

WA 


Unif A 830 SF 

Unit D 83o SF 

N?vff15b19. E?:P.w.qr@. M.s:t!!. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..W.V. 

● Bulk Sample(s) 17, 18 


● 1st/2nd Flr Various Locations: 

Baseboard mastic obsewd in the kitchen, laundry room and bathroom of Units A, 

B, C and D. 





asbestos+ontaminated. Use asbestos-free materials for any replacement. 


Nonf@ble.Res~lient . . . . Floor . . . . . 171eand . . . . . . . . Mastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,660. . SF . . . 

● Bulk Sample(s) 7, 8, 13, 14 

● 

● 

Condition: Good ● Contact: Low —Mastic 

High - Flmr llle 

1st Flr Various Locations: 

Brown 12” x 12” floor tile and mastic - bedrooms, family and living rooms, haIlway 

and closets Units A and D. 

Mastic only under parquet design 12” x 12” floor tile (no asbestos detected) - 

bedrooms, living and family rooms Unit D. 

Mastic only under light brown 12” x 12“ floor tile (no asbestos detected) - 

bedrooms Unit D; bedroom and living room Unit A. 







E:;&T# Ci3MTRACTOR 

COST 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PRoJEcT NO.-m 

136 

$0





BLOW ATC RAnNW 

,. 

wfTofK ACYICIW 

CONSTR YR MATERIAL / DESClllFllON / LOCATION 

P06014 13 

P06014 

4 O&M 

Unit Quantities 

Unit A 

Unit B 

Unit C 

Unit D 

5 

P06014 

6 

WA 

120 SF 

60 SF 

180 SF 

100 SF 

13 

O&M 

WA 

13 

O&M 

WA 


Unit A 195 SF 

Unit B 195 SF 

Unit C 195 SF 

Unit D 195 SF 

E:~Hi~mD mNTRAcroR 

COST 

Non~r~able.Resilient . . . . . . Sheet . . . . . . Flooring . . . . . . . and . . . . Mastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 . . . . SF . . . 

$0 

● Bulk Sample(s) 1,2 

● 

● 

Condition: Good ● Contact: High — Sheet Flooring 

1st/2nd Flr Various Locations: 

Low - Mastic 

Brownsheet flooring and mastic - bathroom Units A, C, D; kfichen Units A and C; 

laundry room Units B, C ad D. 








Nonfy~qp[e. p.wJ.qg.y?:v: 

● Bulk Sample(s) 19 

..............................................6.%. 

● Condition: Good ● Contact: Moderate 

● Roof at Penetration: 

Mastic located at penetrations into the roofing membrane, 


disturbance which may cause generation of aicborne asbestos fibers. For any repair, 

removal or O&M activities, materials inseparable from the roofing mastic must be 

considered asbestos-contaminated. Use asbestos-free materials for any 

replacement. 

Additive cost for optional removal and replacement: $825 

N9nfti5ElP.w?l!P?P? [ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..?W.?F. 

● Bulk Sample(s) 29-32 

. Condition: Good ● Contact: High 

● 1st/2nd Flr Bathroom. 

Tan wallpaper obsetved on the bathroom walls of Units A, B and C. 

White painted wallpaper observed on the bathroom walls of Unit D. 


disturbance, including sanding or chipping, which may cause generation of airborne 


the wallpaper must be considered asbestos-contaminated. Any construction, 

renovation or demolition activities may render the material friable. 

materials for any replacement. 

Use asbestos-free 


ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECTNO.-WKNI 

137 

$0

-’-. 

BLOW ATC RAIWGI 

yTor&K ACTIC+U 

cousrR YR UATERIAL 

ASBESTOSSLIRVEYREPORT 

CORPS OF ENGINEERS- FORT ORII - ABRAMS PARK 

BUILDING PI)6014 


,,, 



E:;~=mD IWNTI?TI?~OR 

The work items are listed below in numerical (and ATC Rating) order, and their estimated costs have been totaled. 

P 06014 

1 

P 06014 

2 

P 06014 

3 

P 06014 

4 

P 06014 

5 

~ 06014 

6 

2 

Removal 

1994 

.WW.!W!I?P... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

13 .N?vfri.?91@. P??F.@.?rP.M.??!: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

O&M 

N/A 

13 .Nonf~~+le,Resilient . . . . . . Floor . . . . . Tile . . . . and . . . . Mastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

O&M 

tWA 

13 

O&M 

NfA 

13 

O&M 

NJA 

13 

O&M 

N/A 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 

1,.660 SF 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

!’!?!fw?k Fwwl w+. F!??W9.?W.M??!k.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .’?69.?F4 

N?vfT!?EIF.K?..!W.M?5 hi?. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Q.?F. 

.N?nf!!5hl?.w?l!PaPG[ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .??O.?F. 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECTNO. mm 

138 

$825 

$0 

$0 

$0 

$0 

$0 

$825

-., 

~ 

I 

I 

GARAGE 

GARAGE 

GARAGE 


CORPSOFENGINEERS -FORTORD-ABRAMS PARK 

b 

35 

ROOM 

@ 7,13 

FAMILY 

ROOM 

I 

38 

LIVING @ 

I ● III 

Y ‘ 

1 

31,32 

BATH- 

~ooM I 

● 12 

@14 

BEDROOM 

rBAlli- ● 9 

ROOM 

BEDROOM 

I 

I ‘—l 

● 

26 

WJ-J$BEDROOM 

GARAGE 


FIRST FLOOR PLAN - UNITS A & D 

NoT TO SCALE 

BULKSAMPLE ASBESTOS CONTENT @ =>0.1”1. 


g =NONEDETECTED 

139 

LIVlffi 

ROOM 

PROJECT NO. 806390006 

Y 

. 

. 

.T 

x .

-- 

- .-. 

.-—.. 

qw 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS- FORT ORD - AERAMS PARK 

3 I 

Whl 

4 BEDROOM 

FAMILY 

ROOM 

tiUNDRY 

ROOM 

1.33 

b 27 15 L*uNDRy 

FAMILY ROOM 

ROOM @ 

1 

KITCHEN 

:- ‘> 


SECOND FLOOR PLAN - UNITS B & C 

NOTTOSCALE 

85 

BATH- 

ROOM 

B 30 

● 6 

B 29 

BATH- 

ROOM 

3X 

1 

I 

HEATER LIVING 

CLOSET ROOM 

BULKSAMPLE ASBESTOS CONTENT @ =>0.1?4 ● =NONE DETECTED 


18 

= 

o 

140 

LIVING 

ROOM 

I 

● ; 

34 I 

N 

BEDROOM 

BEDROOM 

BEDROOM 

. 

I 

-——J 

-——* 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

--- J 

UNIT C 

UNIT B 

—— 

PROJECT NO. 806390006

.>-. \ 

-.. 



NOT TO SCALE 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS- FORT ORD - AERAMS PARK 

BULKSAMPLE ASBESTOS CONTENT @ =>0.1”/. ● =NONEDETECTED 

ATCENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. 806390006 

141 

43,44 

9

x. 





BLDGI 

SAMPLE ~PE OF ESTIMATED FLOOFU SAMPLE . POS.I ASBESTOS 

ASSESSMENT 

NO. MATERIAL QUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % FRlA91LrrY CONDITION &&N CONTACT VIERATION 


1 Flooring Brown 

w/Mastic 


2 Flooring Brown 

w/Mastic 


3 FlcaringTan 

w/Mastic 


4 FioorfngTan 

w/Mastic 



w/Mastic 



w/Mastic 

P06014 Resilient FlwrTile 

7 (12” x12”) Brown 

P06014 Resilient FloorTile 

8 (12” x12”) Brown 

P06014 Resilient FloorTile 

9 (12” X 12”) Light 

Brown 


10 (12” X 12”) Light 

Brown 

P06014 Resilient Floor ITle 

11 (12” x 12-) Parquet 


12 (12” x 12“) Parquet 

P06014 Mastic (Floor 171e) 

13 

460SF 

(RI) 

140SF 

(R3) 

125.SF 

(R5) 

1,620 SF 

30SF 

IOSF 

(R7) 

(R9) 

(Rll) 

1,66o SF 

2 

2 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Unit B 

Laundry Rmm 

Unit C 

Kitchen 

Unit A 

Laundry Ream 

Unit D 

Kitchen 

Unit B 

Kitchen 

Unit B 

Bathroom 

Unit A 

Family Room 

Unit D 

Living Rmm 

Unit A 

Bedroom 

Unit D 

Bedrmm 

Unit D 

Bedroom 

Unit D 

Bedrmm 

Unit A 

Family Room 

P Chrysotile 40 Nonfriable Goad Moderate High Moderate 


N N/D 

N NID 

N N/D 

N N/D 

P Chrysotile 2 Nonfriable Good Moderate High Mcderate 


N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

(R#) denotes that the estimated material quantffy for the area has kn included in referenced sample number. 

P Chrysotiie 7 Nonfriable Good Low Low Low 

ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. 80639000E 

142

, —-.. 

BLDGI 





SAMPLE TYPE OF ESTIMATED FLOOR/ SAMPLE - POS.I ASBESTOS 

No. MATERIAL QUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % 

P06014 Mastic (FlmrTile) 

14 

p06014 Mastic (Carpet) 

15 

P06014 Mastic (Carpet) 

16 

p06014 Mastic (Baseboard) 

17 

p06014 Mastic (Baseboard) 

18 

p06014 Roofing Mastic 

19 


20 


21 (Covered) 


22 (Exposed) 


23 (Exposed) 


24 (Exposed) 


25 (Exposed) 


26 

1,660 SF 

360 LF 

6SF 

15,400SF 

15,400SF 

14.400SF 

(R13) 

(R15) 

(Rl 7) 

(R20) 

(R21) 

(R20) 

(R21) 

1 Unit D 

Bedrmm 

2 Lfnit B 

Family Roam 

2 Unit C 

Living Room 

1 Unit A 

Laundry Room 

2 Unit B 

Kitchen 

R@f Rmf at 

Penetration 

1 Unit A 

Living Room 

1 Unit A 

Living Rmm 

2 Unit B 

Stairwell 

2 Unit B 

Stairwell 

2 Unit C 

Stairwell 

2 Unit C 

Stairwell 

1 Unit A 

Living Rmm 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

N/D 

AsSESSMENT 

FRIABILiTY CONDITION 

AIR 

~RoMoN CONTACT VIBRATION 


N N/D 

N N/D 


P Chrysotile

----- 





BLDG/ 

SAMPLE TYPE OF ESTIMATED FLOORI SAMPLE . POS.I ASBESTOS 

NO. MATERIAL QUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % 

P06014 PaintlCoating 

27 


28 

P06014 WallpaperTan 

29 

P06014 WallpaperTan 

30 


31 Tan/Painted White 


32 Tan/Painted White 

P06014 Deck Coating 

33 

P06014 Deck Coating 

34 


35 


36 


37 

P06014 Stucco 

38 

P06014 Stucco 

39 

585SF 

195SF 

360SF 

6,200SF 

6,200SF 

(R26) 

(R26) 

(R29) 

(R31) 

(R33) 

(R35) 

(R35) 

(R28) 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

Unit B 

Family Room 

Unit C 

LivingRmm 

Unit B 

Bathroom 

Unit C 

Bathroom 

IJnit D 

Bathroom 

Unit D 

Bathroom 

Unit B 

DecWBalcony 

Unit C 

Deckl13alcony 

Unit A 

Garage 

Unit B 

Garage 

Unit C 

Garage 

Unit A 

ExteriorWall 

Unit B 

ExteriorWall 

N N/D 

N N/D 

ASSESSMENT 

AIR 

FalASIW CONOlnON ~mWN CONTACT VIERATION 

P Chrysotile

. . 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS - FORT ORD - ABUAMS PARK 



❑LDGI 

SAMPLE TYPE OF EsTIMATED FLOORI SAMPLE - POS.I ASBESTOS 

ASSESSMENT 

NO. MATERIAL QUANTITY LEVEL LOCATION NEG. TYPE % FRIABILITY CONDITION ~RA&N CONTACT VIBRATION 

P06014 Stucco 

40 


41 w/Mastic 


42 


43 w/Mastic 


44 


45 


46 


47 

(R28) 2 UnitC 

ExteriorWall 

4,800SF Rcmf Rmf 

4,800SF Fkaf Rmf 

(R41) Rmf Rmf 

(R42) Rwf Rcof 

60 LF 2 Unit B 

(R45) 2 Unit C 

(R45) 1 Unit D 

Heater Closet 

Heater Closet 

Heater Closet 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

N N/D 

(R#) denotes Ihat the estimated material quantity for the area has ban iwlwki in referencd sample numb+r. 

P Chrysotile 35 Friable Good Moderate High Moderate 



ATC ENVIRONMENTAL INC. PROJECT NO. ao6390006 

145

91A-9-91

,=--., 

APPENDIX B 

INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE SURVEY

-, 

j’i4 

i .-..., 

1 

I 

I 

I 

1 

~“ 

I 

I 

m 

-. 

U.S. Army 

Environmental Hygiene 

Agency 

Industrial Hygiene Survey No. 55-71 -R25A-94 

Lead-Based Paint Inspection in Military Housing 

Fort Oral, California 

1 November 1993 - 11 March 1994 

Ilistribution limited to U.S. Government agencies 

only; protection of privileged information 

evaluating another command; Jun 94. Requests for 

this document must be referred to Commander in 

Chief, Forces Command, ATTN: FCEN-CED-E, Fort 

Gillem, Forest Park, GA 30305-6000 

NatimudlyRec ognized asthe Centerof Miztked 

Occupatiwmland Environmental Health Excellence 

Di%!TFtUCI’ION 

NOTICE - Dcs[roy byanymethd tha[tillpmvcnt 

disclosureof COrIICfiISOr reconstructionof thedmument. 

.

. 

Industrial Hygiene Survey No. 55-71-R25A-94, 1 NOV 93 - 11 Mar 94 

Ft.Ord Lead-Based Paint Survey -Abrams IN 

Date Revised SUMMARY Positives Components %Positives pertotal %Positives XRF vs IAB 

13 Apt 94 Sampled units in sample group percomponents Comparison 

J..., (55) sampled 

K :N 

ill o 55 0.0% 0.0% 12 mmparisons 

Baseboard o 23 0.0% 0.0% 12 agree 

Door o 55 0.0% 0.0% Odisagree 

Doorframe o 55 0.0% 0.0% 100YO agreement 

Windowsill o 52 0.0% 0.0% . 0 indeterminants 

Shelf (laundry room) o 39 0.0’% ,0.0% 

Self -—..—— sunnnrt ~r ..., flaundw . . . room) o 38 0.0% 0.0% 

I 

BATHROOM 

! 

Wall (wall paper) NA NA 0.070 0.070 

Door o 55 0.0% 0.070 

DoOrframe o 55 0.0% ‘- 0.0% 

BEDROOM 

Wall 0 55 0,0% o.o% 

Baseboard 0 24 0.0% 0.0% 

Door 0 55 0.0% 0.0% 

Doorframe 0 55 0,0% 0.0% 

Wndowsill 0 55 0.0% 0.0% 

Shelf 0 51 0.0% 0.0% 

Shelf support o 52 0.0% 0.0% 

LIVING AREA 

lWaIl o 52 0.07’0 0.0% 

IBaseboard o 24 0.0% 0.0% 

.. -or o 54 O.OYU 0.0% 

rframe o 55 0.0% 0.0% 

Windowsill o 38 0.0% 0.0% 

Shelf o 52 0.0% 0.0% 

Shelf support o 50 0.0% 0.0% 

Stair railing o 5 0.0% 0.0% 

I 

EXTERIOR 

House exterior (unpainted) NA NA 0.0% 0.0% 

Handrailing (unspecified) o 8 0.0% 0+0% 

Balcony railing o 7 0.0% O.o”k 

Handtailing (porch) o 4 0.0%! 0.0% 

Handrailing (front) o 4 O.O’J/o 0.070 

Handrailing (garage) o 4 0.0% 0.0% 

Handrailing (stairs) o 7 0.0% 0.0% 

Door o 55 0.0% 0.0% 

Door frame o 55 0.0% O.o”h 

Back deck post o 24 0.0% 0.0’+’0 

Back deck ceiling o 4 0.0’% O.o”h 

Garage door o 52 0.07!0 0.0% 

Garane door frame o 15 O.ovo 0.0% 

-—.—=.———. 

Downspout o 11 0.0% 

Fascia 

0.0% 

o 5 0.0’% 0.0% 

c-2 

I

—. 

-, 

Industrial Hygiene Survey No. 55-71-R25A-94, 1 Nov 93 - 11 Mar 94 

SUNMARY NOTES - Abrams IN 

The following components tested positive for lead-based paint: 

Zero components 

c-3

91A-9-91

,x--’-. 

APPENDIX C 

STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN

‘EE3 

REVIBIONS DATE 

/- 

.- B MA 1% 

c Ma 1596 

Project Name: 

NOI attached? 

[ ] Yes 

[K] No 

Appendix C 

Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Worksheet 

California Construction General Permit 

Worksheet 1. Project Information 

Project Location: Sireet Address (or Equivalent): ILmLOrd 

City: Marina county: Mmt.mey Zip Code: !X!L!M 

Project Owner: Us Army corps nf Rn.@mrs 

Contact Person: ~ Phone No. 

Owner’s Mailing Address: 

[M] Identify responsible personnel: 

. 

rey Pro@XMice 

CA 93944-5000 

[M] Implementing and revising the SWPPP EcWMah@ 

[#] Inspecting equipment Gem@edm 

[W] Regular inspections of BMPs Gw@ledm 

[i/] Training employees about BMPs affecting their job ~ 

List all Contractors and Subcontractors responsible for implementing SWPPP for the project: 

I 

NAME CONTACT PERSON DATE WORK BEGINS DATE WORK ENDS 

lT Corporation Gerry R&der June 1996 

I 

March 1998 

II

Worksheet 2. Project Site Map Requirements 

Please Check the Boxes, and provide supporting information as requested: 

[W] Topographic Base Map Attached? Map shows: 

An area extending one-quarter mile beyond tie property boundaries of the construction she. 

The boundary of the construction she. ConstructionArea = 93 Acres 

Nearby surface water bodies, including water courses, and wells; 

The location(s) where storm water drains onto or off of the property 

Boundary of off-site areas that drain into the construction site 

[K] W&map@ attached? Maps show: 

Temporary storm water structures used during construction 

Areas used to store soils and other construction waste 

Areas of cut and till 

Drainage patterns and slopes anticipated after major grading activities, including the location of 

storm water structures to be constructed on the property (e.g., storm drains, detention ponds, 

channels) 

Areas of soil disturbance 

Locations of potmtial soil erosion requiring BMPs during construction 

Existing and proposed paved areas and buildings: 

Existing Area: M percent of site Proposed Area: lQ percent of site 

Estimated runoff coefficient before constructiorc &15 after construction L2Q 

(See the local municipality for approved runoff coefficients for your community.) 

Locations where storm water structures and controls will be built to control storm water pollution 

after construction is complete 

The boundary of the drainage area upstream of each lomtion where storm water leaves the 

property 

My vehicles storage and service areas 

Areas of existing vegetation

,,— 

- 

0 2000 4mo FEu FIGURE G-1 

TOPOGRAPHIC BASE MAP 

FORT ~ 0112 ~ u~ 

F~ ~, C~ 

PREPARED FOR 

DEPARTM~T OF THE ARMY 


CORPS OF EhlQINEERS 



7.5 MINUTE USGS T~OGRAPHIC MAP OF TECHNOWY 

MARINA CALIFORNIAQUAORANUE, CORPORATION

—. 

Worksheet 3. Inventory of Contractor’s Activities 

and Special Site Conditions 

Provide a description of contractor’s activities that could result in the discharge of pollutants in the storm 

water runoff from the site. In addition, provide a description of special site conditions that may impact 

pollutants in storm water discharges. 

Contractor’s Activities 

[K] Describe toxic materials that are known to have been stored, disposd, spilled, or leaked in signitlcant quantities onto 

the construction site. 

No toxic materials were stored, disposed, spilled or leaked on-site prior to construction. 

[M] Describe construction materials, equipment and vehicles that comes in contact with storm wate~ 

Construction Materials: Concrete, structural steel, shubbery. 

Equipment & Vehicles: Bulldozer, grader, excavator, scraper, compactor. 

[d] Describe construction materisl loading, unloading md access areadactivities 

Construction materials will be delivered to and stored on pallets in staging area. 

[K] Describe equipment storage, cleaning, and maintenance areadactivities 

Equipment will be stored on-site at the contractors laydown and staging area. 

[#] Describe storage and disposal of construction materials (on-site and off-site) 

Materials will be stored on pallets in the staging ar~ until installation, and will be installed within 72 hours 

after removing from the staging area. Construction waste will be disposed off-site or under a new landtll cap. 

Special Site Conditions 

[q Describe storm water structures and controls on the site prior to construction and how these structuredcontrols will be 

integrated into the SWPPP to reduce sediment and other pollutants in storm water discharges 

No structurm or controls existed on-site prior to construction. 

[K] List materials/waters other than storm water which will flow from the site during dry weather, the approximate 

amount of flow, and methods for preventing other dry weather flows 

No dry weather flows or discharges will be generated on-site by this construction project. Storm water is 

diverted around the site and no runoff from the site is anticipated.

Worksheet 4. BMPs for Contractor Activities 

Provide a list of BMPs selected to reduce pollutants associated with contractor activities (see Worksheet 3). For each BMPselected,identifythe 

pollution(s)of concern(see Table 1.1). AttachmodifiedBMPfact sheetsandlor appropriateinformationfor the BMP selected. (See Chapter 4, 

BMPs for Contractor Activities.) 

construction Materials Waste Vehicle & Equipment 

Practices Management Management Management 

Contractor Activitks CAI CA2 CA3 CA1O CA11 CA12 CA20 CA21 CA22 CA23 C&?/l CA30 CA31 CA32 Pollutant(s) 

(Worksheet 3) 

of Concern 

1. Toxic material onsite 

2. Constmction d d d 

material equipment 

& vehicles in 

contact with storm 

3. Material loading, d r 

unloading and 

access 

areadactivities 

4. Equi~ent storage V d 

cleamng, and 

maintenance 

areadactivities 

5. Storage ad d d 

disposal of 

construction 

materials (on-site 

and off-site)

TABLE 5.1 EROS1ON AND SEDIMENT CONTROL AND BMP OBJECTIVES 

BIW OBJECTIVES 

PRACTIC PROTECT 

E GOOD MINIML3E STABILIZE SLOPES CONTROL CONTROL 

HOUSE CONTAIN DISTURBED DISTURBED SITE INTERNAL 

BMPCATEGORY KEEPING WASTE AREA AREA CHANNELS PERIMETER EROSION 

Site Wuming Considerations 

Escol Scheduling / / d d d J d 

ESC02 Preservation of Existing Vegetation J / / d 

Vegetative Stabilization 

ESC1O seeding and Planting / d 

Escll Mulching / / 

Physical Stabilization 

ESC20 Geotextiles ad Mats 

ESC21 Dust Control d d d d 

ESC22 Temwrary Stream Crossing 

ESC23 Constmction Road Stabilization J / d / d 

EX24 Stabilized Construction Entrance d d J d 

Diversion of Runoff 

ESC30 Earth Dike 

ESC31 Temporary Drains and Swales 

ESC32 Slope Drain 

Velocity Reduction 

ESC40 Outlet Prohxtion 

ESC41 Check Dams (see ESC 53 also) 

ESC42 Slow Roughening/Terracing

Worksheet 5. BMPs for Erosion and Sedimentation Control 

[M] Describe the source and composition of the existing soil and fill material 

(Soil Report Attached? Yes[ ] No [d] 

Predominately native dune sand. 

[M] Provide a site map showing locations where EMf are placed. 

This map should be updated when BMPs are revised to meet evolving construction conditions. 

Provide a brief description of BMP selected, and, if appropriate, attach modified fact sheets or 

additioml information for erosion and sedimentation control BMPs. 

J 

DESCRIPTION OF 13MPsFOR EROSION& SEDKMENTATTON 

BMPs SELECTED CONTROL 

SITE PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS 

v Scheduling Begin construction in the dry season. 

d Preservation of Existing Vegetation Avoid areas d=ignated as “sensitive species area”. 

SOIL STABILIZATION 

d Seeding and I’kmting I?malsite stabilization of landtlll cap slopw. 

d Mulching Final lanti]ll cover surface will be hydroseeded and mulched, 

which includw a tati]fier to hold the seed and mulch in place. 

mmircAL 5TABILIZA~0N 

d Dust Control Water. 

d Construction Rad Stabilization Treated surface using soil stabilization emulsion. 

M Stabilized ConstructionEntrance Graveled hauI roads, therefore the construction entrance is 

graveled. 

DIVERSION OF RUNOFF 

K Drains and Swales A perimeter hfdtration ditch collects runoff from the IanWlll 

areas. No runoff leav~ the site. 

d Tempormy Storm Drain The end of the drain at Abram Drive will be plugged during 

removal of waste under the road. 

SEDIMENT TLUPPKNG/FWTEKfNG 

d Silt Fence Trap sediment from soil pil= and grading operatiot)s. 

# Sandbag Barrier Locate in existing eroded gullim (if noticed), and curb inlets. 

d Provide sand bags around both existing and new curb inlets on 

Storm Drain Inlet Protection Abram Drive. After removal of catch basins and pipes under 

Abrams Drive, plug inlet of existing pipe. Stormwater runoff to 

rnllf.rt

L 

BMF OBJECTIVES 

I i 

PROTECT 

MINIMIZE STADILIZE SJJIPES CONTROL CONTROL 

DISTURBED DE3TURDED SITE INTERNAL 

AREA AREA CHANNELS PERIMETER EROS1ON 

I Sediment Trappin@Filtering 

II 

i 

ESC50 Silt Fence d 

ESC51 Straw Bale Barrier 

ESC52 Sand Bag Barrier d 

ESC53 Brush or Rock Filter 

ESC54 Storm Drain Inlet Protection d 

ESC55 Sediment Trap 

1

.. 

Worksh*t 6. Post-Construction BMW 

Provide a site map Ioeati.ngtreatment control BMPs which will be constructed as part of this project to 

reduce storm water Pollution after construction is complete. Selection of these and other post-construction 

BMPs maybe guided using the Municipal BMP Handbook, and must consider site-specific and seasonal 

conditions. Provide on the worksheet below the BMT selected, the responsible party for maintenance and 

operation, and source for funding the operation and maintemnce. 

/ 

BMPs SELECTED MAINTENANCE FUNDING SOURCE 

RESPONSIBILITY FOR O&M 

TREATMENT CONTROL BMPs 

/ Irdlltration Fort Ord Base Closure Team Part of closure and post 

closure maintenance plan 

d Vegetated Swales and Strips Fort Ord Base Closure Team Part of closure and post 

closure maintenance plan 

Describe other m=ures which wi~ be employed on the project site to control storm water pollution after construction 

is complete, and steps to be taken by the current owner to ensure that these measures are conducted.

’-’ 

Worksheet 7. Monitoring and Inspection Plan 

[ti] Descrii roaintenance/repair efforts to ensure 13MPs are in good snd effective condition. 

● Sediment will be removed from sand bag barriers and silt fence, when sediment depth reaches% of 

the total available depth. 

● Any silt fence washed out or otherwise disrupted will be replaced or repaired within 4S hours of 

discovery. 

[W] Describe inspection procedures and record keeping efforts. 

[#] 

[1 

[#] 

Annual Inspction 

Inspection will occur at the start of the rainy season, when site clearing is completeand all ESC 

measures are installed. 

Pre-storm Inspection 

Post-stoxm Inspection 

Each BMP will be closely inqwcted withii 48 hours after each rainfall of 0.5” or more. BML% 

will be checked for 1) structural integrity; 2) sediment accumulation greater than% total depth 

of BMP; 3) evidence of excessive sediment downstream of the site; and 4) evidence of other 

construction materials washed off-site. 

[K] Descriie training prograrnhnaterial for site personuel responsible for installing, inspecting, and maintaining 

BMPs. 

1) BMl? fact sheets from this SWPPP will be copied and distributed to site personnel engaged in the 

activity in question ador instaUation/maintenance of ESC BMPs. 

2) Site inspector observing improper construction measures or @lution caused by ineffective 

construction pollution management practices will inform site personnel performing these practices of 

prop BMPs, along with special follow-up ins~ction for further training.

Certification 

I cer(ify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or 

supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and 

evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system 

or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is to the best 

of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties 

for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. 

Signature~ate 

This SWPPP was prepared by: 

Signature~ate

Construction Handbook 4.9 March, 1993

● 

● 

● 

✎ 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

ACTIVITY MATERIALDELIVERYAND STORAGE (Continue) 

Mhim.ize hazardous materials on-site storage. 

Handle hazardous materials as infrequently as psible. 

Duringtherainy season. consider storing materialsin a covered are~ Store materiats in seconds.ty containment 

such as an den dike, horse trough; or even a children’s wading PI for non-reactive materials such as detergents, 

od, g-, and paints. Small amounts of mwJ=fi maY~ ~on~y con~n~ in “bus ~Y” ~Ys or co~re~ 

mixing trays. 

Do not store chemicals, drums, or bagged materials dwecdy on the ground. Plac these items on a pallet and, when 

~ssible, in secondary conti~ent. 

If drums must lx kept uncovered, store them at a slight angle to reduce priding of rainwater on the lids and to 

rduce corrosion. 

Try to keep chemicals in their originat containers, andkeep them well lakled. 

Train employees and sulxontractors. 

Employees hained in emergency spill cleanup pmcmiures should & present when dangerous materials or liquid 

cbemids are unloaded. 

If signfiat residual materials remain on the ground after construction is complete, properly remove materials and 

any contaminated wit (See CX12). If the ar= is to h pavecLpaveas swn = matm%dsare removedto stabiiizehe 

soil. 

REQUIREMENTS 

● Cost (Capital, O&M) 

. All of the atmve are low cost measures. 

● Maintfmance 

. Keep the designated storage area clcart and well organimxi. 

- Conduct routine weekty inspections and check for extend corrosion of material containe!x 

- Keep an ample supply of spill cleanup .IiAs near the stotage area. 

LIMITATIONS 

● Stotage sheds often must meet buildhg and fire de requirements. 

REFERENCES 

Best Management Ptactices and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Site- Fld Control Disrrict of Maricopa 

County, AZ September 1992. 

Blueprint for a Clean Bay-Construction-Related Indusuies: Best Management Practices for Storm Water Pollution 

Fkvention; Santa Clara Valley Non@nt Some Pollution Control Prograrm 1992 Santa Clam Valley Non~int Source 

Pollution Control Progratm 1992. 

Coastal Non@nt Pollution Control Progmm: Rogmm Development and Approval Guidance, Working Group Working 

Pa~, USEPA April 1992. 

Stotm Water Management for Construction Activities; DevelopingPollution Prevention Plans and Btst Management 

bCtiCq EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. 

I CA1O 

Construction Handbook 4-1o March, 1993 

...

------ 

Construction Handbook 4-11 March, 1993

,. 

ACTIVITY MATERIALUSE (Continue) 

REQUIREMENTS 

● Costs (Capital, O&M) 

. All of tbe almve are low cost measures. 

. Maintenance 

. Maintenance of this best management practice is minimal. 

LIMITATIONS 

● Alternative materials may not lx available, suitable, or effective in every rose. 

REFERENCES 

Blueprint for a Clean Bay-Constmction-Related Industries: Best Management Practices for Storm Water Pollution 

Revention; Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control Program, 1992; Santa Clara Valley NonPoint Source 

Pollution Control Prog~ 1992. 

Coastal Nonpoint Pollution Control Rogtam: Program Development and Approval Guidance, Working Group Working 

Papeq USEPA April 1992. 

Storm Water Management for Construction Activities Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management 

II%KtiC+ EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, Apri] 1992. 

Construction Handbook 4-12 March, 1993 

k 

a*ut* 

CA11 

..... . 

.,

ACTIVIN: SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL 

EHzEl 

❑4 ❑ 

1 ● 

b 

Objectives 

Housekeeping Ptmctico 

Contain Waste 

Minimb Mstuti Aress 

7 StabilizeDhtuti Amss 

Protect Siqsd*nneis 

Contfd % Pm”meter 

Contm/ htsmd Erosion 

DESCRHTION Targeted Pollutants 

Prevent or reduee the disehargc of pollutants to storm water from 1- and spills by 

rcdueing the ehauce fcwspills, stopping the sourm of spills, containing and elw.ning up 

spills, properly disposing of spill materials, and training employea. 

O 

O 

Sediment 

Nutrients 

O Toxk Matetiaie 

This best management pmcties mvcrs only spilt prevention and control. However, CA1O 

(MatwiA Delivery and Stotage)andCA11 (Material Use), also contain useful infmmation, 

particularly on spill prevention. For infmmation on wastes, see the waste manage- 

O 

0 

Oil& Gmnee 

Fbatiit hieterieis 

ment BMPs in this chapter. o fi::constmcthn 

APPROACH 

Thefollowing steps will help redu= the storm water im~ts of 1- and spills 

* Different materials @lute in different amourm. Make sure that ~ employ= 

lmows what a “signfieant spill” is for -h matmial they use, and what is the a~ E 

priate reqxmsc for “signifmnt” and “insignifmaut” spills. 

Impkmantation 

Rquiramanta 

‘ Hazardousmaterialsand wastes should k stored in covered containers and protected o C@tal coat8 

from vandalism. Q O&M Costa 

m 

, 

~ 

Plxe a stdqiie of spill clearIup materials where it will k readily xcessible. 

Train employees in spill prevention and cl-up. 

Designate responsible individuals. 

0 

@ 

Meintename 

Tm”ning 

o :b~$yy 

Clmlu2 

‘ CAearIq leaks and S@S “mudiately. 

‘ On paved surface~ cbn up spills with as little water as possible. Use a rag for small 

spills a damp mop for gemral cleanup, and absorknt marmial fcwIargm spills. If the 

spilled matmial is hazardous, then the used cknup marmiala are also hazardous and 

must k sent m either a mtifd laundry (rags) or diqmscd of as hazardouswaste. ● Hi@ 0 LOW 

b Never hose down or buty dry material spills. Cleanup as much of the material as I 

~ible and diqmse of ~rly. See tbe waste mauagernentBMI%m this chapter for 

s~fic information. CAI 2 

~ 

I RquxL 

significant spills to ld 

in cleanup. 

agenci~ such as the Fn Ikp.runenc they a assist 

‘ Fe&al regulations requkc that any signifbnt oil spill into a water bly or onto an Bst 

adjoining shoreline lx reprtul to the Nationat R~@nse Center (NRC) at 8(K)414- 

8802 (24 bm.tr). Practices 


ACTIVITY: SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL(Continue) 

Use the following measures retitled to specific activities: 

. 

● 

● 

✎ 

● 

✎ 

● 

✎ 

✎ 

If maintenimix must wcur on-site, use a designated area and.lor a secondary cent.ainmen~ lwaled away from 

drainagecourses,topreVenItherunon of slorm waLerand the runoff of spills. 

Regularly inspct on-site vehicles and equipment for leaks, and repair immediate] y. 

Check incoming vehicles and equipment (including delivety trucks, and employee and subcontractor vehicles) for 

kking oil and fluids. Do not allow la.king vehicles or equipment on-site. 

Always use Wondary 

changing fluids. 

containmerm such as a dmin pan or drop C1OIJ’J, to caLchspills or leaks when removing or 

Place drip pms or absortxmt materials under paving equipment when not in use. 

Usc adsortxmmaterialsonsmallspills rather than hosingdown or burying the spill. Remove the adsorlmt 

als promptty and dispow of pro~rly. 

materi- 

l%omptly transfer used fluids to the pro~ 

containers lying around. 

waste or recycling drums. Don’t leave full drip pans or other open 

Oil filters disposed of in trash cans or dumpsters can leak oil and @lute storm water. Place the oit filter in a funnel 

over a wastE oil recycling drum to chain excess oit before dIsfmml. 011falters can also k 

supplier or recycler about recycling oil filters. 

recychxl. Ask your oil 

Store cracked batteries in a non-leaking ssmndary container. Do this with aUcracked baueries, even if you think all 

the acid has drained OUL.If you drop a battery, t.mt i[ as if it is crocked. Put it into the containment arm until you 

are sure it is not leaking. 

● If fueling must mur on-site, use designated areas, located away from drainage courses, to prevent the runon of 

storm water and the runoff of spills. 

. Discourage “topping-off’ of fuel tanks. 

● Always use secondary containmen~ such as a drain pan, when fueling to mch spiltdleaks. 

REQUIREMENTS 

● Costs (Capital,O&M) 

. Revcntion of leaks and spills is inexpensive. Treatment and/or disposal of contaminated soil or water can be 

quite expensive. 

9 Maintenance 

. Keep ample supplies of spill control and cleanup materials on-site, near storage, unloading, and maintenance 

m. 

- Update your spill prevention and control plan and stock cleanup materials as changes occur in the types of 

chcmimls on-site. 

LIMITATIONS 

D If necessary, use a private spill cleanup company. 

REFERENCES 

Blueprint for a Clean Bay-Construction-Related Industries: Best Management practices for Storm Water PoUution 

Prevention;Santa clam Valley Norqmint Source Pollution Control ko~ 1992 Santa Clam Valley Nonpint Soutrt 

pollution Control program, 1992. 

$torm Water Management for Construction ACtiviti~, Develqing Pollution prevention Plans ~d Best Management 

%XtiC~ EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. 

CA12 

=@% -*- 


..... ,

-—. 


. If a container dws spill, cleanup immtxiiately. 

ACTIVIN: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT(Continue) 

● Mak sure that construction waste is eollecte& removwl, and disposwl of only at authorized disposal areas. 

● Train employees and suhonmtctors in proper solid waste management. 

● For a quick reference on disposal alternatives for s@fic wastes, see Table 4.2, CA40, EmployedSubcontractor 

Training. 

REQUIREMENTS 

● Costs (Capital, O&M) 

All of the almve are low cost measures. 

● Maintenance 

- Colkzt site trash daily. 

- Ins~t construction waste area regularly. 

Arrange for regular waste collection. 

LIM~ATIONS 

● There areno major limitations to this kst managementpactice. 

REFERENCES 

BestManagementPmcdcesand Erosion Control Manuat for Construction Site~ Fld Control District of Maricopa 

County, AZ Septemkr 1992. 

Rcuxses, Rwedures, and Methds to Control Pollution Resulting from all Construction Activity USEPA 430/9-73- 

007,1973. 

Storm Water Management for Construction Activiti~ Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management 

Pmcticcs, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. 

w 

-h 

CA20 


ACTIVITY: SANITARYISEPTICWASTEMANAGEMENT 

DESCRIFITON 

Prevent or reduce the discharge of Pllutants to stotm water from sanitary/septic waste by 

providing convenien~ well-maintained facilities, and ananging for regular semiee and 

d~fu)d. 

APPROACH 

Sanitaryor septic wastEs should be treated or disposed of in accordance with State and 

1- requirements. These requirements may include: 

● 

✎ 

● 

● 

● 

● 

✎ 

● 

● 

kate ~tary facilities in a convenient location. 

Untreated raw wastewater should never lx discharged or buried. 

Tempary septic systems should trmt wastes lo appropriate levels Ixfore discharging. 

If using an on-site disposal system (OSDS), such as a septic system, comply with local 

hmh.h agency requirements. 

Tcmprary -itary facilities that discharge to the sanitary sewer system should be 

pro~rly connected to avoid illicit discharges. 

If dkdarging to the sanitary sewer, contact the lod wastewater treamtenl plant for 

tieir requirements. 

Sanitary/septic facilities should k maintained in gmd working order by a licensed 

service. 

Anange for regular waste collection by a Iimtsd baulcr before facilities overflow. 

For a quick reference on diqmsa.1ahernalives for spcific wastes, see Table 4.2, 

CA40~EmployedSulXonrraetor Training. 

REQUIREMENTS 

● Costs (Capital,O&M) 

. All of the alxwe are low cost measures. 


. Ins~l faeilitim regularly. 

. kange for regular waste wllection. 

LIMITATIONS 

= There are no major limitations to this best management practice. 

REFERENCES 

Best Management Practices and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Site& FWd 

Conmol DEtrict of Maricopa Counry, AZ Septcmkr 1992. 

Stotm Water Management for Construction Activities, Developing Pollution Prevention 

Plans and Best Management Pmctiees, EPA 832-R-92005; USEPA, April 1992. 

Construction Handbook 4-23 

ObjectIves 

Housekeeping Practices 

MinimizeDisturbed Areas 

Stabilize Disturbed Areas 

Protect Slopst#Channels 

Control Site Perimeter 

Contro/ /ntema/ Erosion 

Targeted Pollutants 

o 

0 000Q 

Sediment 

Nutrients 

Toxic Materials 

Oil & Grease 

Floatable Materials 

Other Construction 

Waste 

Implementation 

Requirements 

0 Capital Coats 

O O&M Costs 

o Maintenance 

O Trainhlg 

O Suitability for 

Slopes >5% 

I . High 0 LOW 

CA24 

Best 

Mana~emen 

Practices 

/3 

March, 1993 

I

-. 

---- 

iCTIVITY: VEHICLEAND EQUIPMENT FUELING 

;scmION 

:Ventfuel spilk and 14% and reduce their impam to storm water by using off-site 

i.hties+fueling irt designaf.eda.m+sonly, enclmtig or covering stored fuel, implementing 

11controh, and training employ=s and subconmmm. 

JPROACH 

Use off-site fueling stations as much as pxsible. Fueling vehicles and equipment 

outdmfs or in arm where fuel may spil~eak onto pavedsurfacs or mto drainage 

pathways can POllutestorm ‘atm- If youfuela largenumkr of vehiclmor piecesof 

equipmen~considerusingan off-sitefuelings~on. Thesebusinexa are better 

equippd to handle fuel and spilk pro@y. Performtig tiis work off-siw can also lx 

eeonomicd by eliminating the n=d for a separatE fueling area at your site. 

If fueling must recur on-si~, uss designa~d art% Imwd away from drainage 

courses, to prevent the runon of storm water and tie runoff of spills. 

DlscOurage “toppingaff’ of fuel tank 

Always use secondary containmen~ such as a drain pan or drop cloth, when fueling t~ 

cti spilldleah 

Place a st@@e of spill cleanup mateti whereit willk readilyacessible. 

UW adsorbent materials on small spills rather than hosing down or burying the spill. 

Remove the adsorlmtt materials promptiy and d~pw of Prowrly. 

Carry out all Federal and State requirement regarding statiotwY almve ground stem 

tanks. 

Avoid mobile fueling of mobile construction equipment around the sib%tather, 

Uartspt the equipment to desigtMtd fueling aras. With the exception of trackd 

equipment such as bulldomm and prhaps forkli.fw most vehicles should lx able to 

uavel to a designati area with little lost time. 

Train employees and subcm’tmctom in pro~ fueling and cleanup pmedws. 

For a quick reference on duped altetives for s~cific wastta see Table 42, CA4U 

EmploytxdSuhon-tm Ttiing. 

REQUIREMENTS 

iosts (Caei~. o&MJ 

All of the atmve measures are low cos~ except for the capital costs of above 

ground tanks that meet all lod enviromenti zoning, and fu’ecmles. 

, Maintenance 

Keep ample supplies of spill cleanup materkds on-site. 

I Ins~t fueling Mess and stmagc h on a regular schedule. 

LIMITATIONS 

● Sending vehiclc~equipment off-site should b done in conjunction with ESC24 

(Stabilimd Construction Entmnm). 

Construction Handl)ook 

4-25 

; 

objectives 

~Housekeeping Practices> 

Contain Waste 

Minimize Disturbed Areas 

Sfabilize Disturbd Areas 

Protect Slope#Channels 

control Site Perimeter 

Control lntema/ Erosion 


3 

0 

0 

e o0 

I 

Sediment 

Nutrients 


Oil & Grease 

F/eatable Material: 

Other cOnstructio 

Waste 

lmplementatiOn 

Requirements 

Q Capital COSt~ 

O o&M Casts 

@ Maintenance 

@ Training 

O sujtabili~ for 

Slopes >5% 

March, 1993

ACTIVITW VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 

Grs@k: NorlhCentralTexasCOG, 19$S 

Objectives 

,--7 

II ACTIVITY: VEHICLEANDEQUIPMENTMAINTENANCE(Continue) 

ILINHTATIONS 

● Sending vehicledequipment off-site should be done in conjunction with ESC24 (Stabilized Construction Entrance). 

Outd@r vehicle or equipment maintenance is a potendally significant source of storm waEr pollution. Activities that 

can contaminate storm waler include engi.herepair and service, particularly changing or replacement of fluids, and 

outdmr equipment storage and parking (dripping engines). For fumherinformation on vehicle or equipment servicing, 

see CA30, Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning, and CA31, Vehicle and Equipment Fueling. 

ILlstczlMow is further information if you must @orm vehicle or equipment maimenarm on-site. 

Parts are often cleaned using solvents such as trichloroethylene, 1,1,1-trichlorwthane, or methylene chloride. Many of 

these parts cbners are harmful and must b dlsposcd of as a hazardous waste. Reducing the numb of solvents makes 

recycling easier and reduees haurdous waste management costs. Often, one solvent w Ixrform a job as well as two 

different solvents. Also, if pssible, elimina~ or reduce the amoumof hazardous materials and waste by Substituting 

non-hazardous or less hazardous materials. For example, replace chlorinated organic solvents (1,1, l-rnchlor~thane, 

methylene chloride, etc.) with non-chlotinar.ed solvents. Non-chlorinated solvents like kerosene or mineral spirits are 

less toxic and less expensive to dis~se of prop?.rly. Check list of active ingredients to se+?whether it contains chlorinated 

solvents. The “chlor” tetm indicates that the solvent is chlorimted. Also, fry substituting a wire brush for solvents 

to clean parts. 

Separating wastes allows for e=kr rmycling ~d IMY retice disFti COHS. Keep wdous ~d non-h=dous W~tCS 

sepa.EQ do not mix used oil and solvents, and keep chlorinated solvenrs (lie 1,1,1-trichlormx.bane) =parate from nonchlorinated 

solvents (like kerosene and mineral spirifs). promptly uansfer usal fluids to the propsr waste or recycling 

drums. ~n’t lmve full drip pans or other ofkm containers lying around. 

Oil fdtet’sdk~sed of in trash cans or dumpsters can leak oil and contaminate storm water. Place the oil falter in a funnel 

over a waste oil rwycling drum to drain excess oil before duporal. 011falters can also be rmycled. Ask your oil 

supplier or recycler abut recycling oil filters. 

IDO not dispow of extra paints and coatings by dumping liquid onto the ground or throwing it into dumpstem. Allow 

coatings to dry or harden kfore disposal into coverd dumpsters. 

Store csacked batteries in a non-lcxtbng secondary container. Do thii withall crackedbaueri=, evenif YOULhii ~ tie 

acid has dmined OUL If you drop a battery, mat it as if it is sacked. Put it into the containmentareauntilYm are sure it 

is not leaking. 

Do not bury used tires. 

II 

I REFERENCES 

Best Managemettt Practices and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Sites Flcuxl Control Dktrict of Maricopa 

County,.@ September 1992. 

Blueprint for a C1ean Bay-Construction-Related Industries: Best Martagement Practices for SCormWaterPollution 

Prevention Santa Clara Valley Nonpoint Source Pollution Control I%ograrn,1992. 

Coastal Non@.nt Pollution Control Program: Program Wvelopment and Approval Guidance, Working 

Group Working P-, USEPA, April 1992. 

Y 

CA32 

w 

%db 


..

-.. 


L~ATIONS 

Thereareno significant limitations to the use of this BMP, 

BMP: SCHEDULING ( tintinue) 

REFERENCES 

Bw Management Pramks and Erosion Control Manual for ConstructionSites, Fhml ControlDimict of Maricopa 

county, #Wmna-1992. 

Erosionand SedimentControlGuidelinesfor Developing- in Tea U.S. Department of Agtieulture, Soil Conservation 

!ktwice, Fcrt Worth, Texas -1976. 

Storm Water Management for Constrt.mien Activites. Rw40ping Pollution Prevention Plans and Bat Management 

l%eti~ U.S. Environmental Rot=tion Agency, Office of wa~r PA 832-R-92~5) - SCPtembcr, 1992. 

Viinia Erosion and Sediment Cootrol I-Iandbcmk Third Edition, Virginia Wparttnent of Consemtion and R=rtaion, 

Division of Soil and Water Conservation -1992. 


ESC1 

m 

k~


I Additional Information — Preservationof ExistingVegetation 

The bst way to preventexcessiveerosion is to not disturb the land. On a construction site, where extensive land 

d~turbance is n~esw.ry, a reasonable BMP would ~ to not disturb land in sensitive areas of the site which need not h 

rdtered for the project to be viable (e.g., natural wahwcourses, steep S1OPS),and to design tbe site to incorporate particularly 

unique or desirable existing vegetation into the site landscaping plan. Clearly marking and leaving a buffer area 

around these unique areas will lmth help to preseme these areas as well as take advantage of naturat erosion prevention 

and sediment trapping in nanmlly vegetated areas. 

Existing vegetation to be prestmed on the site must b protected from mechanical and other injury while the land is 

being develop.d. The purpo~ of protecd.rtgexisting vegetation is to insure the sumival of desirable vegetation for 

shade, tiutifiation, and erosion protection. Mature vegetation has extensive rmt systems that help LOhold soil in 

place, thus reducing erosion. Also, vegetation helps to keep soil from drying rapidly and becoming susceptible to 

erosion. To effectively save existing vegetation, no disturbances of any kind should k allowed within a deftned am 

around the vegetation. For tr=s, no construction ac~viw shwld ~ur wi~in he df’iPlime of tie tree. 

The following criteria may lx used for decidhg which vegetation will remain on the site: 

● Aesthetic va.lucs Consideration should k given to fotiage, flowering habits, bark and crown characteristics (for 

trees). 

● Freedom horn disease and rot. 

● Life span of ties: Shon-lived trees need not lx presemed. 

● Environmental values: Hablu sueening; and buffers. 

● Suddenex~ure: Save vegetation which grows in duect sunlight and is able to withstand radiated heat from 

pro~sed buildings and pavemetm 

● Space needed Sufficient space must h! provided lxtween the vegetation and any structures, elmttic and telephone 

lines, water and sewer lines, driveways and streets. Mark tr~s and shrubs with bright paint or ribbon so there is no 

doubt as to which trees and shrubs are to k left and protected from dsmage during construction. 

Saving existing vegetation and mature tr=s on-site, beauti.fks the area and may save money by reducing new landscaping 

requirements. Mature trees also increase property values and satisfy consumer aesthetic needs. 

preserving and protecting existing vegetation w often result in more stable soil conditions during construction. Careful 

site planning and identification of plantings to prewne cart provide erosion and sednentation controls during construction, 

and contribute to the aesthetics of the &velopmen~ For example, in Sacramento County a tree ordinance has been 

adopttxl that protects the native California Oak tree. Provisions to protect the tm and its rwt system during construction 

must k s~citied in the project plans, and an ma must lx provided where the soil stability may not be dkturhed. No 

grading or construction storage within the tree dripline is allowed. 

Building sites may lMplanned to integrate existing vegetation and wets. Construction impacts must& considered. 

Trench width for pip ccmstruction projects and the lom.ion of pmanent structures, such as buildings, needs to lx 

considered when preseming existing vegetation, including mature trees and their mt system. Native vegetation should 

b preserved since it is able to adapt to the climate. The USDA Soil Consemation Semite should lx contacted about 

existing vegetation for sites throughout Cahfmniz Mature trees are generally prefemble to newly planted trees kause 

of the greater soil stalil.izadon provided by the extensive at system of a mature uee. 

I ESC2 


,—. 

,.. .. 

Additional Information — Prese~ation of ExistingVegetation 

MethodsforprotectingexistingVegetationandtrees: 

● Stakeoff rwt system limits (drip line of tree). Some counties limit construction within 5 feet of the tree drip line. 

● Fence off the area to be preserved or along the tree drip line. 

. Flag or mark trees to remain in place. 

● Tree wells and retaining walls (~rmanent) help presm’e existing vegetation, but must be large enough to protect the 

rmt system (W Mow). 

● For the California Oak tree, no trenching or i.rrigtion should be allowed witldn the driplines of the tr=, since lmth 

these aedvities are deuimentaJ to the preservation of the tree. 

● Where grading under trees is necessary,Cxmvationmd fin should~ l~~d tO1 f~[ Wlm:ntie driPllnes. 

REFERENCES 

Best Management Practices and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Sites, Flocd Control District of Maricopa 

County, ~zon~ Septem&r 1992. 

County of Sacramento Tree Preservation Ordinance - September 1981. 

Stonnwater Management Water for the Puget Sound Basin, Washington State Department of Ecology, The Techniml 

Manual - February 1992, Publication # 91-75. 

Water Quality Management Plan for the Lake Tahw Region, Volume IL Handbcmk of Management Practices, TabcE 

Regional Planning Agency - Novemkr 1988. 

Construction Handbook 5.9 March, 1993 

ESC2 

w 

m~

. ... 

,... 

BMP: SEEDING AND PIANTING 

GENEILALDI?SCRIFHON 

Seeding of grasses and plantings of trees, shrubs, vines and ground covers provide longtum 

stabiiizition of soil, In some arm, with suitable clim.au% gras= an be planted for 

tem~~ stabikatkxt. 

SUITABLE APPLICATIONS 

. Appropriate fm site stabilization lmtb during eonsrruction and ~st-consUucticm. 

9 Any grwledcleared arm where construction activities have mtwxi. 

9 @n spxe cut and fill areas. 

● steepslops. 

● S@l piles. 

● Vegetated swak 

9 IAUI*P corridors. 

“ s- banks. 

lNSTALLATION/APPLICATION CFUTERL4 

T~ of vegetation, site and stxxbd preparation, planting time, fefifion ad wa~r 

requirements should IMconsidered for- applimr.ion. 

Gras=: 

9 Ground preparation: fertilize and mcxhanidly stabilk= the soil. 

● Toletant of short-term temperature extremw and watmlogged soil conditions. 

● Appr@ate d conditions shallow soil base,gmldminage,slop21 or flatter. 

● Develop well and quickly from seeds. 

9 Mowing, i.nigadng, and fertilizing are v’itd for promo~g vigom~ ~ gro~. 

:%S&$i%E:SZF.. ● High O Low 

:k$siigz$ 

Objectives 

Housekwping Pmctices 

Contain Waste 

UinimizaDisfihed Areas 

= 

Contm/ Site Petinmter 

Control Internal Erosion 


● 

e 

Q 

o 

0 0 

S6diment 

Nutrients 

Toxk Materiab 

Oil & Grease 

Fbetsble Materiels 

Other Conatmctrnn 

Wsste 

, Ukdy to Hev* 

Sl~lknt lmp9=t ! 

o hmh Lawor 

Unknown Imod 


Requinments 

Q Capita/ coats 

Q o&Af Costi 

Q hhintenanea 

@ Tm”ning 

Q Subhy:wllr 

ESC1O 

— 

Best 

Managemen 

Practices 


d

.— 

BMP: SEEDING AND PUNTING (Continue) 

REQUIREMENTS 

. Maintenance 

- Shrubsand trem must lx ackquately watered and fcrdlized and if needed pruned. 

Grasses may ned to M watered and mowed. 

● COSE Avemge annual cost for installation and maintenance (2”yw useful life, source EPA, 1992) 

. Se.dng: S300 ~r acre, appropriate for flat S1OP and stable soils. 

- Seeding with Mulching: S1,1~ pr am% appropriate for mderate to steep S1OFMand/or erosive roils. 

Trees, shrubs, vines. and ground COVCK CcsL applicability based on spcies usut and temin features. 

LIMITATIONS 

● Permanent and tempmary vegetation may not lx appropriate in dry Ixrimls without irrigation. 

● Fertilizer requirements may have pential to crtae st.mn waser @lution if impro~ly applied. 

I ESC1O 

Construction Handbook 5-11 Mxrch, 1993

Additional Information — ~ing(md p~nting 

Permanent seeding of grasses, Waling, and planting of m?.cs,shrubs, vines and ground covers can provtde long-term 

stabilization of soil. Permanent seeding and planting conrnbutcs to long-term ite aesthetics and helps reduce erosion by 

reducing the vel~ity of fUItOff,allowing infiit.r=ion to wur, 

,/=---=. 

filtering scdm / nts, and by holding soil psrdcles in place. 

Seeding and planting should lx applied as wo@ final gmling is done to 1graded and cleared artxIs of the construction 

site whereplant cover is ultimatelydesk d. For example,vcgctatio may lx establishcxtalong lanrk~d mrndors 

and bufferzoneswhere they may act as fd strips(= TC6 in Chapter of the MunicipalHandtik). Additionally, 

vegetatedswales,steep and/or mky S1O and sueam bankscan also/ cme as appropriateareas for secdhigand 

plantings. 

{ 

,, ,. 

i 

‘Y 

/ 

Appti@tion of ap~priatc vegetation mist consider thes or plantlxd FOP swsonal planting times, water 

requtimen~ ftii~r requirements and a@abiLity of the sc ttxi vegetation within the projczt’s region. Petmartent 

plantings during the constmction stage of p~jects require ful cmrdinacion brwecn the local agency ins~ctors, 

project rnanagc~ construction managers, and’iapdsc nttactor. Prowols fm ccmrdinaaon and implementation 

p-urcs regarding site =CCS consnmction staging, and short- and long-tan planting ams should b dcvelopd prior 

to the construcdon bid pmc=. Where psible. the= protmls should lx established by and remain the rcspmsibility of 

the site owner. 

j 

Because of the many available ~ of plarm and ground covers and km.tse site conditions and land use vary so widely 

within CalifomM a set of general guidelines is inchtdcd for installation/appl.icatiaI of grassc% ttus and shrubs, vints 

and ground covms. However, your 1- munici@ity. Soil Conscmation Smi~ agriculturalextcntion, or other 

resources should k consulted on appropriate s@es planting requirements, and maintenance mds for your chmatc and 

roils. 

Grasses 

Gins=, depending on the ~, provide short-term soil stabilization during cmtstruction or a sctve as long- !erm/ 

~ent mil stabilization for distnrlxd was. IIIgene@_ povick low maintenance to areas that have ~n 

clcamd+ grxled and mechanim.lly stabilimi 

Sclmim 

The selection of the grass ~ is dctcrmirtal by the climate, irrigation. mowing frequency,maintenanceeffort and soilkd 

conditions. Although ~ provide quick gcrminad on and rapid growth, tky also have a shallow rmt system and 

arc not as effective in stabilizing deep soils, whre ~ shrubs and ckp rwtcd ground covers may k mom appropriate, 

Sewai grasses ate adaptable to the wuious ‘California climates. The figure at the md of these fact skcts shows apprcb 

prime gras= for regions within Califomfi BltE grass is well _ througkmut California except for in the vaUey 

regions. The bl~ grass is found on dry, sandy soils that have gcai dmirtagc. Bermuda gms& on the other hand is well 

adapted in tie valley twgiort where dis arc@, C- and kvicr. S@lc scd mix WMVorvarieties for =h site 

sbotdd h provided by mt wvcdtt+ahfted phrtt materials S@d.iSL 

J!! 

ESC1O 

Construction Handbook S-12 March, 1993

-.,, 

—. 

BMP: MULCHING 

Mulching 

GENER4L DESCRIFITON 

Mulching is used to temparily and ~rmanently stabilize cleared or freshly seedd arm. 

TyfEs of mulches include organic materials, straw, wmi chips, brk or other wti fibers, 

decom~sed granite, and grovel. 


● Temp-ary stabilization of freshly seeded and planted areas. 

● Tem~rary stabdization during wrids unsuitable for growing vegetation. 

● Tem~rary stabilization of areas that cannot k sealed or planted (e.g., insufficient 

rain, steep slo~). 

● Mulches such as gravel and decomposed soils may lx used as ~st-construction 

BMPs, particularly in arid regions. 

iNSTALLATION/APPLICATION CRITERIA 

Mulch prevents erosion by protecting the soil surfa~ and fostering growth of new 

seedings that do not stabdize by themselves. 

● May lx ttd with netting to supplement soil staMization. 

● Apply to planting areas where slopes are 2:1 orgreater. 

● BindersmaylR requiredfor steep areas, or if wind and runoff is a problem. 

● T= of mulch binders, and application rates should lE recommended by manufac- 

turer/contwtm. 

REQUIREMENTS 


. Must k inspected weekly artd after An for damage or deterioration. 

● Costi Average annual cost for installation and maintenance (34 month useful life, 

source: EPA+1992) 

St.mwMulch $7,500~r acre. 

Wmd Fdxr hfulch $3,500per ~. 

- Jute Netting: $11500 P acre. 

LIMITATIONS 

● Wmct fikr mulches should be used only in areas with over 20 inches annual pcipitation. 

“ Organic mulches are not ~ent erosion control measures. 

● Mulches tend to lower the soil surface tem~rature, and may delay germination of 

some scds. 

● Permanent mulches for arid regions should include gravel and decom~sed soils. 

Objectives 

Housekoaping Practices 

Contain W~stB 

Minimize DistudwdAmes 

= 

ControlSitePerinmter 

Control internal Erosion 


● 

e 

o 

0 

0 

0 

Sediment 

Nutrients 


Oil & Grease 

FJoatable Materials 


Waate 

o Protdb Low or 

Unknown Imnwt I 


Requirements 

g capital coats 

Q O&M costs 

Q Maintenance 

O Tmining 

. Suitability for 

Skpaa >5% 

● High ~ Low 

ESCII 

W ..,.,, 

Best 

3 

Managemen 

Practices 


I 

..- I Additional hformation — Mulching 

Mulching protects the soil from rainfall impacq increases infdhation; consmw’esmoisture around trees, shrubs and 

seedings; prevents cmnpaction and cracking of soil; and aids plant growth for seedings and plantings by holding the 

seeds, fertilizers and topsoil in place until growth mum. Mulches include organic materials, straw, wed chips, bark or 

other wod film%, decomposed granite and gravel. A variety of nettings m mats of organic or non-organic materials and 

chemicat soil stabilization are practices that may b used conjunctively with mulching. 

Mulching may k applied to aU graded and cleared arm of the construction site: 

. Areas which have tin permammty seeded m assist in retaining moisture, and to hold seedngs; 

● Areas which need tempzu’y soil surface protection kause seeding cannot wcur due to the smn; 

● Areas ktween trees, shrubs and cenain ground covers; 

a Areas where climatic conditions require a soil moistme retention aid to avoid cracking of the soil and associated 

compacaom and require soil temperature modification. 

Only a set of general guidelines is included for application and installation of mulching on dismrixd lands kcause of the 

various climates, soil conditions and land uses in Catiforni& Installation of mulch consists of furnishing all materials, 

preparing the soil surface and applying the mulch to all soil surface areas designated on the project plans or established 

by the site engineer. 

MaMials 

Organic mulch materials, such as straw, wmxl chips, bark and wcd filxr, have been found to b most effective where 

re-vegetation wilt M provided by retilng. The choice of mulch shmdd b based on the size of the area+site S1OWS, 

surke conditions such as hardness and moisture; weed growth and availability of mulch materials. 

Wmul Fiber Mulchesi Wod filnx mulches consist of spxially prepared wd fiber prmssed to cmna.in no growth 

germination inhibiting factors. The mulch shoutd lx from virgin w@ and lx manufxtured and prwessed so the fib% 

will remain in uniform suspension in water under agitation to forma hmtogenous slurry. The fib lengths should be as 

long as Wssible to irmease the effectiveness for erosion control. Wmxi fiber mulching should ncxlx used in areas of 

extremely hot summer and late M ~ns &cause of tire danger. When usd as a tackifier with straw mulch, wd 

fiber mulches are gd for steep slopes and severe climates. The California Office of the Soils Consetwation Semite 

mommends a non-toxic mulch green dye be used to provide a visual aid in metering a@icadons. 

Wed Chips and Bark Chips: Wmxl and bark chips are suitable for application in land$mpi arm that will not lx 

closely mowed. Wood chips do not require txking, but do require nitrogen treatment (12 poundshon) to prevent nutient 

deficiency. Bark chips do not require dditional nitrogen fertdizer. When the wmd wurce is near the project site, wd 

and bark chips can be very inexptsive. Caution must b used in areas of steep slo~, since troth wd and hark chips 

tend to wash down slops exceeding 6 pmertt. 

Straw Mulch: Straw mulch is a gd shut-term protection most commonly used with sealing. The mulch should be 

from the current scasm’s crop. A letter of certification from the supplier should lx required to show that the straw was 

baled less than 12 months ilom the delivery date. Wheat w oat straw is recommend 

IEmukif~d kphalt Aphalt is used to wlhere the mulch to the ground surface, preventing the mulch from blowing or 

washing off. lle ~ and quantity of asphalt used should not result in a storm water @tution problem. 

IBinder Binder should lx free flowing, noncmrosive wwdcr Ftiuced from natural plant gum such as those marketed 

under M-Binder, M145 Binder, or AZ-TAC. Synthetic, s~ya materiats are not recommended since the teml to 

create an impervious smfwx, and may enter the stormwater sewer system via diwharge runoff. 

* 

Construction Handbook 5.17 March, 1993

I 

Additional hformation — Mulching 

Straw Mulch: Shouldb appliedin an even,uniformmanner,either by hand or by mulch blowing equipment. Straw 

mulches must be anchorwlto preventthe mulchfromking blown or washedoff the site. Anchoringis achievedin two 

ways: 

● Crimping:The mulch is anchoredby mnninga heavydti Witi fio du~, WEUIXLclmely-spac~ bladesover tie 

mulchedsoil. Effectivecrimpingemlx$dsthe mulchalmut2 inchesinto the wil withoutcompletelycoveringit. The 

disc shouldh run once or twiceacm$sthe soil. Atwut2 1/2tonsof strawmulch~r acre shouldlMappliedif the 

mulch is anchoredby erirnping. 

● Tacking: Achieved usinga emulsrled asphaltor bindereither independentlyor followedby erirnping. If tacked, 

strawmulchmay lx appliedat a rate of 13/4 ton pr acre,and tacked with emulsitkd asphalt at a me of 500 gatlons 

Wmd Fiber Mulch: Typically applied with a hydrosee.der at a rate of almut 1000 to 1500 pmd.s per acre, or as a slurry 

consisting of at least 150 ~nds of binder, 400 pmrnds of wmi fihr mulch, and 200 gallons of water per acre. 

Maintenance: Mulched arms require frequent ins~tion for damage and deterioration. Requirements will vary gratly 

based on the typ of mulch used and the t~ of vegetation to lw establishecL Vegetative mulches are usually not 

intended to lx permanen~ but are extended only as a base for re-seeding or re-vegetation. Where a ~rmanent anchor for 

vegetation is require@ along steep slo~s or areas of higher velocity flows, then a geotextile mat or net is recommended 

(see ESC20). 

REFERENCES 

Best Management Praetims and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Sites, Flmxl Control Dishict of Maricopa 

County, Septemkr 1992. 

Controlling Erosion of Construction Sites, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, Agriculture 

Infumation # 347. 

“D&t - Sedimentationand Erosion Control,h Invento~ of CurrentFkactices”,U.! XEP.A.,April, 1990. 

“Environmental Criteria Manual”, City of Austin, Texas. 

Guides for Erosion & Sediment Control in California+USDA Soils Conmation Serviee - January 1991. 

Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, Assmiation of Bay Area Governments, June 1981. 

Propsed Guidance Specifying Management Mtamres for Sources of Non~int Pollution in Coastal Waters, Work Group 

Working Papr, USEPA April, 1992. 

Soil Erosion by Water, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Distric~ Agriculture Information Bulletin 

#513. 

Stormwater Management Water for the Puget Sound Basin, Washington State Department of Edogy, The Teehnim.1 

Manual - February 1992, publication # 91-75. 

Water Quality Management Plan for the Lake Tahw Wgion, Volume II, Hantik of Management Practices, Tahee 

Regional Planning Agency - Novemkr 1988. 

E 

I — 


.—---- 

/’-- 

Construction Handbook 5-25 March. 1993 

d

Additional Information — Dustcontrols I 

California’s Mediterranean climate, with short wet seasons and long hot dry wasons, allow the soils to thoroughly dry 

OULDuring these dry seasons, construction activities are at their @c, and disturbance and exposed areas arc inmeasingly 

subj=t to wind erosion, sediment tracking and dust generated by construction equipment. 

Dust ccmtrol, as a BMP, is a practice that is alreaiiy in pke fm many construction activities. Lm Angeles, the North 

Coast and Sacramento, among others have enacted dust control ordinances for construction activities that cause dust to be 

transported kyond the construction project propetty line. Recently, the State Air Resources Cmrol Board has, under the 

authority of the Clemt Air ACLstand to address air qualityin relationtoinhalable particulate marter less than 10 microns 

(PM-1O). 90% of these small particles are considered to lx dusL Existing dust control regulations by lwat agencies, 

municiprd departments, public works departtnen~ andor public hahh departments are in place in mme regions within 

California. For jurisdictions that have no formal dust control regutatiass ancik standards, Sm.ions 10, 17 and 18 of 

CalTmns’ Standard Spcflmtions provide detailed provisions for dust cmrol pact-ices. 

Many M agencies require dust control in mler to comply with Imal nuisance laws, @acity laws (visibility impairment) 

and the requirements of the Clean Air Ac~ The following are measures that lwat agetwies may have already 

implemented as requirements for dust control from corttracto= 

● ~. Require provisions for dust control plans; 

. . . . 

● ~ Enforce compliance with Califania air pollution control Iawq 

. . . 

● ~ Priaity given tomes involving citizen comptainw, 

. . . 

● ~ Require recmds of dust control measures from ccmtractor 

● ~ (SWPPP): Integrate dust mntml maum into SWPPP. 

Dust cmrol BMP’s generally stabdize ex~sed smfaxs and minimim acdvities that stqmcl m track dust particles. 

Table ESC21.1 shows which Dust Control BMPs apply to site conditions which mu= dus~ Fm heavily ffaveled and 

dislm.rkd ~ wet suppression (watering), chemical dust suppt%siom grovel or asphalt surfacing, tempary gravel 

construction enhance% equipment wash+ut areas, and haul truck covers ~ lMemployed as dust control applimtions. 

Permanent a tempary vegetation and mulchingand sand fencescan& employedfor areasof occasionalor no const.rwticmtile. 

Preventivemeasureswouldincludeminimizingsur&@-to& disturl=& limitingon-sitevehicle 

trafficto 15mi.1~pr hour, and controllingthe numlm andactivityof vehiclesat a site at any given time. 

Many of the reasonably available control measum fa controlling dust h constructiat sites can also lx implemented 

as BMPs fa stare water @lution preventicm. Those BMR iIIclu& 

● Pave, vegetate, or chemically mahi.lk ~ points where unpaved tmffic surf-s adjoin paved roads. 

“ l%ovide covers for haul trucks transptirtg maMals that conrnbute to dust 

● Provide fa wet suppsaion or chemim.1stabilization of expse.d soils. 

● Provide for rapid clean-up of scdiients dqmsited on paved rods. Furnish stabilized construction rod entmnces 

and vehicle wash down -. 

● Stabil.k unpaved haul rods, parkingand staging m. Reduce S-and trips on unpved roads. 

● I.mpIement dust control m-urea fa material stcckpik. 

● Prevent drainage of sediment laden storm water mto paved surfrwm. 

● Stabilize abartdord consmtctias sites using vegetation or chemid stabilization methds. 

● Ltit the amount of areas disti by clearing and h moving ~tions by scheduling th~ activities in phases. 

For the chemical stahiicxL tire are many pnxlucts available fa chemidly smM.izing gravel roadways and s@piles. 

The ~s of cherttbls availatde and rumnmenctarkms for their use are tabulated in Table ESC 212, Cmrunonly 

Used Chemids for Dust Conwol. 

. Construction Handbook 5-26 March. 1993

,/--- 

Additional Information — Dustcontrols 

In addition, there are many other BMPs identifk!d in this handbmk that provide dust attrol including: 

● Seeding and Plantings (ESC 10) 

● Mulching (ESC 11) 

● Construction Road Stabilization (ESC 23) 

. Stabilized Construction Entrances (ESC 24) 

● Oil treated subgrades shouldnot lx usedh.cwse theoil maymigrateintodminagewaysand.lorseep into the soil. 

● Chemicallytraed sub@les may make the soil water re@lanL interfering with Iong-ttmn infdtration, and the 

vegetatiordre-vegetation of the site. Some chemid dust supprtssams may b subject to fkeezing and may cantain 

solvents and should h handled proprly. 

● AsphalL as a mulch tack or chemieal mulch, r@res a 24 hour curing time to avoid wlherenee to equipmen~ waker 

shmi etc. Appl.ieation should lx limited &ause asphalt smfacing may eventually migrate into the dminage 

system. 

● In cmnpaed areas, watering and ot.kr liquid dust control meamm may wash Wiment or other constituents into 

rhe drainage systctn. 

REFERENCES 

Best Management Pmctices and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Sites, Fld Control IXsrnct of Maricopa 

COunty, AriimuL Septem&r 1992. 

CaLifomia Air PolluticmControlLaws,CaliforniaAir Remwees BoarL 1992. 

CalTmnSStandardS@fiaion% Sections10,“DustControl”;Section 17,“Wakxing”;and Section 18,“Dust Palliative”. 

Rospeets for Attaining the State Ambient x Qua.l@ Standards for Susvn& Hcti _ PM1O), Visibility 

Reducing Partieks, Stdfate& M and Hydrogen Sulflde, California Air R~urces Boar& April 1991. 

Samamento County, Wmtetition Ordinance & Dust Control Or@rmce (example). 

USDA Soil Consmation Setiee, ~nidcs f= Erosionand SedimentConlrol”. 

Ctmstruction Handbook 5-27 March, 1993

SITE 

TAIJLE ESC 21.1 DUST CONIROL I]MPs FOR GIVEN ~]’1’E COND1’~[ONS 

IIUST CONTROL MM[’S 

Tenprmy Crawl Imllllthc 

Wtl Cllrlllkd (_havftor cunswuclllHl 

Haul !’kwnt 

I’enmuimt Supprsssluu Dust Asphali Sand hlmtm~qulpnuwt I’rlwk if AS-PA 

CONI)lTfON Vcgtta(hn Mulchlng [Walerlng) Supprcssh Surfwing Fcmcs Wash[lmvn Ullvi,rs J}ishls-be(l 

Dismrbed Areas noI x x x x x x 

Subject 10Traffic 

Dismrbed Areas x x x x 

Subject 10Traffic 

Malerid Stock Pile x x x x 

Stabilization 

Demolition x x x 

Clearing/E~cavalion x x x 

TruckTraffic 0[1 x x x x 

Unpaved Roads 

Mud/Dirt Carry-OuI x x 

/

. 

TABLE ESC 21.2 COMMONLY USED CHEMICALS FOR DUST CONTROL 

SAL’rs ORGAN!C, NON PETROLEUM BASED 

PETROLEUM-BASED PRODUCTS’ 

CHEMICAL TYPES ● Calcium Chloride2 ● Culcium Lignosulfonotc ● Bunlwr Oil 

● Mag.nesiuru Chloride ● Sodium Lignosulfortit[c ● As@ult Primer 

● Natural Brines ● Ammonium Lignosulfonalc ● Emulsiticd Asph:III 

LIMITATIONS Can lose effectivenessin dry Not affecictl by dry wca[hcr Generally cflcciivc rcgmllcss 

periods wilh low humidi[y. am! low humidity. Lrmhcd of climuiic C[mdilitms may 

Lenc!lcs from road in IIci]vy riiin I“rom road in hctivy rain il no[ pollmlc in wet wctilhcr. 

sufllcicnlly curcrJ, 

NOI recommended for gravel roiid Best pcrformwwc on grnvcl BCSI pcrformtincc on grtivcl 

surfaces with low fines. roads wilh high surface fines roods wilh 5-10% fines. 

Recommended 10-20% frncs. (10-30%) and dense compitct 

surfncc will] loose gravel. 

COMMENTS Calcium Chloride is populiIr, May Ineffective on gravel surfaces Creates a Imrdcncutrxus[. 

bccorne slippery when we[ on !OW in firms. Muy bccomc 

gravel surfaces with high fines. slippery when wet on grirvcI 

surfaces with high fines 

contenl. 

w 

m ‘ Motor oils am! oil hwltmcnts arc noI recommended duc 10 ndvcrsee[fccls on planl life and groumlwa[cr. 

E 

2 Nol recommendeddue to adverseeffects on plmn life,

-. 

/-. 


Additional Information — construction Road Stabilization 

Areas which are graded for construction vehicle transport and pinking purposes are especially susceptible to erosion and 

dus~ The ex~sed soil surface is continually dismr~~ leaving no opporn.mity for vcgeutive stabilization. Such areas 

alSOtend to collect and transport runoff waters aIong their surfaces. During wet wmtber, they often become muddy 

quagmires which generate significant quantities of sediment that may @lute nearby streams or be transported off-site on 

the wheels of construction vehicles. Dirt’roads can become so unstable during wet weather that they are virtually 

unusable. 

Efficient construction road stabilization not only reduces on-site erosion but can significantly s-d on-site work. avoid 

instances of immobilized machinery and delivery vehicles, and generally improve site efficiency and working conditions 

during adverse weather. 

Where feasible, rdtemarive routes should k made for construction traffic one for use in@ condition, the other for wet 

conditions which incorporate the measures listed for this BMP. Petmanem roads and parking areas should k pavwt as smn 

as possible after grading. As an alternative where consuuction will k phased, the early application of gravel or chemical 

stabilization may wlve ptendal erosion and stability problems. Temprary gravel roadway should lx considered during the 

rainy season and/or on slopss grmer than 5 pm~n~ 

When grovel road is nrded, apply a minimum 4-inch course of 2 to 4-inch crushed rcc& gravel base, or crushed surfacing 

base course immediately after grading or the completion of utility installation within theright-of-way. Chemical stabilization 

may also be used upn compacted native subgrade (see the Dust Control BMP ESC 21). These chemical contds should 

lx applied ~r the manufacturer’s directions. 

Tem~rag roads should follow the contour of the natural termin to the maximum extent ~ssible. Slope should not exceed 

15pc.en~ Roadways should h carefully graded todrairt tm.nsversely. Provide chainage swales on each side of the roadway 

in the ~ of a crowned section, or one side iu the ase of super-elevated section. Simple grovel ttetms without a trench can 

also be used. 

Installed inlets should lx protected to prevent sediment-bden water from en~fig the storm sewer system (see “Storm Drain 

Inlet Rotection” ESC 54). 

REFEmcEs 

Best Management Praetiees and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Sites, Fled Control District of Maricopa 

County, Aizom Scptemim1992. 

ManuaJ of Standards of Erosion and Satiment Conuol Measures, Association of Bay ~ Governments, June 1981. 

Stormwater Management Water for the Puget Sound Basin, Washington State Deprutment of Ecology, The T~hnia.1 

Manual - February 1992, Publication # 91-75. 

Virginia Erosion and Sedimentation Control Handbook Virginia Department of Consenat.ion and Recreation, Division 

of Soil and Water Consemation. 1991. 

Water Qlt@ Management PlaII for the k Tahw Rgion, Volume ~, kdhk of Management kaetices, Tahm 

Regional Planning Agenq - Novendxr 1988. 

I ESC23 


--- 


Additional Information — Stabilized Construction Entrance 

A stabilized instruction entranceis a @ of aggregateunderlainwith filter c1ti located at any @nt where traffic wilI 

~ entering or leaving a construction site to or from a public right+f-way, streeL a(ley, sidewalk or parking area. The 

puqmse of a stabilized construction entrance is to reduce or eliminate the tmcking of sedment onto public rights-of-way 

or s~ts. Reducingfrackoutof sediments and otherpollutantsonto paved roads helps prevent de~ition of .dimtmts 

into ld stotm tins and prmiuction of airlmrne dust. 

Where traffic will h entering or leaving, a stabilized construction enttance should ix used at all pints of cmtstruction 

in~ss and egress. NPDES ~tmits require that appmpriare measures lx implemented to prevent trackout of sediments 

onto paved roadways, which is a signi.tlcant source of sediments derived from mud and dirt carryout from the unpaved 

rods and construction sites. 

StaMlized cmmtwt,ion enuances are mderately effective in removing sediment from equipment lmvrng a construction 

site. The entrance should lx build on the level ground. Advantages of the Stabilized Construction Enuance is that it does 

remove some sediment horn equipment and wrfes to cbaunel construction traffic in and out of the site at specified 

l~aions. Efficiency is greatty increased when a washing rack is included as prt of a stabilized construction entrance. 

The aggregate for a stabiliicd constmction entmnce aprons *ould ~ 1 to 3 iocks ti siz& W@ML we~-gra~d ~vel or 

crushed rock. Minimum apron dmensicms 

tral%c. 

of 30 fL x 50 fi and 6 rnches deep is adequate for two-way ingredegress 

The entnmcemust b propxly graded to prevent runoff from leaving the construction site. 

when wash areas are provided washing is dme on a reinforced concrete pad (if signifimt washing is necew) or in 

an ~ stabilized with crushed srone which chains into a prqxrly constructed sediment rrap or basin (ESC 55 and 56). 

Sediment banitm are provided to prevent stxhments from entering into the stonnwater sewer systmt, diti, Orwmway. 

● Construct on level ground. 

● Stabiliml cutstruction entrances are rather expmsive to mnstruct and when a wash rack is includd a sediment trap 

of some kind must also& provitkxtto collectwashwatermnoff. 

● Requifes priodic top dressing with wlditional stotw.s. 

● Should k used in conjunction with street swrxping on adj~t public right~f-way. 

REFERENCES 

Best Management F%wticesand Erosion Control Manual for Construction Site% Flcud Control District of Maricopa 

County, Mz- Septerrkr 1992. 

Manual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, i%mciadcm of Bay Area Govcrrunen& 

June 1981. 

Proposed Guidance Spcifying Management Mwm.ues for So-of Notpint Pollution in Coastal W- Work 

Gnoup Working P~, USEPA April, 1992. 

Stotmwater Management Water for the Puget SoundBasin,WashingtonState Deprunent of Ecology,The Tdw@.I 

Manual - February 19X2 Publiattion # 91-75. 

Viginia Ermion and Sedimentation Control HandlxmL Virginia went of Catsemation and R~tion, Division 

of Soil and Water Conservation, 1991. 

WaterQuality Management Plan for tbe tie Tahw Region, Volume II, Handbook of Management 

Practiq TabmRegional Planning Agency - Novembr 1988. 

b 

ESC24 

lE!ik5 


II 

I 

II

,---- 

BMP: SILT FENCE 

GENER4L DESCRJITION 

A silt fence is made of a filter fabric which has ken entrenche~ attachd to supporting 

poles, and smnetimes backed by a wire fence for su~fi The silt fence detains sediment- 

Men water, promoting sedimentation behind the fence. 


m Along the pxi.meter of the site. 

* Below the ~ of a cleared S1OP. 

m A.tOngSWMUIS and ChaIInek. 

m Around temp-ary swil areas. 

m Across swat= with catchments lN than 1ame. 

● Below other small clearwi areas. 

iNSTALLATION/APPLICATION 

“ Usepficipally in areas where sheet flow WLKS. 

● Install along a ~vel c- w water dms not pnd more dmn 1.5 feet at any @nt. 

. No more than 1 acre, 100 f~, or 0.5 cfs of concentrated flow should drain to any pint 

atong the silt fence. 

● Turn ends of fenm uphill. 

● Provide area Ixhind the fence for runoff to wnd and sediment to settle (ap~x. 1200 

sq. ft- ~ axe draining to the silt fence). 

● Selectfilter fabricwhichretains85%of the soil+by weigh~basedon sieveanatysis, 

but is not finer than an equivalent opmirtg size of 70. 

REQUIREMENT’S 


. Inspct weekly and aftereach minfal.1. 

. Re@r wherever fence is damaged. 

. Remove sediment when it -h= 1~ the height of the fence. 

● Cost (w- EPA, 1992) 

Average annualcost for installation and maintenance (assumes 6 mmth useful 

life> S7 ~r lineal fwt (S850 ~r drainage xre) 

LIMITATIONS 

● Do not use where 85% of the soil, by weigh~ passa througha No, 2(KIsieve bemuse 

the filter fabric will clog. 

● Do not place fence on a slo~, or wross any contour line. 

● ~ not use in streams,chrmm!lsw anywhere flow has concenuated. 

● ~ not u= in lwations where ptded water may muse fl-g. 

-/ 

/ 

Objectives 

Housekrnping Pmcticas 

Contain Waste 

Minimiza Dishvbad Ames 

Stsbiliw Disturbed Amss 

= 

Pmtecf %pe#Channe/s 


● 

o 

0 000 

Sediim?nt 

Nutrients 


Oil & Gmwe 

Fhatable Matertils 


Waete 


Rquirsments 

g Capital costs 

Q o&Af coats 

Q Aieintenatwe 

O Tmining 

o S#!l”iy~ 

, High 0 LOW 

ESC50 

Best 

Ma@Smen 

Practices 


a

II Additional Information — silt Fence 

A silt fence is a tem~rary sedimentbarrier consistingof ftlter fabric stretchedarms and a-heel to supportingpOStS. 

enwench4 an~ dcpdlng uponthe strengthof the fabric useL supported with wire fcnm. Silt fences tmp sedment in 

two ways: (1) by intercepting and detaining ~ of sdmcnt from disturbed areas during consmtction OIXX& 

tions in order to promote sedimentation lxhind the fence; and (2) by decreasing the vehxity of low tlows (UPto 0.5 CfS) 

in swates. 

Silt fences may be used for @meter wntd, placed upstream of the pint(s) of dixharge of sheet flow from a site. 

They may also lx used as interior controls blow distmkt areas where runoff may IXCUrin the form of sheet and rill 

erosion, and -ndkular to minor SWak or dkh lines for up to one ame conrnbttdng drainage ares. Silt fences are 

generally ineffective in lmations where the flow is cotxentmted and are only applicable for sheet w overland flows. 

Planning 

Silt fences are generally most effective when the following placement cxitmia are followed 

. Limit the upsweam dminage artxi to 1 acre or lesswhen usedalone or in combination with sedimentbasinin a larger 

site. 

● The maximum slqx pqxmdicuktr to the fenm line should k 1:1. 

“ Limit the maximum sheet or overland flow path length to any @nt along the fence to 1(MIfee~ 

● Limit tbc concenrratodflows -ing the fence m 0.5 cfs. 

Silt fences are prefmble to straw barriers in many cases. IAnxatoty work at the Virginia Highway and Tratqxmaaon 

Resatrch Council has shown that silt fen-~ trap a much higher -tage of stqx,nckd sediments than can suaw 

bales. While the failure me of silt fenct3 is 10WI3than thru of straw bami~ there are many instances where silt fences 

have km improperly installed. The following installation metbds can improve pt-formance and should& followed 

● Construct the silt fence along a level contour. 

● Silt fences should remain in place until the distufkd area is ptmanently stabii 

● Provide sufficient romn for runoff to pmd txhind the fence and to atlow aliment removal equipment to ptss 

Mween the silt fence and tms of slws or other obstructions. Abut 12(M)WI.f~ of ptding area should lx 

provided for every aae draining to the fence. 

● Turn the ends of the falter fence uphill to Fevent storm water from flowing around the fence, 

● Leave an undismbd or stabilized am immediately downslop h-cm the fence. 

“ IX not p- in live strwmts or intumittently flowing channels. 

Design: 

Sekction of a filter fabric is based on soil conditicms at the construction site (which affect the quivakot o@ng size 

(’EOS)f~ric s~=tion) and c-teristi= of the sup~rt fence (which affect the choice of tensile strength). ‘fk 

designer should qxxify a tZlterfakic that retains the mil found on the construction site yet will have qxmings large 

ermugh to fmzrdt drainage ard pxnt clogging. The following criteria is recommended for selection of the equivalent 

opening siz: 

1. If 50 pmc-entw 1=s of the soil, by weigh~ will pass the U.S. standard sieve No. 2(X),select the EOS to retain 85 

percent of the soil. The EOS should not lx fm~ than EOS 70. 

2. For all orher soil ~A the EOS should lx no larger than the o@ngs in the U.S. Standard Sieve No. 70 

[0-0083 iIL (0=21mm.)]e=pc Wke rh.metdi@arge to a S- lake, or wetlandwill wcur, thm theEOS 

should lx no larger t.kn StandardSieveNo. 100. 

.&!? 

ESCSO 


Additional Information — silt Fence 

To rcclu= the chance of clogging, it is prefembk! to spxify a fabric with o~nings as largeas allowed by the miteria. No 

fabric should be spcified with an EOS smaller than U.S. Standard Sieve No. 100 [0.0059 in. (0.15 mm.)]. If 85 pment 

or mme of a soil, by weigh~passesthroughthe opmings in a No. 200sieve [0.0029in. (0.074mtn.)],filmrfabricshould 

not h used. Most of the particles in such a soil would not M retained if the EOS was tm larg~ and they would clog the 

fabric quickty if the EOS was small en~gh to capture the soil. 

The fence should Iw supported by a wim m=h if the fabric selected does not have sufficient srrength and bursting 

strength characteristics for the planned application (as recommended by the fabric manufzturer). Falter fabric material 

should contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of six months of expct,ed usable construction 

life at a tem~ture range of 0“ F. to 120”F. 

htstallation Guidelines: 

Ftltcr fences are to k constructed on a level contour. Sufficient area should exist ixhind k fence for ponchng to aur 

without flodirtg or overtopping the femz. 

Posts should lx spwed a maximum of 6 feet apart and driven securely into the ground a minimum of 30 inches. 

A trench should h exmmted approximately 8 incks wide A 12 inches deep along the line of wsts and upslow 

from the harrier. 

When standardstrengthfilter fhbricis use~ a wire mesh supprt fence should lx fastened securely to tbe upslop 

side of the posts using heavyduty wire staples at least 1 inch long, tie wires or hog rings. The wire should extend 

into the trench a minimum of 4 inches. 

‘f’hestandard strength filter fabric should& stapled or wired to the fenc~ and 40 inches of thc fabric should extend 

into the trench. When extra-strength falter falxic and closer pst spacing are u- the wire m- suppt fence may 

IMeliminated and the falter fabric stapled or wired directlyto the pas. 

Avoid the use of joints. The filter fabtic should k purchasd in a contintmus roll, then cut to the length of the 

barrier. When joints are necessary, filter cloth should IMspliced together only at a supprt PSL with a mirtimum 6 

inch overlap, and Mb ends wmrely fastened to the WSL 

The trench should b backfilled with compacted native matmial. 

nspzt monthly during dry pericds and immediately after-h rainfall. Repair as ne.m~. Sediment must lx! removed 

vhen it redx!s approximately om third the height of the feo~ m@ally if h~vy rains are expXed, 

Hlter fences shcndd not be removal until the upslo~ area has ken pnna.nently stabilized. 

‘ Fdtcr fen~s will createa tempxmy d.imentation pnd on the upstreamsick of the fenceand may cause tempxary 

flmxling. Fences Mt constructedon a kvel contourwdl & ovmtop@ by concentratedflowresulting in failureof 

t.k filter fence. 

Fd& f-s are u practical where large flows of wam are rnvolv~ hence the d to Etrict their use to drainage 

areas of one - m ks and flow rates of less than 0.5 cfs. 

Probkms may ask from in~ sektion of pc sti ardm im~ installation. 

~not allow water depth to exceed 13 fL atarty@n~ 

Impro@y installed fences are subject to failure tim tmdercuaing, ovdapping, or collapsing. 

I ESC50 

tziF 

Construction Handbook s-u March, 1993 

., 

,’

..—. 

II Additional Information — Silt Fence 

IREFERENCES 

Best Management Praxiecs and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Sites, Fled Control District of Maricopa 

County, Mz- Septembr1992. 

Enviromnental Action Manual, C@ of Austin, Tem 19W. 

II 

IIManual of Standards of Erosion and Sediment Control Mmsures, Awxiation of Bay Area Governments, Jun 1981. 

I~sed Guidance Spdfying Management Maures 

Group Working Piqxr, USEPA+April, 1992. 

for Sources of Non~int pollution in Coastal Waters, Wcwk 

ISedimentation and Erosion CtnmrolPmxices. An Introductory of Current Practices (Draft), USEPA, 1990. 

IStotmwater Management Manual for The Puget Sound Basin, Washington StatE Department of Ecology, Public Review 

DrafL lW1. 

Water Quaiity Management Plan for tbe Lake Tahw ~gion, Volume II, Handbook of Management Practices, Tahoe 

Regional Planning Ageney - Novemkr 1988. 


B 

ESCSO

-& 

Lc 

— 

A 

/ 

Additional hformation — Silt Fence 

/ 

—2” X 4“ WOODPOSTI STANDARD OR BETTER OR 

~ 

/’ 

/! 

EQUAL ALTERNATE: STEEL FENCE POST 

,—FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL 60” WIDE ROLLS. 

USE STAPLES OR WIRE RINGS TO ATTATCH 

i 

,’ 

FABRIC TO WIRE 

_ Z’J x 2Z” 14 GA wIRE 

/ 

/ 

FABRIC OR EOUIV. 

I n 

4L—/—___ 

Ii 

—__ —1 ~ 

II ~ BURy BOTTOM OF FILTER MATERIAL 1 I 

II 

I 

IN 8- X 12” TRENCH 1{ 

i 

—u 

FILTER FABRIC MATERIA 

FOLD 8 SET FILTER 

FABRIC INTO SOIL 

z- x 2“ 14 GA WIRE 

FABRIC OR EOUIV. \ 

‘\ ,4 

% 

BACKFILLAND COMPACTTHE EXCAVATED 

SOIL INTRENCHAND ON BOTHSIDES 

OF FILTERFENCE FABRIC 

\ 

12- 

/ 

-E . 

2* x 4- WOOD POST 

ALTz STEEL FENCE POSTS 

Y 

1- 8“ . 

SuEEKE’ 

* 

*I 

I 

bESC50 


.,

—. 

,.. , 

..- 


Additional hformation — Sand Bag Barrier 

Sand bag kxns may& usedduring constructionactivities in streamkts and utility constructionin channels, tempary 

channelcrossingfor construction equipmen~etc. Sandbag txnns may also b installed pamllel to rowlway constmction. 

Sand bag km may also k used to createtenqmrruysediient tmps, retention basins and in place of strawbales 

or silt fences. Examples of applications incluckx 

● Check dams across streamchannels. 

●“ Barriux for utility trenchesor otherconstruction“ma strmn channel. 

● At tenprary channel mossings. 

● May& used on a slow where straw bales and silt fences are rmtap~priate. 

s & a diversion dike. 

● Embankmentfa a temporarysediment basin w retentionbasin. 

● Sediment barriersnear the tm of slops. 

● At construction @meter. 

● Provides a semi-~eable tier in pendally wet aras. 

● More ~nnanent thansilt fences or strawbales. 

● Allows for my rel~on on site to mtxt changing nes.dsduringconstruction. 

Sandbag barriersmay k used fw sediment happing in lmations where silt fencts and strawbale baniers arenot strong 

mough. In &Mitim, sandbag baniem areappropriateto use when ccmstructionof chtxk dams m sumps in a streamis 

unkisable. The sand bag Ix!tmscan provide the same function as a check dam without disturbingthe streamm 

vegetation. The sand bag berm will also allow a small sediment retention~ to k createdprior to constructionof finat 

detentionbasb. For installation of a d bag km+ the following critexia should h obsemd 

Drainage Area - Up to five (5) acres, 

Height of Berm -18 inches minimum heighLmeasuredfrmn the top of the ex.isdng ground at the upslop w to the 

q of the harrier. 

Width of Berm -48 inch= minimum widti mmti x tie ~~m of the fieq 18 ~c~s ~ ~ ~. 

Sand bag Size - Length 24 to 30 inches width 16 to 18 inchm and thicbess 

125 purtds. 

six (6) to eight (8) inches. Weight 90 to 

Sand bag Material - PolypopylenG polyethylene or @yamide woven fabric, minimum unit weight four (4) ounces 

F w- Y= m~en burststrengthex=eding W pi and uhraviolet stability exceeding 70 -L 

burlap is dkm.uaged since it rots and detcrioram -y. 

Cirsde of Sand - Coarse san~ grovel. 

use of 

Runoff water skmdd ~ allowed to flow over the tops of the sandbags or throughfour(4) inch rmlWnYl . . . chlmide 

pipes emlmddedIwlow the top layer of bags. - 

k Mind the sand bag barrierslmdd k @aMiskt according to sizing criteriafor wiiment trapBMP (ESC55). 

?EFERENCES 

lest Management Pmx&s and Erosion ConirolManualfor ConstructionSiS Fl~ ControlDistrict of Maricopa 

Iounty, Ariz~ !kptesrhr 1992. 

VaterQuality Management Plan for the M Tahw IUgion, Volume II, Hand~k of Management 

kti~ Tatm Regional PlanningAgency- Novemlmr1988. E 

s 


..-, 

,.—-+ 

BMP: STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION 

;ENERAL DEFINITION 

)eviees of various designs which detain sdiment-laden runoff and allow the sediment it w 

ettle prior to discharge into a storm drain inlet or catch basin. 

UITABLE APPLICATIONS 

Every stormdrain inlet receiving sediment-laden runoff should lx protect@ either by 

covering the inlet or promoting wdimention upstream of the inlet, 

NSTALLATION/APPLICATION 

Five t~s of inlet protectionarepresentedbelow, however, it is recognizedthat other 

effectivemetbds and proprietarydevice,exist andmay k selected 

Filter FabricFence: Appropriatefor drainage basins less than one acre with less 

than a 5 pxmt slo~. 

. Block and Gtavel FIltec Appropriate for flows greater than 0.5 cfs. 

. Oravel and Wire Mesh Fdtec Used on curb or drop inlets where construction 

equipment may drive over he inlet. 

Sand bag barrie~ Used to crate a small sediient trap upstream of inlets on 

slo~ paved streets. 

Excavated Drop Inlet $tiiment Trap: An excavated area around the inlet to trap 

sediment (see Sediment Trap ESC 55). 

Select the appropriate typ of inlet protection and design as referred to or as descrikd 

in this fact sheet. 

Use only fm drainage areas smaller than one acre unless a sdiient trap fmt intercept 

the runoff. 

I%ovidearea around the inlet for water to pnd without floding structures and 

proprty. 

WQUIREME~S 

Maintenanu 

Ins~t wddy and after mch rain. 

Replxe clogged falter fabric or stone filters immediately. 

. Remove sediient when depth exceeds half the height of the falter, m half the 

depth of the sediment trap. 

. Remove as sm’t as upstream soils are stabili=d and streets are swep~ 

Cost (scmnx: EPA, 1992) 

. Average annual cost for installation and maintenance (1 year useful life) is S 150 

p inlet. 

Construction Htindbouk 5-79 

Objectives 

Housekeeping Pcsctices 

Contain Waste 

Uinimize Distur6ed Arees 

StabilizsDistuti Areas 

Protect S@mdCh8nnds 

= 

TargetedPollutants 

● 

o 

0 

0 

Q 

o 

Sediment 

Nutrients 


Oil & Grease 

Floatable Materials 


Waste 


Raquirsments 

● High O Low 

ESC54 

w 

Best 

a 

Mana~emen 

Practices 

March,1993

BMP: STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION (Continue) 

LIMITATIONS 

● Drainage area should not exceed 1 acre. 

✎ Runoff will bypass protedcd inlets on S1OFWS. 

● Pending will wcur at a protectti inle~ with pssible short-term flding. 

w Straw bales are U effective for inlet protection. 

ESC54 

& 

Prdb T 


.-.. 

,- 

Additional Information — storm Drain Inlet protection 

Stotmdraininletprotectionconsistsofasedimentfilteroranimpoundingareaaroundor upstreamofa stormdrain,dropinleL 

orcurlJinle~ThiserosionandsedimentationcmkrolBMPpreventsexcessivesedimentfromenteringstormdrainagesystem! 

prior to permanentstabilizationof thedisturbedarez 

All on-sitestorm drain inletsshouldIXproteaed. Off-site,inletsshouldlx protectmtin areaswhereconstructionactivity 

trackssedimentonto pavedareasor whereinletsreceiverunofffromdisturlx.dareas. 

Planning 

Largeamountsof sedimentmayenterthestormdrainsystemwhenstormdrainsareinstalledlxfore theupslop drainagearti 

isstabilixtL orwhereconstructioniszdjacenttoanexistingstotmdtain. incasesofextremesedimentloading,thestormdraim 

itselfmay clog and losea majorport-ionof its capacity. To avoidtheseproblems,it is neceswry to Pevent sedimentfrom 

enteringthe systemat the inlets. 

Inletcontrolmeasurespresentedinthishandhkshould notlx usedforinletsdrainingmorethanoneacre.Runofffromlarge] 

dlsturlxxlams shouldlx fu%troutedthrougha Temprary SedimentTrap(seeESC 56). Differenttyp of inletprotection 

are appropriatefor differentapplicationsdqxmchngon site conditionsand the typeof inlet. Inlet prot@ion mettds rm 

presentedin this hartdtik should~ approvedby the lwa.1stormwatermanagementagency. 

General Design●nd sizing criteria: 

● Gratesand spacesaroundall inletsshouldlx sealedto preventseepageof sediment-ladenwater. 

● Excavatesediient sumps(wherended) 1to 2 feetwith21 si& slcp aroundthe inlet. 

tnstal!ation prrmdures for filter fabric fence: 

a. Plxe 2 inchby 2 inchwmlen stakesaroundthe~rimeter of theinletamaximumof 3 feetapartanddrivethemat leasl 

8 inchesinto the ground. The stakesmust k at lwst 3 feet long. 

b. Excavatea trenchapproximately8 incheswideand 12inchesdeeparoundtheoutside@tnder of the stakes. 

c. Staplethefilterfabric(formaterialsandspcifictions, seeSiltFenceESC50)towoodenstakesso that32inchesof tht 

fabricextendsout and art Ix formedinto the trench. Useheavy-dutywire staplesat least one inch in length. 

d. BdcfW the trenchwith 3/4 inchor Icsswashedgravelall thewayaround. 

htallation prmedure for blink and gravelfalter: 

L P& bardwarecloth w compamblewiremeshwithone-halfinchopnings overthe drop inletso that the wireextench 

a minimumof 1fmt Ixymd tich sideof theirdetstructure.Lfmorethanonestripisnecesmry,overlapthestrips. Plau 

falterfabricover the wiremesh. 

b. Pke concreteblwks lengthwk on theirsidesin a singlerow aroundthe@meter of the irtle~so that the openend 

f= outwanl not upward. Theendsof adjawtt blocksslmdd abtm Theheightof thebarriera & vmia depdirq 

on designneeds,by stackingcombitwionsofbl@s thatare4 incheq 8 inches,and 12inchts wide. TIErowof blcdc 

shouldlx at least 12inchesbutno grmter than 24 incheshigh. 

:. PIu wiremesh over the outsideverticalfam (opt end)of the concreteblinks to preventstone fromWing washe( 

throughthe bldcs. Use bardwareclothor comparablewiremesh withone half inch o~nings. 

i. Pile washedstone againstthe wiremesh to the topof the blocks. Use 3/4 to 3 inchgravel. 

Mallation procedure for grovel and wire mh filters: 

L Pla% wiremeshover thedropinletso thatthewireextendsa minimumof 1fmt kyond eachsideof theinletstructure 

Use hardwareclothm comparablewiremeshwith one-halfinchopenings. IfmorethanoneSrnpof meshis necessary 

overlapthe sttips. Plac falterfabricoverwiremesh. 

ESC54 

Construction Handbook S-nl March, 1993 

@m~

Additional Information — storm Drain inlet protection 

L 

Ib. Place3/4 to 3 inchgraveloverthe falterfabric/wiremesh. Thedepthof thegravelshouldbe at least 12inchesover the 

entire inlet owning (seeattachedfigure). 

IrAallation prwedure forsand bag barrier: 

a. Use sand bag madeof geotextilefabric(not burlap),midftil with 3/4 in. rmk or 1/4in. P gravel. 

b. Constructon gemtyslopingst.reeL 

c. Leaverwm upstreamof barrierfor waterto @nd and sedimentto Wtle. 

d. Place severatlayersof sand bags--overlappingthe bags andpackingthem tightly together. 

e. Leave gap of one bag on the top row to serveas a spillway.Flow froma severestorm (e.g., 10-yea.rstorm)should 

not overtopthe curb. 

● For filter fabricfences: Ins~t.ions shouldk madeon a regularbasis, es~cially after largestorm events. If the 

fabrickcomes clogge~ it shouldh replaced. Sediient shouldlx removedwhen it rewhes approximatelyone-half 

tbe height of the fence. If a sump is usd sedment shouldlx removal when it fallsapproximatelyone-halfthe 

depth of the hole. 

● For gravel fdterx If the gravelIxcomes cloggedwith sediienL it must k arefully removedfrom the inle~and 

eithercleanedor replaced. Sinceclatning gravelat a ccmstruetionsite may h. difficulLuse the sediment-laden 

stone insteadas fdl and put fresh stonearoundthe inlet. 

● The inlet protectionshould b removedX)daysafter the upslow areahas ken fully stabilized.hy sediment 

around the inlet must be carefullyremovedand disposed 

REFERENCES 

Best ManagementPracticesand ErosionControlManualfor ConstructionSites,Fld ControlDistrictof Maricopa 

County, kizon~ September1992. 

“Draft- Sedimentationand ErosionControLAn Inventoryof CumentPractices”,U.SE.P.A., April, 1990. 

Erosionand SedimentControlHandlmk, SJ. Goldman,K. Jackson;T.A. Bursetynsky,PX., McGrawHill Btmk 

Company. 

Manual of Standardsof Erosionand SedimentControlMeasur~, AssociatiorIof Bay AreaGovernments,June 1981. 

II 

Prqmsed GuidanceS@fying ManagementMeasuresfor Sourcesof NonpointPollutionin CoastalWaters,Work 

Group WorkingP=, USEP& April, 1992. 

StotmwaterManagementWater for W Puget SoundBasin,WashingtonStateDepartmentof Ecology,The TdmimI 

Manual - February 1992,Publication# 91-75. 

StormWater Pollution preventionHand- Fmt Edbion, Stateof Califom& Departmentof TransportationDivision 

of New Technology,Materials,and Research,~tolxr 1992. 

I ESC54 


,..-. 

Additional Information — storm Drain kdet protection 

FI FvATION PROFILE 

ILTER F~RIC FENCF DRf)P~T FILTER 

VEL 

B 

ESCS4 

ConstructionHandbook 5-83 March, 1993

SEDI 

Additional Information — stormDrain hlet Protection 

CONCRETE GUTTE- “L CURB INLET 

GRU v AND WIRF MESH FILTER FOR CURR INUI 

H 

ESC54 

s 


,-. , 

Additional Information — stormDrainhlet protection 

SEDIMENT-LADEN RUNOFF 

STORMWATERW[T~ 

LARGERPARTICLES ! ~1 . DEWATERING . I < 

REMOVED ~1 l% 

DROPlNLET- 

9.’*.’*.’-.’* .’+ *.”.*.”. 

., .,. ,., . . . . 

ICAPPllCATm 

DEPTHBELOWTOPOFINLET: 

MIN1’- MAX2’ 

THISMETHODOFINLETPROTECTION IS APPLICABLEWHEREHEAVYFLOWS 

AREEXPECTEDANDWHEREANOVERFLOWCAPABILITYANDEASEOF 

MAINTENANCE AREDESIRABLE. 

CAW DROP UT SEQIMENT TRAP 

ConstructionHandbook 5.85 March, 1993 

m= 

&

Additional Information — storm Drain inlet protection II 

RUNOFF WATER 

WITH SEDIM 

OVERFLOW~ 

FOR DROP lN@ 

/-WIRE MESH WITH 1/2” OPENINGS 

AW’REME’HI-DR”’’N:ET 

SH FILTER 

WITH GRATE 

T‘ERED 

WATER 

J?% ~ 

ConstructionHandbook 5-86 March, 1993

91A-9-91 

o

.- , 

APPENDIX D 

QUANTITY SURVEY PLAN


This Quantity Survey Plan establishes the methods to be used for measuring quantities associated 

with 0U2 Landfill Closure field activities. Site specific requirements and responsibilities will be 

included in preparatory inspection plans at the time of task implementation. 

2.0 Units of Measurement 

The units of measure are stated in Table D-1 and are based on indust~ practice and historical 

experience. 

3.0 Methods of Measurement 

The methods of measurement are stated in Table D-1. Procedures used in the method of 

measurement will be in accordance with the California Department of Weights and Measures and 

the following: 

● Truck scales - official receipts from permanent weigh station 

# Survey - on site engineering, survey personnel or licensed surveyor 

4.0 Quantities to be Measured 

The Fort Ord tasks will involve work activities in both construction or installation and facility 

operation. Table D-1 lists the materials that are anticipated to require measurement, the unit of 

measure, and the method of measurement. Table D-1 will be updated to account for new work 

and revised methods of construction and measurement. 

5.0 Responsibilities 

Measurements will be taken and documented by assigned engineering or supetisory personnel 

and verified by the Contractors Quality Control Systems Manager. The quantities will be 

reported by project management on behalf of IT Corporation. 

6.0 Reports 

Quantities will be repotied hi-weekly on the PrimaverflProject P2anner (P3) Report and 

summarized at the completion of an activity. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERCFl’ORD 0U2/APP_D.RVC 

1

,,.._- 

TABLE D-1 

QUANTITY SURVEY

Table D-1 

Quantity Survey 

Unit of 

section Description Measure Method ofMeasure 

IiviSiOn 2 

02050 Demolition LumpSum None 

02052-- DESTRUCTIONOFGROUNDWATERMonitoring LinealFeet MeasureWellDepths 

WELLSANDGASMONITORINGPROBES 

02110 CLEARINGANDGRUBBING Acres AreaCalculations from 

TopographicSurvey 

02200 13AmIIwomc CubicYards VolumeCalculations 

1)Excavation-Earth fromTopographic 

2)GeneralFill(RefusefromAreaA) survey 

3)FoundationLayer-fine 1,Earthfill 

4)FoundationLayer-Zone2,Earthfill 

5)VegetativeLayer-EsrtMlt 

02222 EXCAVATION, TRENCHINGANDBACKFILLING, 

UTIUTIEsSYSTEM 

1)Excavation-Earth CubicYards SurveyTrench 

2)Backtill CubicYards SurveyTrench 

3)GranularMaterial Ton TruckScale 

02271 GEOMEMB- SquareFeet AreaCalculations from 

TopographicSurvey 

02500 PAVINGANDSURFACING 

1)AggregateBaseCourse Ton TruckScale 

2) ConcreteCurbandGutter LinealFeet AreaandLm@h 

3)AsphaltConcretePavement SquareFeet Calculations from 

4)PavementMarkings LinerdFeet DesignDrawings 

02660 WATERLINES 

1)Pipe LinealFeet Mesaure 

2)Fittings,Specials, JointsandValves Each Count 

02686 IANDFfLLGASVENTSANDMONITORINGPROBES Each Count 

02720 STORMDR%INAGESYSTEM 

1)Pipe LinealFeet Measure 

2)CatchBasins Each Count 

02730 SANITARYSEWERSYSTEM 

1)P@ LmcalFeet Mwure 

02830 FENcrtm LinmlFeet Measure 

1)ChainLinkFenw 

2)Ba&d WireFenoe 

02935 HYDROSEEDING 1000square AreaCalculations from 

Feet TopographicSUrwey 

lofl

91A-9-91

.. .. 

APPENDIX E 

ADDENDEUM TO SITE SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN: 

UXO WORK PLAN

Table of Content~ 

1.0 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . ...1 

2.0 UXOPersonnelAssigmnents . . . . 

3.0 TechnicalApproach . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

3.1 Safety Obsemation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . 2 

. . . . . . . . . . . 3 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 

3.2 Subsurface Geophysical Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 

3.3 UXOHandling andRemoval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...5 

4.0 UXOProcedures . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 

i

,- “ 


This addendurn to the source document “Remedial Action Work Plan, Operable Unit 2 Landfill 

Closure” at Fort Oral, California is intended to apply only to the performance of unexploded 

ordnance (UXO) support activities. Unless other direction is expressly stated in this addendum 

the procedures and requirements of the source document will apply to UXO support activities. 

UXO is a potential hazard in most areas of Fort Oral. The OU2 Landfill may have been the site 

of ordnance burial activities which was an accepted method of ordnance disposal into the 1970s. 

UXO has also been discovered in the vicinity of the OU2 Landfill. 

Based on this evidence, indicating the probability that UXO will be encountered during landfill 

remediation activities, IT’s UXO specialists will provide UXO safety support for the purpose of 

ensuring the safety of onsite workers and to prevent adverse impacts on the proj ect schedule and 

overall project efficiency in the event that UXO is encountered during normal scheduled 

remediation work. 

UXO support activities will consist of performing UXO safety support during excavation of the 

OU2 landfill. IT’s UXO specialists will support the landfill excavation by carefully observing 

the excavation site and examining the excavated material for the presence of UXO. UXO will be 

identified and those that are safe to move will be moved to a nearby designated safe holding area. 

Those that cannot be positively identified or are not safe to be moved will be left in place and 

clearly marked for handling and disposal by the cognizant military EOD team. In the event that a 

UXO is not safe to be moved, project excavation activities may resume in another area of the 

landfill that is outside of the fragmentation hazard area presented by the UXO. Excavation will 

stop in the event that unexpectedly large amounts of buried UXO are encountered and the project 

plans will be reassessed. 

0U2 landfill excavation will take place during two project phases. The first excavation phase, 

currently planned for March, 1996, will consist of excavating test pits in the landfill for a period 

of one week. The purpose of this activity is to implement the work plan and identify problem 

areas prior to full project mobilization. This activity will be supported by two UXO personnel: a 

senior UXO supervisor and a UXO specialist.

’. The second excavation phase will be the main landfill excavation operation which is scheduled to 

begin in May 1996. The main landfill excavation will use the same work plan and differ from 

the test pit excavation only in the amount of excavators being used and the scale of the 

excavation project. This activity will be supported by a UXO specialist for each excavator. A 

minimum of two UXO qualified personnel will be on-site during excavation operations and one 

of the UXO qualified personnel will be a senior UXO supenisor. 

2.0 UXO Personnel Assignments 

IT’s UXO personnel are all former U.S. military EOD technicians and graduates of the U.S. 

Naval School of EOD in Indian Head, MD. Additionally, they are all trained hazardous 

materials technicians and have completed the required OSHA 40-hour training in accordance 

with CFR 1910.120. The UXO Project Director and IT UXO personnel are described below: 

● UXO Project Director- James Pastorick will serve as UXO Project Director and 

have overall responsibility for UXO personnel and their performance. His 

presence will not be required on-site except for the period of project start-up, for 

periodic safety and compliance inspections, and, in the event of unforeseen 

diff~culties, at the request of the Project Manager. 

● Senior UXO Supenisor - The Senior UXO Supervisor will be on-site for the 

duration of UXO excavation safety operations and will be responsible for the 

safety of assigned personnel and the efficient performance of daily field 

operations. He will report to the Project Manager, or his designated 

representative, concerning daily general operational matters and will report to the 

UXO Project Director concerning technical UXO safety issues. 

● UXO Supervisor - The UXO Supervisor reports to the Senior UXO Supervisor 

and is responsible for the safety and operations of UXO specialists assigned to 

him by the Senior UXO Supervisor. 

● UXO Specialists - UXO Specialists will be responsible for safely conducting field 

operations as assigned by, and under the supervision of, the Senior UXO 

Supervisor or, if assigned, the UXO Supervisor. 

A team of UXO personnel will be assigned to the project after mobilization dates are determined. 

The resumes of these individuals provide information on training, experience, and certificates of 

EOD school graduation, 40-hour and 8-hour refresher OSHA training, and medical fitness. 

These certifications will be provided for review and kept in the IT project ol%ce. 

2

3.0 TechnicalApproach 

The excavation support activities described in Section 1.0 consist of the following UXO 

operations: 

● SAFETY OBSERVATION - Landfill excavation activities will be observed by 

UXO specialists to identify and segregate UXO for the purpose of minimizing the 

handling and exposure to UXO by untrained workers and to prevent UXO from 

being inadvertently transferred from 0U2 to another unauthorized disposal area. 

● SUBSURFACE GEOPHYSICAL SURVEY - As needed, using magnetometers to 

examine the surface area in a non-intrusive manner. This technique will be used 

to investigate the surrounding area in the event that a UXO is uncovered during 

excavation and detected by visual safety observation. 

● UXO HANDLING AND REMOVAL - UXO located as the result of the 

geophysical survey and safety observation will be identified and either moved to a 

designated holding area or left in place and conspicuously marked to ensure the 

safety of site workers until the UXO are handled and disposed of by the cognizant 

military EOD team. 

The UXO operations described above will be used to provide the UXO safety support at 0U2. A 

more detailed explanation of the UXO operations follows. 

3.1 Safety Observation 

The 0U2 landfill is suspected to have been the location of the unauthorized dumping of a small 

amount of UXO. These l_lXO, if encountered during the excavation operations, may present a 

serious safety hazard and cause long-duration work stoppages if the excavation team is not 

prepared and equipped to address and handle the UXO. Because of this, the UXO specialists 

assigned will use the following plan to locate, identi~, and remove UXO from the landfill during 

excavation operations. 

UXO encountered during the excavation operation are exp~cted to be found in an unarmed 

condition. This is a logical expectation because ordnance fuzes are designed to be armed by the 

forces exerted on the ordnance during deployment (firing, launching, etc.). These forces, such as 

set-back (caused by the extreme shock of the rapid acceleration of the projectile) and centrifugal 

force (caused by the rapid spinning of the projectile as it is spun by the gun’s rifling) cause the 

internal mechanisms of the projectile’s fuze to function thereby arming the tie. 

3

However, it is expected that any UXO found at the 0U2 landfill have not been fired and 

therefore, are not in an armed condition. This assumption is made because there were other 

authorized ordnance detonation areas on Fort Ord and reviews of historical records indicate that 

only minor dumping, not disposal detonations and artillery impact, occurred at OU2. This 

assumption will not apply to other locations, such as artillery impact areas, where most 

projectiles encountered have been fired and can be expected to be found in an armed condition. 

But UXO found at the OU2 landfill are expected to have been inert or practice ordnance that was 

determined by base ordnance personnel to not be worth the trouble of proper disposal procedures. 

The condition (fuzeclhmfuzed, armedkmrmed) of each UXO found will be positively conl%rned 

by the UXO specialists assigned to the excavation team through the procedures for handling 

UXO outlined in Section 3.3. 

One IT UXO specialist will be assigned to each excavation team to locate, identi~ and remove 

UXO from the excavation sites. This will be accomplished using one of the following methods. 

In the first method, the excavator will cast the excavated material spoil to one side of the 

excavation. The UXO specialist will then examine the spoil for UXO contamination, after which 

a loader will transfer the material to the bed of a dump truck for transport to the receiving area. 

The second method involves examination of the excavated material by a UXO technician at the 

excavation point while it is being excavated and at the receiving point prior to compaction. In 

this case, the material must be spread out on a level surface so that the UXO specialist can easily 

examine the material prior to compaction. Both of these methods are subject to on-site review by 

the site Corp of Engineers (COE) Safety Specialist for Explosives and Ordnance. 

All UXO specialists will be equipped with low-sensitivity magnetometers for use in locating 

subsurface ferrous metallic objects. This detection instrument will be used to search the 

surrounding area to ensure that no additional UXO are present in the event that a UXO is 

uncovered by the excavator and detected by the UXO safety observer. A description of the 

technique and instrument to be used is described in Section 3.3. 

The UXO specialists will communicate continuously with the excavator operator to stop the 

excavation if a suspected UXO is located. When a suspected UXO is located the excavator 

operator will immediately place the excavator bucket on the ground, shut down the excavator, 

and depart the site to the contamination reduction zone. The UXO specialists will then examine 

4

the item to determine if it is UXO. If the item is determined to be UXO the UXO team will 

handle it as described in Section 3.3. 

3.2 Subsudace Geophysical Survey 

If the UXO specialist observes the presence of UXO he will halt the excavation at his site and 

evacuate the fragmentation hazard area. Two UXO specialists will then investigate the area for 

UXO using the Schonstedt magnetometer and visual investigation. UXO will be handled as 

described in section 3.3. Large quantities of UXO will require a reevaluation of this work plan. 

Schonstedt low-sensitivity magnetometers will be used to investigate areas of 0U2 for the 

presence of buried ferrous metal. The Schonstedt magnetometer is a hand-held unit and uses 2 

fluxgate magnetometers, aligned and mounted a tied distance apart, to detect changes in the 

earth’s ambient magnetic field caused by ferrous metal. An audio signal indicates the presence of 

a ferrous metal object. Each UXO specialist will have access to a Schonstedt magnetometer for 

the purpose of investigating suspected buried UXO. 

3.3 UXO Handling and Removal 

. All items suspected to be UXO will be positively identified if possible. Sometime% due to ~ 

damage and deterioration of the item, positive identification may not possible. Prior to any 

movement, the UXO will be cataloged and its location recorded in the Field Activity Daily Log 

by the senior UXO specialist. 

If positive identification can be made the senior UXO specialist will determine if the UXO is safe 

to be moved. If the UXO is safe to be moved the UXO specialists will move it to the designated 

UXO holding area to await further handling and disposal by the cognizant militmy EOD unit. 

If the UXO cannot be identified or if it is determined to be not safe to move the senior UXO 

supervisor will ensure that the UXO is not disturbed by conspicuously marking the UXO with 

paint and surrounding it with flagging tape. All personnel ~ the area will be informed of the 

location of any UXO that should not be disturbed and they will avoid the area. The excavation 

can resume in another area outside of the fragmentation hazard area of the UXO. 

All UXO that cannot be positively identified will be considered not safe to be moved and must 

5

-. be either left in-place for handling and disposal by the cognizant military EOD team or moved 

remotely as previously described. 

4.0 UXO Procedure~ 

Additional specific procedures for the three planned UXO activities are contained in the “IT 

Corporation Standard Operating Procedures for UXO Operations.”

7 

91A-9-91

+---..> 

/ 

,P-.. 

APPENDIX F 

IT STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE 

UXO OPERATIONS

,-. , 

--- 

General Procedures 

These Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) will be used as a general guide for conducting UXO 

operations. The specific requirements of this SOP will be followed unless they are superseded by 

site-specific procedures stated in the approved work plan for the project. This SOP is intended to be a 

general reference document and is not modified for each project. The site-specific project work plan, 

therefore, will take precedence 

SOP. 

in cases of conflict between the approved site-specific work plan and this 

● The general guidance contained in the document “Safety Concepts and Basic Considerations for 

UXO” by the Huntsville Division of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers will also be followed. 

Conflicts between this SOP and the Huntsville document are errors and should be brought to the 

attention of the Senior UXO Supervisor. 

● The UXO Supervisor will maintain communidion with the Command 

radio. He will secure UXO operations in the event of a loss of 

communication with the Command Post (CP) is reestablished. 

Post via portable hand-held 

radio communications until 

Whenever practid, the UXO Supervisor should have a portable telephone onsite in order 

to augment radio communications in case of emergency. 

The UXO Team will comply with the distances mandated by Attachment E, Minimum Safe 

Distances Between Mobile RF Transmitters and Electric Blasting Operations. 

The portable radio and telephone should be charged each night and tested before each 

work day begins. 

● The UXO Supervisor will control the movements of the Survey Team through voice 

communications. 

UXO Detection 

● Magnetometers are the preferred instrument for UXO detection because they are reliable, 

efficient, and do not emit electromagnetic radiation (EMR). 

● Schonstedt low-sensitivity magnetometers and the Foerster Ferex high-sensitivity ordnance 

locators are the specific instruments routinely used by IT for UXO detection. 

● In some specific cases (i.e. nonferrous detection capability is required) it maybe preferable to 

use metal detectors. In this case White’s Pro series metal detectors are the preferred instruments 

IT will use. 

● The following organization will be used during UXO survey operations: 

,—., 

Senior UXO Supervisor- Reports to the UXO Project Manager (UXO PM) and is responsible for the safe 

implementation of the approved project work plan and safety plan. Specific duties include: 

Assists the UXO PM with project planning.

.- 

Assists the UXO PM with project mobilization or petforms project mobilization is assigned 

to do so by the UXO PM. 

Develops indoctrination training for the assigned work crew at the beginning of the project 

and conducts the training prior to beginning work. 

Maintains field records including Field Activity Daily Logs (FADLS), Excavation Catalog 

Forms (Attachment D), and procurement records. 

Directs the daily performance of work and monitors compliance with approved plans and 

schedules. 

As the most senior UXO specialist assigned to the project has final authority for the 

determination of proper handling of UXO. The senior UXO supervisor is trusted to be 

always take the conservative and safe course of action when presented with a decision 

concerning UXO handling. 

UXO Supervisor - Reports directly to the Senior UXO Specialist and is responsible for the control and 

operation of the Survey Team. This responsibility will include the following: 

Ensures that all Survey Team members are properly trained in the recognition of the types 

of UXO that are expected to be found in the survey area. 

Ensures that Survey Team members maintain the proper interval and 

during the survey. 

Ensures that Survey Team members comply with the requirements of the 

Safety Plan. 

stay in position 

Site Health and 

Properly logs and records all UXO located during the survey in the survey log and on any 

maps specified in the project work plan. 

Ensures that all UXO located is properly marked. 

UXO Specialist/Survey Team Member - Reports to the UXO Supervisor and is responsible for the careful 

and complete coverage of the sweep lane assigned. 

● The UXO Supervisor will be in charge of the actions of the Survey Team which will be comprised 

of UXO Specialists. 

● The Survey Team will petform a site walkdown of the survey area by forming a line abreast and 

traversing the length of the survey area while maintaining a spacing of approximately five feet. 

The object of the site walkdown is to locate obvious exposed UXO and debris that may pose a 

hazard or obstruction to subsequent operations. 

3

,,-- \ 

● Following the site walkdown the UXO Supervisor may direct that vegetation be removed from the 

survey area if it will interfere with efficient UXO survey operations. The use of mechanical 

equipment, such as grass mowers and front end loader blades, to remove vegetation is 

acceptable only if preceded by a thorough site walkdown. 

● Following site preparation the UXO Supervisor will oversee the division of the survey area into 

five-foot wide search lanes. Wooden stakes will be driven into opposing ends of the survey area 

boundary at five-foot intervals. Surveyors line will then be strung between opposing stakes to 

form the easily definable search lanes. 

● The UXO survey team members will then systematically and thoroughly survey their assigned 

search lane, under the supervision of the UXO Supervisor, each using a Schonstedt Magnetic 

Locator. 

m UXO located on the sutface will be marked with four pin flags delineating a perimeter bounda~ 

around the outline of the UXO. The UXO will then be identified and recorded in a Survey Log by 

the UXO Supervisor. Suspected subsurface UXO contacts will be marked with one pin flag and 

recorded in the Survey Log. The Survey Team will continue in this fashion until the survey is 

completed. 

● The UXO Survey Log will contain the following information on all UXO detected: 

UXO Excavation 

Sequential log number 

Date and time of discovery 

Positive identification 

or 

Size and other identifying features if a positive identification cannot be determined. 

● The following equipment will be used to excavate for UXO: 

Hand Excavation Tools - Small hand tools such as shovels, spades, trowels, and pry bars 

will be used by UXO specialists to carefully hand-excavate UXO. Hand tools will be used 

for the majority of UXO which generally are found near the sutface. 

Backhoe - A commercial backhoe maybe used by the UXO Team to carefully excavate the 

UXO or magnetic anomalies if it is believed that the UXO or magnetic anomalies are at a 

greater depth than can be efficiently hand excavated. Mechanical excavation will be used 

no closer than 1 foot to magnetic anomalies located during excavation. 

● Ex=vation of UXO will be done by a two person team of UXO specialists after the completion the 

geophysical survey. 

J The Excavation Team will be given an Excavation Accountability Form (Attachment D) that was 

prepared by the UXO Supervisor and lists each pin flag that was placed to mark the location of 

4

a potential subsurface UXO. They will then begin at one end of the subsurface survey lane and 

will investigate the location of each pin flag. 

The Excavation Team will use a Schonstedt magnetometer to reacquire the exact position 

of the suspected UXO. They then will carefully hand excavate the UXO while frequently 

monitoring the location of the UXO with the magnetometer. 

● If the UXO is believed to be at a greater depth than can be eticiently hand excavated, mechanical 

excavation may be used to within one foot of the UXO. 

● The following basic technique will be used for UXO excavation: 

Movement of UXO 

Excavation of the UXO will be initiated outside of the boundary of the subsurface anomaly 

detected by the magnetometer. This excavation will continue down until the excavated 

area has reached a depth below the top of the anomaly as determined by frequent 

inspection with the magnetometer. 

Using progressively smaller and more delicate tools to carefully remove the soil as they 

get nearer to the anomaly, the Excavation Team will then expand the side-wall of the 

excavated hole toward the UXO to expose the UXO in the wall of the excavation for 

inspection and identification without moving or disturbing the UXO. 

Once the item is exposed for inspection the Excavation Team will determine if it is UXO. 

If the item is not UXO it will be removed and the area will be rechecked with the 

magnetometer to ensure that a UXO is not hidden beneath it. The Excavation Team will 

then annotate the results of the excavation on the Excavation Accountability Form, backfill 

the hole created during the excavation, and remove the pin flag before moving onto the 

next marked subsurface anomaly. 

If the item is UXO the Excavation Team will carefully remove enough soil, without 

disturbing the UXO, to allow them to either identify the UXO or to obtain its identification 

features. They will then reposition four pin flags around the perimeter of the UXO to 

identify it as a subsurface UXO and annotate the UXO’S nomenclature or identification 

features on the Excavation Accountability Form. The team will then proceed to the next 

marked subsurface anomaly. 

● Movement of UXO by hand is authorized after positive identification of a UXO and the 

determination is made, by the Senior UXO Supervisor and the UXO QC Officer, that the UXO is 

unarmed and safe to be moved. 

● UXO that cannot be positively identified or is determined not safe to be moved will be destroyed 

by Blow-In-Place (BIP) if the area can withstand a high-order detonation. 

● UXO that requires excessive excavation to positively determine condition or identification, such 

5

—. 

as 40mm projectiles or CBU submunitions, should be assumed to be movement sensitive and 

blown in place without further interrogation. 

● If the area cannot withstand a high-order detonation and the UXO is not safe to be moved the 

UXO will be rendered safe by military EOD or it may be possible to move it remotely. IT 

personnel are not authorized to perform RSPS. In the event that remote movement is considered 

it must be assumed that a high-order detonation will occur and precautions must be taken to 

positively protect personnel and proper&y from injury and damage in the event of a high-order 

detonation. All personnel will be outside of the fragmentation hazard area as determined by the 

fragmentation distance chart attached to this SOP. 

UXO Disposal 

● Storage of explosives will be in compliance with 27 CFR 55 Subpart K. Magazines will be lighted 

with flood lights during hours of darkness. 

● Explosives transportation vehicles will be modified for that purpose and will meet the 

requirements of 49 CFR 177.835. Modifications will include the addition of “explosives” placards 

in compliance with 49 CFR 172 Subpart F, two fire extinguishers, and separate non-sparking 

boxes for storage of explosives and initiators during transportation. All transportation of 

explosives will be done in compliance with 49 CFR 173. 

● Detonations will be electrically initiated if this method is feasible considering site conditions. 

Electric initiation offers the UXO supervisor the maximum amount of control over the detonation 

and allows the detonation to be aborted up to the instant of initiation. 

● The following general procedures will be followed for all disposals by detonation: 

A UXO disposal checklist will be used (Attachment A) during explosive destruction 

operations. 

The Disposal Team, comprised of the UXO Supervisor and a UXO Specialist, will inspect 

the location, condition, and net explosive weight of the UXO to be destroyed. If possible 

UXO will be blown in place. 

The Disposal Team will then proceed to a suitable “Command Post” area and notify the 

cognizant fire and policdsecurity departments that demolition operations are going to take 

place and receive permission from the senior UXO supervisor to conduct destruction 

operations. Notifications will be in compliance with the Site Work Plan. 

It is the responsibility of the senior UXO supervisor to schedule the disposals and to 

ensure that all project personnel are accounted for before disposal operations begin. 

,.—, The Disposal Team will then prepare enough explosive charges to perform the planned 

disposals in a segregated area designated for this purpose. The transportation vehicle will 

then be loaded with the explosives, initiators, and other equipment required. 

6

Initiators will always be transported in a separate container from the main-charge 

explosives. 

A minimum separation distance of 25 feet will be observed for initiators and main-charge 

explosives while at the destruction site. 

In accordance with Army Corps of Engineers guidance the following fragmentation 

distances will be observed: 

Non-Fragmenting Explosives -1,250’ 

Fragmenting Explosives Less Than 5“ -2,500’ 

Fragmenting Explosives Greater Than 5“ -4,000’ 

Upon arrival at the safe firing point the Disposal Team will lay out the firing wire. If several 

UXO are located in close proximity to each other a mainline/branchlike shot maybe used 

to destroy these UXO at once to increase the efficiency of the operation. Ensure that the 

total N.E. W, of the UXO to be destroyed does not increase the hazard/fragmentation area 

to a radius that is larger than has been evacuated. 

All detonations will be double-primed. The firing wire and initiators will be tested for 

continuity and the UXO Supervisor will observe the UXC) Specialist position the explosive 

charge against the UXO. The destruction shot will then be tamped, if necessary, to 

minimize the effects of the detonation. 

The initiators will then be connected to the firing wire and secured to the end of the 

detonating cord or placed into the main charge. 

The UXO Supervisor will then inspect the disposal shot and return to the safe firing point. 

Prior to initiation the UXO Supervisor will scan the hazard/fragmentation area with 

binoculars and sound three distinct blasts on an air or vehicle horn. He will then scan the 

area again and initiate the demolition charge if all is clear. 

The Disposal Team will conduct an inspection of the disposal shot, after successful 

initiation of the explosive charge, to ensure complete destruction of the UXO. 

In the event of a misfire, a 30-minute wait time will be observed. Then a new 

double-primed initiator will be prepared and used to initiate the charges. 

● Bulk explosives, small explosive devices (such as blasting caps and igniters), and pyrotechnic 

items (such as partially expended smoke grenades), should be destroyed by flashing. This 

method of destruction will ensure complete destruction of the explosive material and prevent the 

,,.---., dispersal of small devices by the force of a detonation. 

m The following general guidelines should be used when petiorming a disposal by flashing: 

7

-. 

UXO Safety Escort 

A UXO flashing checklist (Attachment B) will be used during flashing operations. 

Perform the flashing in a suitable container such as a 55-gallon drum or an empty 

dumpster. 

Always anticipate a high order detonation when performing a flashing and ensure that an 

appropriate exclusion area is established. 

Plan for the worst. Prepare the area to prevent brush fires by removing flammable 

vegetation from around the flashing site. 

Notifications of the local authorities will be made in accordance with the Site Work Plan. 

Have adequate fire fighting equipment in a stand-by status at the site to quickly extinguish 

any minor secondary fires before they can get out of hand. 

Use a fuel source other than wood and diesel or kerosene. These hydrocarbon fuels can 

create a secondary remediation problem if they are allowed to be absorbed into the ground 

around the flashing. Consider using some light wood dunnage ignited by a bed made of 

bags of Matchlite charcoal. The Matchlite ignites easily, burns very hot, and does not 

create any secondary contamination problems. 

Ignite all flashings remotely. A bag of black or smokeless powder ignited by an electric 

squib is the preferred method. 

The flashing must be observed for an additional 30 minutes after the flames and smoke 

die out. 

Thoroughly inspect the flashing no less than 12 hours after the flame and smoke have died 

out. Ensure that the material to be destroyed has been entirely consumed by the flashing 

and dispose of the residue. 

UXO safety escort services are petformed by IT UXO specialists for the purpose of ensuring the safety 

of non-UXO trained field personnel. Typically this service will be required when performing field 

inspection or sampling operations in areas suspected of being contaminated with UX.O. 

UXO safety escort is not considered to bean intrusive UXO operation and therefore can be petformed 

by a single UXO specialist. The two-man rule is not applicable to UXO safety escort operations. The 

purpose of providing a UXO safety escort is to ensure the avoidance of UXO and other hazards. 

Searching or excavating for UXO is not considered to be a part of the UXO safety escort function. 

=--The following procedures will be followed by IT UXO specialists when performing UXO safety escort 

Operations:

— ● The UXO specialist will be equipped with a Schonstedt magnetometer, wooden stakes, a hammer 

to drive the stakes, and brightly colored flagging or caution tape. 

● The UXO specialist will lead the field party from the nearest area known to be free of UXO to the 

sampling site. The UXO specialist will use the magnetometer to survey the pathway and locate 

potential hazards and the sampling party will be responsible for following directly behind the UXO 

specialist. Any potential hazards located will be marked by surrounding it with four wooden 

stakes and encircling the stakes with flagging or caution tape. The UXO specialist will direct the 

sampling party around the potential hazard. 

● If there is a need to repetitively visit a sampling location that is currently inactive (i.e., the area 

is not an active firing range and there is no chance of new UXO appearing) the UXO specialist 

will mark the boundaries of the cleared pathway by placing wooden stakes along the edge of the 

cleared pathway at 25’ intervals. The stakes will then be connected with flagging or caution tape 

to create an obvious line of demarcation between the area that is safe to traverse and the area 

that has not been checked. The sampling team will be able to make unescorted repetitive visits 

to the site as long as the stakes and flagging tape remain in good condition and are not tampered 

with. 

Downhole UXO Inspection 

The purpose of downhole UXO inspection is to locate UXO or other ferrous metal objects prior to them 

being impacted by a drilling or boring rig. Downhole UXO inspection is like UXO safety escort in the 

respect that the objective is to avoid hazards and there is no attempt to locate UXO or to perform 

intrusive UXO operations. The two-man rule, therefore, also does not apply and downhole UXO 

inspection can be petiormed by a single UXO specialist. 

The following procedures apply to downhole UXO inspection: 

The UXO specialist will be equipped with a Foerster Ferex Ordnance Locator and a Schonstedt 

magnetometer. 

The Schonstedt magnetometer will be used to ensure that a clear pathway exists to allow the drill 

rig to travel to the drilling site. This is essentially an escort operation for the drill rig and the 

procedures for UXO escort services will be followed. Areas suspected to contain UXO or other 

hazards will be avoided by finding an alternative route that is free of UXO. 

Prior to the arrival of the drill rig the actual drilling site will be inspected with the Foerster Ferex 

Ordnance Locator. If subsurface ferrous metal anomalies are detected at the drilling site an 

alternate drilling site will be chosen. 

The drilling process must be stopped every two feet to enable the UXO specialist to inspect the 

next two feet for the presence of ferrous anomalies using the Foerster Ferex Ordnance Locator. 

During the inspection the drill rig may have to be driven away from the drilling site to prevent the 

large ferrous signature of the rig from interfering with the inspection and possibly masking an 

anomaly. 

9

Because of this the managers of the drilling operation may consider beginning the drilling 

or boring operation with hand augers. This will increase the efficiency of the overall 

operation by eliminating the continual set-up and break-down of the drill rig. Generally, 

if 5’-7’ of hole can be accomplished using hand augers the UXO specialist can inspect 

the hole without requiring the drill rig to be moved. 

The inspection of the borehole will be made every two feet regardless of the drilling 

method used. The inspection will detect any ferrous metal objects in the path of the drill 

bit within the next two feet of drilling. 

● If any anomalies are detected during the inspection the drilling site will be abandoned and a new 

site will be chosen at least ten feet away. 

● The process of inspecting the hole after two feet of drilling will continue until a depth is reached 

beyond which no subsurface hazards =n exist. This varies depending on the specific conditions 

of the site and depends on such factors as the kind of operations previously conducted (i.e., 

artillery range, bombing range, hand grenade range, open detonation area, burial area) and the 

site geologic conditions. This issue should be evaluated during the planning stage of the project. 

10

—. 

..-., 

.- 

UXO DEMOLITION CHECKLIST 

Attachment A 

Be sure to equalize electrical potential “Ground” wherever appropriate. 

A. 

B. 

c. 

D. 

E. 

F. 

G. 

H. 

1. 

J. 

K. 

L. 

M. 

N, 

o. 

All notifications have been made. 

Site is secure. 

Ensure the blasting machine is with the downrange team. 

Test the firing cable for continuity and short the wires or clips. 

Barricade the electrical blasting caps (EBCS). 

Remove the shunt on an EBC. 

Facing away from the barricade, test the ccmtinuity of the EBC with a galvanometers. 

Replace the shunt or short the EBC. 

Repeat steps F, G, and H for the second EBC. 

Recheck the firing cable to ensure the cable is shorted. 

Make a parallel or series circuit, as appropriate, and connect the leg wires of the 

EBCS to the firing cable. 

Connect the EBCS to the main charge as appropriate. 

Using binoculars, ensure the area is clear and blow the air or vehicle horn three 

times. 

Fire the charge. 

Conduct a destruction site inspection. 

11

.— 

,,--, 

A. 

B. 

c. 

D. 

E. 

F. 

G. 

H. 

General Demolition Misfire Procedures 

Repeat firing attempts. 

Check circuit with galvanameter. 

Switch blasting machines, if possible. 

Repeat firing attempts. 

Check circuit with galvanometers. 

Short firing cable wires. 

Wait 30 minutes before going downrange. 

Using new EBCS, countercharge the main charge. 

12

,-> 

,-.. 

UXO FLASHING CHECKLIST 

Attachment B 

Be sure to equalize electrical potential “Ground” wherever appropriate. 

A. 

B. 

c. 

D. 

E. 

F. 

G. 

H. 

1. 

J. 

K. 

L. 

M, 

N. 

o. 

P. 

All notifications have been made. 

Site is secure. 

Ensure the blasting machine is with the downrange team. 

Test the firing cable for continuity and short the wires or clips. 

Barricade the electrical squibs. 

Remove the shunt on a squib. 

Facing away from the barricade, test the continuity of the squib with a 

galvanometers. 

Replace the shunt or short the squib. 

Repeat steps F, G, and H for the second squib. 

Recheck the firing cable to ensure the cable is shorted. 

Make a series circuit and connect the leg wires of the squibs to the firing cable. 

Place the squibs into a bag of black or smokeless powder and close the bag. 

Place the bag of black or smokeless powder and squibs in a location suitable to 

initiate the flashing. 

Using binoculars, ensure the area is clear and blow the air or vehicle horn three 

times. 

Initiate the flashing. 

Obsewe the flashing area for 30 minutes after the flames and smoke have died out. 

13

A. 

B. 

c. 

D. 

E. 

F. 

G. 

H. 

General Flashina Misfire Procedures 

Repeat initiation attempts. 

Check circuit with galvanometer. 

Switch blasting machines, if possible. 

Repeat initiation attempts. 

Check circuit with galvanometers. 

Short firing cable wires. 

Wait 30 minutes before going downrange. 

Using a new bag of black or smokeless powder and new squibs, initiate the 

flashing. 

14

DEFINITIONS 

ATTACHMENT C 

1,Blasting Cap - A cylindrical detonator containing one or more sensitive initiating explosives used to 

initiate the detonation of demolition charges. There are several types of blasting caps. None are 

considered high energy detonators. 

Electric blasting caps. These are capable of being set off by an electrical current. 

Delay electric blasting caps. These provide for a known delay between initiation and 

detonation. 

Non-electric blasting caps. These are capable of being set off by a spit of fire (normally 

from a safety fuse). 

2.BIow In Place (BIP) - The use of explosives to destroy UXO in place without handling, moving, or 

disturbing the UXO. 

3. Bomblet - Anti-personnel or anti-vehicular submunition ranging in size from approximately 1.5 to 6 

inches (ins.) in diameter. The ordnance items are deployed from a cluster bomb unit (CBU). 

..... 4. Combustible Material - Any material that, when ignited, will sustain burning. 

5. Conical Shape Charge - A shaped charge designed to puncture objects or compounds. 

6. DeflaGration - Very rapid combustion sometimes accompanied by flame, sparks, and/or spattering of 

burning particles. Deflagration, although classed as an explosion, generally implies the burning of a 

substance with self contained oxygen so that the reaction zone advances into the unreacted material 

at less than the velocity of sound in the unreacted material. The term is often used to refer to the action 

of high explosive ordnance which, upon impact with a target, does not produce the usual effects of a high 

order detonation. Strictly speaking, the term “low order detonation” should be used if it is intended to 

connote a burning reaction. 

Also see Detonation 

7. Demilitarization - As used in this SOP, demilitarization refers to rendering UXO completely 

unrecognizable and unusable. Demilitarization is normally accomplished by the use of high explosives, 

but other methods are sometimes used, such as mechanical crushing or cutting with torches. 

8.DisPosal bv Detonation - Final destruction of UXO and components achieved using high explosives. 

9. Detonation - A detonation is classed as an explosion. It is a chemical reaction that propagates with 

such rapidity that the rate of advance of the reaction zone into the unreacted material exceeds the 

.---.yelocity of sound in the unreacted material. The rate of advance of the reaction zone is termed 

detonation rate” or “detonation velocity.” When this rate of advance attains such a value that it will 

continue without diminution through the unreacted material, it is termed the “stable detonation velocity.” 

15

““-”””When the detonation rate is equal to or greater than the stable detonation velocity of the explosive, the 

reaction is termed a “high order detonation.” When the detonation rate is lower than the stable 

detonation velocity of the explosion, the reaction is called a “low order detonation”. 

/.—. 

10.Detonating Cord - Flexible tubing containing a core of high explosive which carries the detonation 

wave from one end to the other at approximately the detonation velocity of the explosive in the core. 

11 .Detonator - A device capable of inducing a detonation in high explosives. 

12.Differential Scannin~ Calorimetry (DSC] - A technique in which the difference in energy inputs into 

a substance and a reference material is measured as a function of temperature or time while the 

substance and the reference material are subjected to a controlled temperature program, or held 

isothermally. 

13.Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA] - A technique in which the temperature between a substance and 

a reference material is measured as a function of temperature while the substance and the reference 

material are subjected to a controlled temperature program. 

14. Electroexplosive Device (EED] - A device containing some reaction mixture (explosive or pyrotechnic) 

that is electrically initiated. The output of the initiation is heat, shock, or mechanical action. 

Also see Low Energy EED. 

15.EOD - Explosive Ordnance Disposal. 

16.EOD Technician - A military graduate of the U.S. Naval School of EOD, who is serving in that 

capacity as a member of the U.S. armed forces. 

17.ExPlodinq Bridgewire -An EED that is initiated by the discharge of a high current through the device 

bridgewire, causing the wire to explode and produce a shockwave. An EBW as defined herein contains 

no primary explosives. 

18.Fuse - A slow burning, powder filled cord that wries flame through its length at a known and uniform 

rate per unit of length. Also known as “safety fuse”, “time fuse”, and “blasting time fuse”. 

19.Fuze - (Not to be confused with “fuse.”) A mechanical, electrical, or electro-mechanical device used 

to function an explosive charge in a device such as a bomb or projectile. In explosive and demolition 

work, a firing device may be termed a fuze. 

20.Hiqh Explosive (HE) -An explosive which normally detonates rather than deflagrates or burns; that 

is, the rate of advance of the reaction zone exceeds the velocity of sound in the unreacted material. 

High explosives are divided into two classes accarding to their sensitivity to heat and shock primary high 

explosives and secondary high explosives. 

/—. 

. 

~1.Hiqh E-lerq v Initiator - Exploding bridgewire systems, slapper detonators, and EEDs with similar 

energy requirements for initiation. 

16

“-”-””22. Hiqh Order Detonation -Refer to detonation. 

,-- 

23.~ -(1) Ordnance that is not loaded with explosive. Maybe similar in appearance to explosively 

loaded ordnance. May be filled with some non-explosive filler to simulate the weight and trajecto~ 

characteristics of the explosive loaded version. 

(2) Inert material (used in UXO as non-energetic filler, referred to as inert filler) shows no 

exothermic decomposition when tested by DSC or DTA. Moreover, the inert material shall not 

show any incompatibility with energetic material with which it may be combined when tested by 

recognized compatibility tests. Inert material shall neither alter the onset of exotherm of the DSC 

or DTA trace of the energetic material, increase the rate of decomposition or gas evolution of the 

energetic material. 

24. Initiator - Blasting cap or other initiator type, such as an exploding bridge wire, designed to initiate 

the detonation in the main-charge explosive. Maybe referred to as a detonator or “cap”. 

25.insensitive Hiah Explosives - Explosive substances that, although mass detonating, are so insensitive 

that their is negligible probability of accidental initiation or transition from burning to detonation. 

26. Linear-ShaPed Charqe - A shaped charge designed to cut straight lines. 

27.l@ - UXO that is loaded with explosive or is suspected to contain explosive. 

28. Low Enercw EED - All EEDs except slapper detonators and those initiated by exploding bridgewire 

(EBW). 

29. Low Explosive -An explosive which deflagrates or burns rather than detonates; that is, the rate of 

advance of the reaction zone into the unreacted material is less than the velocity of sound in the 

unreacted material. An explosive may react as a low explosive or as a high explosive depending on how 

it is initiated and confined. For example, a double based propellant when initiated in the usual manner 

is a low explosive, but can be made to detonate if it is initiated by an intense shock. Conversely, a high 

explosive like TNT, under certain conditions, can be ignited by flame and will burn without detonating. 

Low explosives include propellants, certain primer mixtures, black powder, photoflash powders, and 

delay compositions, 

30. Low Order Detonation - A chemical reaction in a detonatable material in which the reaction front 

advances with a velocity which is appreciably lower than that which is the characteristic detonation 

velocity for the material in question. In a low order detonation, the ordnance case usually breaks into 

several large fragments rather than many small ones. 

31. Misfire - The failure of a charge to explode in response to a proper initiation attempt. When the 

charge fires at some time later than intended, a misfire may be referred to as a hangfire. 

,-32.Mock Explosive - Substance bearing similar physical properties (texture, density, cohesion, etc.) To 

m explosive material. They are undetonable, however some are exothermic materials and will burn. 

They are used to represent explosive for purposes such as dry run testing of equipment. DOE mock 

17

explosives are normally pink in color. 

33.N. E.W. - Net Explosive Weight. Term used to quantify the total explosive weight contained in an 

ordnance. For example, a 2,000-pound (lb) bomb has a net explosive weight of about 1,000 Ibs. 

34. Percussion Actuated Device (PAD) -An explosive device initiated by a percussion primer. 

35. Primer - A device or assembly used to prepare a demolition charge for firing. It may vary depending 

on the firing system to be employed, and in some cases, the type of charge to be set off. 

36.Propellant - Explosive composition used for propelling projectiles and Rockets and to generate gases 

for powering auxiliary devices. 

37.Pyrotechnic Material - Physical mixtures of finely divided fuels and oxidizer powders; may include 

various organic binders and color intensifiers. The material is intended to produce an effect by heat, 

light, sound, gas or smoke, or a combination of these as the result of non-detonative, self- sustaining 

exothermic chemical reactions. 

38. Remote Movement - Disturbance or movement of a UXO or hazardous object with no personnel 

exposed to the greatest theoretical hazard posed by the worst case scenario that can be caused by the 

object or UXO during movement. For example, to remotely move a hazardous UXO, the fragmentation 

~.., range of the UXO must be calculated, and all personnel must be either outside the calculated 

‘fragmentation range or have sufficient cover to protect them from fragments caused by a detonation. 

- 

39. Slapper Detonator -An EED initiated by a rapid discharge of a high current through a metal foil. The 

expansion of the metal vapor causes a plastic or metal covering to be propelled across the air gap and 

detonate a high density explosive pellet. 

40. Shaped Charge -An explosive device designed to cut or puncture objects by creating a jet of hot 

gasses and/or solids upon detonation. The charge is focused on the area to be cut by the shaping of 

the explosive device into a “~’ or conical configuration. 

41 .UXO Disposal - Final destruction of UXO frequently achieved by detonation of the UXO. Sometimes 

known as “destruction by explosives”. 

42. UXO Processing - The process by which inert UXO and/or components are turned into recyclable 

scrap. Requires that the UXO case be opened to expose the inert filler and ensure that the UXO is 

completely nonhazardous. The UXO is also cut or disfigured so as to be unrecognizable as ordnance. 

In reference to UXO, processing may be referred to as demilitarization. 

43.UXO Specialist - A UXO specialist is a former military EOD technician or EOD assistant working in 

the field of ordnance disposal as a civilian. 

14.UXO - Unexploded Ordnance. 

18

,-.... 

.—. 

.. 

45.Ventinq - Venting is a procedure in which explosives, normally linear or conical shaped charges, are 

used to vent the casing and expose the filler of UXO. Large and heavy items, such as bombs and large 

projectiles, shall be vented in at least three locations (the bomb body, nose, and tail booster wells) to 

ensure adequate exposure of the inert filler. If the UXO is still remgnizable as UXO after venting, further 

processing by explosives will be necessary in order to insure complete demilitarization is accomplished. 

19

.— 

Date: 

EXCAVATION CATALOG FORM 

ATTACHMENT D 

Excavation Uxo Condition 

Number Location Identification Depth (Armed/Unarmed) 

.--+ UXO Supervisor LIXOSpecialist 

20

—-... 

----- 

MINIMUM SAFE DISTANCES BETWEEN MOBILE RF TRANSMITTERS AND 

ELECTRIC BLASTING OPERATIONS 

ATTACHMENT E 

Minimum 

Transmitter S a f e 

Power (Watts) Distances 

(feet) 

MFa HFa 

5b — — 

10 100 40 

50 40 220 

100 90 310 

180’ 125 — 

250 

5ood 

600” 

1 ,Ooof 

10,0009 

— 

200 

— 

300 

400 

1,200 

‘MF 1.6 to 3.4 MHz Industrial 

HF 28 to 29.7 MHz Amateur 

VHF(1) 35 to 44 MHz Public use 

50 to 54 MHz Amateur 

VHF (2) 144to 148 M-iz Amateur 

490 

— 

760 

980 

— 

VHF(l)a 

— 

15 

90 

130 

— 

205 

209 

315 

410 

1,300 

VHF(2)= 

150.8 to 161.6 MHz Public Us-e 

#HF 450 to 460 MHz Public use 

Citiiens band radio (walkie-talkie), 26.96 to 27.23 MHz and cellular telephones, 3 v&s power, 825 to 845 MHz minimum safe diatancq 

fwe feat. 

cMsximum power for 2-wsy mobile units in VHF, 150.8-to 161 .6-MHz range, and for 2-way mobile and f~ed-station units in UHF, 450 to 

&-MHz range. 

Maximum power for major VHF 2-way mobile and fixed-station units in 35-to 44-MHz range. 

~Maximum power for 2-way fixed-station units in VHF, 1W.&to 161.6-MHz range, 

Maximum power for amateur radio mobile units. 

maximumpower for some base stations in 42-to 44MHz band and 1.6-to 1.&MHz band. 

Source DOE Explosives Safety Manual, DOE M440.I -1 (1995) 

21 

— 

10 

35 

50 

65 

75 

— 

115 

150 

— 

UHFa 

— 

20 

30 

40 

45 

— 

70 

90 

— 

—

-. 

.-’ 

97A.9-91

“, ,. 

,’ 

APPENDIX G 

CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS

- 

. 

CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 

Section Title Page No. 

DMSION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 

01051 SURVEYTNG 

01090 REFERENCES 

01300 SUBMITTALS 

01410 SOIL, PAVING AND ROAD SURFACE TESTING 

01440 SUBCONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 

01500 TEMI?ORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITD3S 

01600 MATERIAL AND EQUTMENT 

01700 SUBCONTRACT CLOSEOUT 

DMSION 2- SITE WORK 

02050 DEMOLITION 

02052 DESTRUCTION OF GROUNDWATER WELLS 

AND GAS MONITORING PROBES 

02110 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 

02200 EARTHWORK 

02222 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES 

02271 GEOMEMBRANE 

02500 PAVING AND SURFACING 

02660 WATER LINES 

02686 LANDFILL GAS VENTS AND MONITORING PROBES 

02720 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 

02732 SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM 

02830 FENCING 

02935 HYDROSEEDING 

01010-1 

01051-1 

01090-1 

01300-1 

01410-1 

01440-1 

01500-1 

01600-1 

01700-1 

02050-1 

02052-1 

02110-1 

02200-1 

02222-1 

02271-1 

02500-1 

02660-1 

02686-1 

02720-1 

02732-1 

02S30 -1 

02935-1 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/’FTORDOU2ANDEX Index

--- 

,--, 

PART 1 GENERAL 

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 

1.1.1 Nature of Work 

1.1.2 References 

1.1.3 Access to Work 

1.1.4 Existing Utilities 

1.2 NATURE OF WORK 

SECTION 01010 

SUMMARY OF WORK 

Fort Ord served as a training and staging facility for infantry troops from its opening in 

1917 until its closure in 1993. In 1990, Fort Ord was placed on the U.S. Environmental 

Protection Agency (EPA) National Priority List (NPL), primarily due to volatile organic 

compounds (VOCS) found in groundwater beneath the Operable Unit 2 (OU2) Landfills. 

The 0U2 Landfills are located north and south of Imjin Road in the Main Garrison Area. 

Area & the only landfill north of Imjin Road and the only one with surface developments, 

covers approximately 25 acres. The landfills south of Imjin Road, Areas B through F, 

encompass approximately 93 acres of undeveloped “land. They are covered by uneven 

sand dunes and grass, shrubs, and bushes. Surrounding land uses include former military 

training areas and military housing developments in close proximity to or encroaching 

upon the landfill areas, particularly Areas A and F. 

The Work performed under these Specifications is for the closure of the Fort Ord OU2 

Landfills, which includes the relocation of 25 acres of refuse from Area A and capping 

approximately 95 acres of refuse in Areas B through F. 

1.3 REFERENCES 

1.3.1 Remedial Action Work Plan, Operable Unit 2 Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, 

California. 

1.3.2 Site Safety and Health Plan, Fort Ord Remedial Action, Fort Oral, California. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/I’TORDOU2/O 1010 01010-1 Summary of Work

., 

1.4 

1.5 

PART 2 

PART 3 

1.3.3 Sampling and Analysis Plan, Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, 

California. 

ACCESS TO WORK 

Provide access to the Government, IT, as well as local, state and federal agencies and their 

authorized representatives to Work areas at all times. 

EXtSTING UTILITIES 

1.5.1 

1.5.2 

1.5.3 

1.5.4 

1.5.5 

1.5.6 

1.5.7 

1.5.8 

Existing utilities are indicated in the RAWP; however, service connections are 

generally not shown. 

Research Fort Ord Base maps, and meet with the Department of Public Works and 

IT. 

Determine the locations of existing utilities using surface obsewations, magnetic 

surveys and local, historical knowledge. 

Document the actual location of utilities and inform IT of findings. Prepare an “as 

found” utility map before beginning excavation work. 

If unknown utilities are found, notify IT immediately. If IT determines that the 

utility is abandoned, remove the portion obstructing the Work and proceed with 

excavation. 

Notify IT immediately if active utilities are found. IT will determine the 

appropriate action. 

Restore utility outages or interruptions as soon as possible, within eight hours. 

Provide a temporary service for utility interruptions greater than eight hours. 

Disinfect repaired water lines before lines are returned to service. 

PRODUCTS 

Not Used. 

EXECUTION 

Not Used. 

END OF SECTION 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/O 1010 01010-2 . Summary of Work

,,-” 

PART 1 GENEML 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

1.4 

SECTION INCLUDES 


1.1.2 Submittals 

1.1.3 Quality Assurance 

1.1.4 Survey Requirements 

1.1.5 Preparation 

1.1.6 Performance of Work 

REFERENCES 

SECTION 01051 

SURVEYING 

City of Salinas (SAUNAS) Department of Public Works, Design Standards and Standard 

Specifications 

SUBMITTALS 

1.3.1 Prepare submittals inaccordance with Section 01300, S~~TTWS. 

1.3.2 Submit draft copies of site topography drawings for review (ITA). 

1.3.3 Submit one stamped and signed final topography drawing on mylar (ITA). 

1.3.4 Submit one final suwey electronic data using DXF format, suitable for use in 

AutoCAD (ITA). 

QUALITY ASSURANCE 

1.4.1 Employ a land surveyor licensed in the State of California to supervise survey work 

ofthk section. 

1.4.2 Stamp and sign final topographic drawings. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/FORTORDOU2/O 1051 01051-1 Surveying

1.4.3 Accuracy 

1.4.3.1 Permanent monument accuracy: 

Vertical control : +0.01 foot. 

Horizontal control : +0.01 foot. 

1.4.3.2 Sitetopography drawings accuracy: 

Vertical control : Half contour interval. 

Horizontal control : *O.5 foot. 

1.4.3.3 Construction staking accuracy: 

Vertical control : +0.02 foot. 

Horizontal control: +0.05 foot. 

1.5 SITE REQUIREMENTS 

1.5,1 Drawings 

1.5.1.1 Use similar orientation 

construction drawings. 

and scale for the site topography drawings as the 

1.5.1.2 Useone-foot contour internals forthe topography drawings. 

1.5.2 Reference Points 

1.5.2.1 

1.5.2.2 

1.5.2.3 

1.5.2.4 

Establish coordinates to the closest one foot and referenced to the Zone 4, 

NAD83 (1992) State Plane Coordinate System per Fort Ord boundary 

sumey shown on Record of Survey Map Volume 19, Page 1. Ground 

elevations will be referenced to mean sea level, based on the National 

Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) of 1929. Note positions and coordinates 

of permanent points within the control traverse. 

Use control datum for survey indicated on reference drawings. 

Promptly report the loss or destruction of any reference point, or relocation 

required due to changes in grades or other reasons. 

Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. 

Make no changes without prior written notice to and approval from IT. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/FORTORDOU2/0105 1 01051-2 Surveying

,,—-—- PART 2 PRODUCTS 

.- 

2.1 Permanent Survey Monuments: SALINAS Standard Plan 10. 

2.2 Settlement Plates: Concrete with metal indicator and marker disk. 

PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 PREPARATION 

Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. Promptly notifi IT if 

discrepancies are discovered. 

3.2 PERFORMANCE OF WORK 

3.2.1 

3.2.2 

3.3 MONUMENTS 

Establish tempora~ and permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established 

control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on project record 

documents. 

Conduct services using recognized and customa~ surveying practices. 

3.3.1 Permanent Survey Monuments: Place concrete around frame and flush with top of 

cover. 

3.3.2 Settlement Plates: Install after earthwork is complete. Cast concrete in place, insert 

marker disk and concrete up stand. Mark elevation and date of survey on disk. 


SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/FORTORDOU2/0105 1 01051-3 Surveying

.- SECTION 01090 

/--- 

PART 1 GENER4L 



1.1.2 Definitions 

1,1.3 Document Formats and Methods 

1.1.4 Intent 

1.1.5 Industry Standards 

1.1.6 Reference Standards 

REFERENCES 

1.1.7 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 


Remedial Action Work Plan, Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, California, 

current revision. 

Site Safety and Health Plan, Fort Ord Remedial Action, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, 

California, current revision. 

Sampling and Analysis Plan, Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, California, 

current revision. 

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

1.3.1 Government: United States &my Corps of Engineers, or an authorized 

representative. 

1.3.2 IT: IT Corporation 

1.3.3 The following terms are defined for purposes of administration and interpretation 

of the work. Additional definitions are also in the individual sections. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/FK)RDOU2/O 1090 01090-1 References

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

Indicated: The term “indicated” is a cross-reference to graphic 

representations, notes or schedules on drawings, other paragraphs or 

schedules in the specifications, and similar means of recording requirements in 

Contract Documents. Where terms such as “shown”, “noted”, “scheduled” 

and “specified” are used in lieu of “indicated”, it is for purpose of helping 

reader locate cross-reference, and no limitation of location is intended except 

as specifically noted. 

Directed, Requested: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as 

“directed,” “requested,” “authotied,” “selected,” “approved,” “required,” 

“accepted,” and “permitted” mean “directed by IT,” “requested by IT,” and 

similar phrases. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to 

extend IT’s responsibility into the Subcontractor’s area of construction 

supervision. 

Approve: Where used in conjunction with IT’s response, the meaning of 

“approved” will be held to limitations of the responsibilities and duties as 

specified in the Contract for construction. In no case will “approval” be 

interpreted as a release of Subcontractor from responsibilities to fidfill 

requirements of Contract Documents. 

Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, ‘(install” is used to 

describe operations at project site, from unloading to completion in place, 

ready for intended use. 

Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, “provide” means 

furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use. 

Installer: Party responsible for installation, erection, or application of a 

particular part of the work. 

Testing Laboratories: The term “testing laboratory” is defined as an 

independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the 

Work either at the project site or elsewhere; and to report, and (if required) 

interpret results of those inspections or tests. 

Proposal Drawings: Request for proposal drawings with all amendments. 

Contract Drawings: Issued for constriction and any revisions thereafter. 

Contract: Project work covered by the Contract Document including the 

Remedial Action Work Pla~ Site Safety and Health Plan, Technical 

Specification, Project Plans, and Drawings. 

SJ/5-10-96/SACTHZC/FTOl?DOU2/O 1090 01090-2 References

1.4 DOCUMENT FORMATS AND METHODS 

1.4.1 Specifications 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

Format: Although some portions of these specifications may not be in 

complete compliance with one format, no particular significance will be 

attached to such compliance or non-compliance. 

Imperative Language: Except as otherwise indicated, requirements 

expressed imperatively are to be performed by Subcontractor. 

Overlapping Requirements: Where there is a conflict between or within the 

Contract Documents or where compliance with two or more industry 

standards or sets of requirements is specified, and the different standards or 

requirements establish different levels of quality, the most stringent 

requirement is intended, is assumed to have been bid, and will be enforced 

without cost to Government. Refer requirements that are different but 

approximately equal, and uncertainties as to which quality level is more 

stringent to the Government for a decision before proceeding. 

Minimum Quality: The quality level shown or specified is intended to be the 

minimum for the work. The work may either comply with that minimum 

quality (within specified tolerances), or may exceed that minimum quality 

within reasonable limits. 

Specialists: In certain instances, specification text requires that work is to be 

assigned to specialists or expert entities. Such assignments are intended to 

establish which party or entity involved in a specific unit or work is 

recognized as “expert” for the indicated construction processes or operations. 

Nevertheless, the final responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of contract 

requirements remains with the Subcontractor. 

Incomplete Sentences or Abbreviations: The language of specifications and 

other Contract Documents is of the abbreviated or streamlined type in certain 

instances, and implies words and meanings appropriately interpreted. 

1.4.2 Drawing Formats 

● In some cases, drawings maybe reduced from stated scale or not drawn to 

scales. Do not scale drawings. 

SJ/5-10-96/SACTERC/lWORDOU2/O 1090 01090-3 References

1.5 INTENT 

● Typographical errors on the drawings do not relieve the Subcontractor from 

his responsibility to perform the intent of this Contract. 

1.5.1 The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between the Government 

and Subcontractor concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are 

complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The 

Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State of 

California. 

1.5.2 It is the intent of the contract Documents to describe a functionally complete 

Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract 

Documents. Any Work, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred 

from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being 

required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or 

not specifically called for. When words or phrases have a well-known technical or 

construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials, or 

equipment, such words or phrases will be interpreted in accordance with that 

meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be 

issued by IT. 

1.6 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 

1.6.1 

1.6.2 

1.6.3 

1.6.4 

Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, 

organization, or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental 

authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the 

latest standard, specification manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the 

time of opening of Bids, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the 

Contract Documents. 

Applicability: Applicable standards of the construction indust~ have the same 

force and effect (and are made a part of the contract Documents by reference) as if 

copied directly into the Contract Documents. 

Referenced standards (referenced directly in Contract Documents or by governing 

regulations) have precedence over non-referenced standards which are recognized 

in industry for applicability to work. 

Copies of standards: Where copies of standards are needed for proper performance 

of the work, obtain such copies dkectly from the publication source. 

SJ/5-10-96/SACTERC~ORDOU2/O 1090 01090-4 References

--- 

1.7 REFERENCE STANDARDS 

1.7.1 For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus 

standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid 

requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. 

1.7.2 Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract 

Documents, except where a specific date is established by code. 

1.7.3 Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. 

1.7.4 The contractual relationship, duties, and responsibilities of the parties in Contract 

nor those of the Government will not be altered from the Contract Documents by 

mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 

1.s REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 

1.8.1 Ifl during the performance of the Work, Subcontractor discovers any confhct, 

error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the 

Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable 

to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual, or 

code, or of any instruction of any supplier, Subcontractor will report it to the 

Government in writing at once, and, Subcontractor will not proceed with the Work 

affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to 

the Contract Documents has been issued; provided, however, that Subcontractor 

will not be liable to Government for failure to report any such conflict, error, 

ambiguity, or discrepancy unless Subcontractor knew or reasonably should have 

known thereof 

1.8.2 Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be 

provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued, the provisions of the 

Contract Documents will take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, 

ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 

● The provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code, or 

instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the 

Contract Documents); or 

. The provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the 

performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of 

the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 

SJ/5-10-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/O 1090 01090-5 References

PART 2 PRODUCTS 

Not used. 


Not used. 


SJ/5-10-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/O 1090 01090-6 References

.,,. . . 



1.1.1 Submittal Procedures 

1.1.2 Submittal Approval 

1.1.3 Schedules 

1.1.4 Product Information 

1.1.5 Drawings 

1.1.6 Reports 

1.1.7 Records 

1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 

SECTION 01300 

SUBMITTALS 

1.2.1 Submit schedules, product information, drawings, reports, and records as required 

in the particular section of the Work. 

1.2.2 All items listed as “IT Approval” (ITA) submittals in the specification will be 

mailed directly to the addressee shown below as directed. 

Project Manager 


P.O. BOX 1698 

Marina, CA 93933-1698 

1.2.3 Except as noted in the specification, five copies for items listed as “For 

Information Only’ (HO) submittals will be submitted to IT by correspondence at 

the address provided above. Items not to be submitted in quintuplicate, such as 

samples and test cylinders, will also be submitted to IT. 

1.2.4 Transmit each submittal, as specified in the applicable specification sectio~ by 

correspondence written on company letterhead. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERWORDOU2/O 1300 01300-1 Submittals

1.3 

1.2.5 

1.2.6 

1.2.7 

1.2.8 

1.2.9 

1.2.10 

1.2.11 

1.2.12 

Identify Project, Subcontractor, or Subcontractor supplieq pertinent drawing and 

detail number andspecification number, as appropriate. Units ofweights and 

measures used on submittals will be the same used in the Contract Drawings. 

Apply Subcontractor’s stamp, signed or initialed certifyhg that review, verification 

of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and 

coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Work. 

For each submittal for review, allow 35 calendar days, excluding delivery time to 

and from IT. 

Each submittals will be complete and sufficient in detail to allow ready 

determination of compliance with Contract Requirements. Variations from 

Contract Documents, and product or system limitations which maybe detrimental 

to successful performance of the completed Work, will be identified. 

Provide space for review stamps. 

Prior to submittal, all items will be checked -and approved by the Subcontractor’s 

Quality Control (CQC) representative. Each item will be stamped, signed, and 

dated by the CQC representative indicating action taken. 

Revise, resubmit, and identify changes made since previous submission. 

Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to 

promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. 

SUBMITTAL APPROVAL 

1.3.1 Approved Submittals 

1.3.1.1 IT approval of submittals will not be construed as a complete 

check, but will indicate only that the general method of 

construction, materials, detailing and other information are 

satisfactory. 

1.3.1.2 Approval will not relieve the Subcontractor of the responsibility for 

any error which may exist, as the Subcontractor under the 

Construction Quality Control requirements of this contract is 

responsible for dimensions, the design of adequate connections and 

details, and the satisfactory construction of work. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/O 1300 01300-2 Submittals

1.3.2 

1.3.3 

1.4 SCHEDULES 

Disapproved Submittals 

The Subcontractor will make corrections required by IT and promptly furnish a 

corrected submittal in the form and number of copies specified for the initial 

submittal. If the Subcontractor considers any correction indicated on the 

submittals to constitute a change to the Contract, a notice in accordance with the 

Contract Clause “Changes” will be submitted promptly to IT. 

Whhholding of Payment 

Payment for materials incorporated in the Work will not be made if required 

approvals have not been obtained. 

1.4.1 Submit a master construction schedule in duplicate within seven calendar days of 

Notice to Proceed, but no later than start of construction. The schedule will: 

● List major work activities 

● Show appropriate logic ties between activities 

● Identifj intermediate milestones in addition to construction completion. 

● Indicate submittal dates required for drawings, product informatio~ and 

delivery dates, including those furnished by IT. 

1.4.2 Revise and resubmit the schedule whenever it no longer represents the reality of 

the actual construction progress, identi~lng changes since previous version. 

1.4.3 Submit two-week look-ahead schedules on a weekly basis prior to the weekly 

progress meeting. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of 

Work at each submission. 

1.5 PRODUCT Information 

1.5.1 Proposed Products List 

1.5.1.1 Within 15 days after date of IT-Subcontractor Agreement Notice to 

Proceed, submit list of major products proposed for use, with name 

of manufacturer, trade name, and model of each product. 

1.5.1.2 

For products specified by reference standards, submit name of 

manufacturer, mode~catalog designation, and reference standards. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/01300 01300-3 Submittals

1.5.2 Product Data 

1.5.2.1 

1.5.2.2 

1.5.2.3 

Submit eight copies of product information including product data, 

catalog cuts, and other descriptive data. 

Mark each copy to identi~ applicable products, models, options, 

and other data. Supplement manufacturer’s standard data to 

provide information unique to the Work. 

Submittals on component items forming a system or that are 

interrelated will be submitted at one time as a single submittal to 

demonstrate that the items have been properly coordinated and will 

fimction as a unit. 

1.5.3 Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions 

1.5.3.1 When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed 

instructions for installation to IT in quantities specified for Product 

Data. 

1.5.3.2 Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special 

attention, and special environmental criteria required for application 

or installation. 

1.5.4 Certificates of Compliance 

1.5.4.1 Where required, submit three copies of certificates as proof of 

compliance of materials with specification requirements. Indicate 

material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements 

and submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications 

as appropriate. 

1.5.4.2 

1.5.4.3 

Each certificate will be signed by an official authorized to certify on 

behalf of the manufacturing company. 

Each certificate will contain the following information: 

● The name and address of the subcontractor 

o The project name and location 

● The quantity of the product and date(s) of shipment or 

delivery to which the certificates apply. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/FTOROOU2/O 1300 01300-4 Submittals

1.6 DRAV71_NGS 

1.6.1 Submit one reproducible and one print of the drawing for approval. Reproducible 

will be brownlike diazo or sepia and prints will be blueprint. 

1.6.2 Submit as-built drawings and associated electronic data files with the final 

application for payment. As-builts will be drafted on mylar and electronic data 

files will be compatible with the latest release of AutoCAD. 

1.7 REPORTS 

1.7.1 

1.7.2 

1.7.3 

1.8 RECORDS 

Variations 

Submit written request to and obtain approval from IT in advance of variations to 

the scope of work, specification, or drawing which may affect the quality or safe 

and timely completion of the work. 

Daily Activity Report 

Prepare an activity report daily, and submit it the morning of the following work 

day. The report will contain the following information: 

● Identification of each significant work activity performed during the day 

● Number of workers 

● Major pieces of equipment 

● Test results 

● Events, if any, which may impact the performance of the Work. 

Material Status Report 

Submit a material status report weekly with material description, vendor, purchase 

order number, delivery date, and quantity. Identi@ and justify any significant 

variances from original quantities. 

1.8.1 Submit record of quantities daily. 

1.8.2 Submit certified payrolls weekly. 

1.8.3 Submit three copies of test records and results. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC~OR130U2/O 1300 01300-5 Submittals


Not used. 


Not used. 


SJ/5-13-96/SACTERCHO~ OU2/01300 01300-6 Submittals

..... 



1.1.1 

1.1.2 

1.1.3 

1.1.4 

References 

Submittals 


SECTION 01410 

SOIL, PAVING, AND ROAD SURFACE TESTING 

Quality Assurance 

Laboratory responsibilities 

The publications listed below form a part of the specification to the extent referenced. The 

publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) 

ASTM D3470 Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing/Inspection of 

Soil/Rock (as used in engineering design/construction) Practices. 

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR) 

29 CFR 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Standards 

1.3 SUBMITTALS 

1.3.1 Prepare submittals in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. 

1.3.2 Submit calibration cumes and test results (FIO). 

1.3.3 Submit sampling data on daily field logs (FIO). 

1.3.4 Prior to performing the work field and laboratory personnel must submit evidence of 

qualifications, including (ITA): 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/’FTORDOU2/O 

1410 01410-1 Soil, Paving, and Road 

Surface Testing

● Proof of medical surveillance, including drug testing. 

● Certification of training for personnel performing nuclear moisture and density 

testing. 

● 40-hour OSHA training as specified in 29 CFR 1910.120 for a minimum of 

one technician. This technician will be used only if OSHA certification is 

required to complete field testing. 

1.3.5 After each inspection and test is performed, submit laboratory reports containing the 

following itiormation (ITA): 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

1.4.1 Qualifications 

Date issued 

Project title and number 

Name of inspector 

Date and time of test 

IT identification 

Testing standard 

Location in the project 

Type of inspection or test including standard reference to test 

Test results 

Interpretation of test results, when requested. 

1.4.1.1 Geotechnical laboratory must meet the requirements of ASTM 

D3740. 

1.4.1.2 Field and laboratory personnel must have a minimum of one year of 

nuclear field density testing experience. 

1.4.2 Calibrate testing equipment at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy 

traceable to either National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural, 

physical constraints. 


Not Used. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/O 

1410 

, 01410-2 Soil, Paving, and Road 

Sufiace Testing

. . PART 3 EXECUTION 

3.1 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES 

3.1.1 Test soil samples submitted. 

3.1.2 Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with IT in performance of services. 

3.1.3 Perform specified inspecting, sampling, and testing of samples in accordance with 

specified standards. 

3.1.4 Review test performance and analysis of test results. Include approval by a registered 

professional engineer. 

3.1.5 Promptly notify IT of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work, 

3.1.6 Perform additional inspections and tests as required. 


SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC~ORDOU2/O 

1410 01410-3 Soil, Paving, and Road 

Surface Testing

PART 1 GENEIUL 

1.1 SECTION INDLUDES 

1,1.1 References 


SECTION 01440 

SUBCONTJMCTOR QUALITY CONTROL 

1.1.3 Quality Control Project Requirements 

1.1.4 General Quality Control 

1,1.5 Acceptance of Plan 

1,1.6 Control 

1.1.7 Tests 

1.1.8 Completion Inspection 

1.1.9 Documentation 

1.1.10 Sample Forms 

1.1.11 Notification of Noncompliance 



ASTM D3740 Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of 

Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction 

ASTME329 Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials 

Used in Construction 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/lVORDOIJ2/O 1440 01440-1 Subcontractor Quality Control

US ARMY COKE’ OF ENGINEERS (USACE) Contractor Quality Control/Chemical 

Data Quality Management Plan, QC, (CDQMP), Total Environmental Restoration 

Contract DACW05-95-D-OO01, Sacramento District 

IT CORPORATION (IT) Contractor Quality Control/Sampling and Analysis Plan 

(CQC/SAP) Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, California 



1.2.2 Submit the following qualifications, designations, and certifications, reporting to 

IT prior to the execution of work. 

● The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and 

authorities of each person assigned a C’QC function (ITA). 

● A copy of the letter to the subcontractor’s Quality Control (QC) Manager 

signed by an authorized off~cial of the firm which describes the responsibilities 

and delegates sufficient authorities to adequately perform the functions of the 

QC Manager, including authority to stop work which is not in compliance 

with the Contract. The QC Manager will issue letters of direction to various 

QC representatives outlining duties, authorities, and responsibilities. Copies 

of these letters will also be furnished to IT. IT will forward these documents 

to the Government for review (ITA). 

1.3 QUALITY CONTROL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 

Comply with the Quality Control (QC) program requirements included in the following 

documents: 

● CQC/CDQMP 

● CQC/SAP 


Not used. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2J0 1440 01440-2 Subcontractor Quality Control


3.1 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL 

IT Corporation (IT) is responsible for QC and maintains an effective QC system in 

compliance with the CQC/CDQMP. The QC system consists of plans, procedures, and 

organization necessary to produce an end product which complies with Contract 

requirements. The system incorporates construction operations, both onsite and offsite, 

and is keyed to the proposed construction sequence. All work performed on this delivery 

order will be performed in accordance with the CQC/CDQMP and the CQC/SAP. 

Subcontractors may be required to provide task-specific work plans. Under all 

circumstances, the subcontractor will be required to comply with the CQC and site: 

specific QC plans. The Subcontractor’s project superintendent will be held responsible for 

the quality of work on the job and is subject to removal by IT for non-compliance with 

quality requirements specified in the Contract. The project is the individual responsible for 

the overall management of the project, including quality and production. 

3.2 ACCEPTANCE OF PLAN 

Acceptance of the Subcontractor’s plan is required prior to the start of construction. 

Acceptance is conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the 

construction. IT reserves the right to require the Subcontractor to make changes in his 

CQC Plan and operations including removal of personnel, as necessary, to obtain the 

quality specified. 

3.3 NOTIFICATION OF CHANGES 

After acceptance of the CQC Plan, the Subcontractor will notify IT in writing of any 

proposed change. Proposed changes are subject to acceptance by IT. 

3.4 CONTROL 

Subcontractor QC is the means by which IT ensures that the construction, including that 

of subcontractors and suppliers, complies with Contract requirements. At least three 

phases of control will be conducted by the CQC System Manager for each definable 

feature of work as follows: 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/O 1440 01440-3 Subcontractor Quality Control

3,4.1 Preparato~ Phase 

This phase will be performed prior to beginning work on each definable feature of 

work and will include: 

A review of each paragraph of applicable specifications. 

A review of the Contract drawings. 

A check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, 

submitted, and approved. 

Review of provisions that have been made to provide required control 

inspection and testing. 

Examination of the work area to assure that all required preliminary work has 

been completed and is in compliance with the Contract. 

A physical examination of required materials, equipment, and sample work to 

assure that they are on hand, conform to approved shop drawings or 

submitted data, and are properly stored. 

A review of the appropriate activity hazard analysis to assure safety 

requirements are met. 

Discussion of procedures for controlling quality of the work including 

repetitive deficiencies. Documentation of construction tolerances and 

workmanship standards for that feature of work. 

A check to ensure that the portion of the plan for the work to be performed 

has been accepted by IT. 

Discussion of the initial control phase. 

The Government will be notified at least 72 hours in advance of beg@ning the 

preparatory control phase. This phase will include a meeting conducted by 

the CQC System Manager and attended by the superintendent, other CQC 

personnel (as applicable), and the foreman responsible for the definable 

feature. The results of the preparatory phase actions will be documented by 

separate minutes prepared by the CQC System Manager and attached to the 

daily CQC report. The Subcontractor will instruct applicable workers as to 

the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet Contract 

specifications. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/lVORDOU2/O 1440 01440-4 Subcontractor Quality Control

3.4.2 Initial Phase 

This phase will be accomplished at the beginning of a definable feature of work. 

The following will be accomplished: 

● A check of work to ensure that it is in full compliance with Contract 

requirements. Review minutes of the preparato~ meeting. 

s Veri@ adequacy of controls to ensure full Contract compliance. Verify required 

control inspection and testing. 

● Establish level of workmanship and verify that it meets minimum acceptable 

workmanship standards. Compare with required sample panels as appropriate. 

. Resolve all differences. 

● Check safety to include compliance with and upgrading of the safety plan and 

activity hazard analysis. Review the activity analysis with each worker. 

● The Government will be notified at least 72 hours in advance of beginning the 

initial phase. Separate minutes of this phase will be prepared by the CQC 

System Manager and attached to the daily CQC report. Exact location of initial 

phase will be indicated for future reference and comparison with follow-up 

phases. 

● The initial phase will be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or any time 

acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 

3.4.3 Follow-up Phase 

Daily checks will be performed to assure control activities are providing continued 

compliance with Contract requirements, until completion of the particular feature 

of work. The checks, which include passed’ and/or failed test results, will be made 

a matter of record in the CQC documentation. Final follow-up checks will be 

conducted and deficiencies corrected prior to the start of additional features of 

work which may be affected by the deficient work. The Subcontractor will not 

build upon or conceal non-conforming work. 

SJ/5-13-961SACTERClFTORDOU2/O 1440 01440-5 Subcontractor Quality Control

3.5 TESTS 

3.4.4 Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases 

Additional preparatory and initial phases will 

features of work if 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

The quality of on-going work is unacceptable 

There are changes in the applicable CQC staff 

Onsite production supervision or work crew 

be conducted on the same definable 

Work on a definable feature is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity 

Other problems develop. 

3.5.1 Testing Procedure 

IT and/or its Subcontractors will perform specified or required tests to veri~ that 

control measures are adequate to provide a product which conforms with Contract 

requirements. Testing will be performed in accordance with the CQC/CDQMl?. 

Upon request, IT and/or its Subcontractor will finish to the Government 

duplicate samples of test specimens for possible testing by the Government. 

Testing includes operation and/or acceptance tests when specified. IT will procure 

the services of a US ACE approved testing laboratory or establish an approved 

testing laboratory at the project site. IT will perform the following activities and 

record and provide the following data: 

● Verify that testing procedures comply with Contract requirements. 

● Verify that facilities and testing equipment are available and comply with 

testing standards. 

● Check test instrument calibration data against certified standards. 

● Veri& that recording forms and test identification control number system, 

including all of the test documentation requirements, have been prepared. 

● Results of all tests taken, both passing and failing tests, will be recorded on 

the CQC daily report for the date taken. Specification paragraph reference, 

three dimensional location where tests were taken (i.e., station, off-set, and 

SJ/S-13-96/SACTERC/lWORDOU2/O 1440 01440-6 Subcontractor Quality Control

3.5.2 

3.5.3 

3.5.4 

elevation), and the sequential control number identifying the test will be given. 

(The test number of any test which is a retest, verifyhg corrections of any 

failures will be the failed test number followed by an “A.” If necessary, 

following retest numbers will be followed by “B”, “C”, etc.) If approved by 

IT, actual test reports may be submitted later with a reference to the test 

number and date taken. An information copy of tests performed by an offsite 

or commercial test facility will be provided directly to IT. Failure to submit 

timely test reports as stated may result in nonpayment for related work 

performed and disapproval of the test facility for this Contract. 

Testing Laboratories 

3.5.2.1 

3.5.2.2 

Onsite Laboratory 

Capability Check 

The Government reserves the right to check laboratory equipment in the 

proposed laboratory for compliance with the standards set forth in the 

Contract specifications and to check the laboratory technician’s testing 

procedures and techniques. Laboratories utilized for testing soils, 

concrete, asphalt, and steel will meet criteria detailed in ASTM D3740 

and ASTM E329. 

Capability Recheck 

If the selected laboratory fails the capability check, the Subcontractor will 

reimburse the Government for each succeeding recheck of the laboratory 

or the checking of a subsequently selected laboratory. Such costs will be 

deducted from the Contract amount due the Subcontractor. 

The Government reserves the right to utilize the Subcontractor’s control testing 

laboratory and equipment to conduct assurance tests and check the 

Subcontractor’s testing procedures, techniques, and test results. 

Furnishing or Transportation of Samples for Testing 

Costs incidental to the transportation of samples or materials will be borne by the 

Subcontractor. Samples of materials for test verification and acceptance testing by 

the Government will be delivered to the Government’s Designated Laboratory. 

Coordination for each specific test, exact delivery location, and dates will be made 

through the Area Office. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/O 1440 01440-7 Subcontractor Quality Control

3.6 COMPLETION INSPECTION 

3.6.1 Pre-Final Inspection 

At the completion of work or any increment thereof established by these 

specifications, the CQC System Manager will conduct an inspection of the work 

and develop a “Punch List” of items which do not conform to the approved 

drawings and specifications. Such a list of deficiencies will be included in the CQC 

documentation and will include the estimated date by which the deficiencies will be 

corrected. Once this is accomplished, IT will notify the Government that the 

facility is complete and is ready for the Government’s “Prefinal” inspection. The 

Government will perform this inspection to veri@ that the facility is complete and 

ready to be occupied. A Government “Prefinal Punch List” will be developed as a 

result of this inspection, The IT CQC System Manager will ensure that items on 

this list have been corrected and so notifi the Government so that a “Final” 

inspection with the customer can be scheduled. Any items noted on the “Final” 

inspection will be corrected in a timely manner. These inspections and any 

deficiency corrections required by this paragraph will be accomplished within the 

time slated for completion of the entire work or any particular increment thereof if 

the project is divided into increments by separate completion dates. 

3.6.2 Final Acceptance Inspection 

3.7 DOCUMENTATION 

The Subcontractor’s Quality Control inspection personnel, his superintendent or 

other primary management person and an IT representative will be in attendance at 

this inspection. Additional Government personnel including, but not limited to, 

those from Base/Post Civil Facility Engineer user groups, and major commands 

may also be in attendance. The final acceptance inspection will be formally 

scheduled by IT based upon notice from the Subcontractor. This notice will be 

given to IT at least 14 days prior to the final acceptance inspection and must 

include the Subcontractor’s assurance that all specific items previously identified to 

the Subcontractor as being acceptable, along with all remaining work performed 

under the Contract, will be complete and acceptable by the date scheduled for the 

final acceptance inspection. Failure of the Subcontractor to have all contract work 

acceptably complete for this inspection will be cause for IT to bill the 

Subcontractor for the Government’s additional inspection cost in accordance with 

the contract clause entitled “Inspection of Construction.” 

3.7.1 IT and its Subcontractors will maintain current records providing factual evidence 

that required QC activities and/or tests have been performed. These records will 

include the work of subcontractors and suppliers and will be on an acceptable form 


that includes, as a minimum, the following information: 

Subcontractor/supplier and their area of responsibility. 

Operating plant/equipment with hours worked, idle, or down for repair. 

Work performed each day, giving location, description+ and by whom. When 

Network Analysis (NAS) is used, identify each phase of work performed each 

day by NAS activity number. 

Test and/or control activities performed with results and references to 

specifications/drawings requirements. The control phase should be identified 

(Preparatory, Initial, Follow-up). List deficiencies noted along with corrective 

action. 

Quantity of materials received at the site with statement as to acceptability, 

storage, and reference to specificationsldrawings requirements. 

Submittals reviewed, with Contract reference, by whom, 

Offsite surveillance activities, including actions taken. 

Job safety evaluations stating what was checked, results, 

corrective actions. 

and action taken. 

and instructions or 

Instructions givenheceived and conflicts in plans and/or specifications. 

Subcontractor’s verification statement. 

3.7.2 These records will indicate a description of trades working on the project; the 

number of persomel working; weather conditions encountered; and any delays 

encountered. These records will cover both conforming and deficient features and 

will include a statement that equipment and materials incorporated in the work and 

workmanship comply with the Contract. The original and one copy of these 

records in report form will be furnished to IT daily within 24 hours after the 

date(s) covered by the report, except that reports need not be submitted for days 

on which no work is performed. All calendar days will be accounted for 

throughout the life of the Contract. The first report following a day of no work 

will be for that day only. Reports will be signed and dated by the Subcontractor’s 

QC manager. The report from the QC Manager will include copies of test reports 

and copies of reports prepared by all subordinate QC personnel. Copies of 

Contract required reports will be forwarded to the Government by IT. 


3.8 SAMPLE FORMS 

Sample forms will be provided by IT. 

3.9 NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE 

IT will notify the Subcontractor of any detected noncompliance with the foregoing 

requirements. The Subcontractor will take immediate corrective action after receipt of 

such notice. Such notice, when delivered to the Subcontractor at the worksite, will be 

deemed sufficient for the purpose of notification. If the Subcontractor fails or refuses to 

comply promptly, IT may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory 

corrective action has been taken. No part of the time lost due to such stop orders will be 

made the subject of claim for extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the 

Subcontractor. 



,.-. 



SECTION 01500 

TEMPOIL4RY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 


1.1.2 General Requirements 

1.1.3 Availability and Use of Utility Services 

1.1.4 Protection and Maintenance of Traffic 

1.1.5 Subcontractor’s Temporary Facilities 

1.1.6 Plant Communication 

1.1.7 Temporary Safety Fencing 

1.1.8 Cleanup 

1.1.9 Restoration of Storage Area 

1.1.10 Dust Suppression 


1.2.1 Remedial Action Work Plan (lWWl?), Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort 

Oral, California. 

1.2.2 Site Safety and Health Plan (S SHP), Fort Ord Remedial Action, Fort Oral, 

California. 

1.2.3 Sampling and Analysis Plans (SAP), Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, 

California. 

1.3 GENEIWL REQUIREMENTS 

1.3.1 Subcontractor Storage Area 

Before beginning work, indicate the proposed number of trailers and storage area 

requirements. Indicate if the use of a supplemental or other staging area is desired. 

Due to sensitive species concerns, proposed fenced areas and their access routes 

require approval by IT Corporation (IT) prior to construction. 

sJ/5.14-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/O 1500 01500-1 Temporary Construction Facilities

, 

1.3.2 Identification of Employees 

The Subcontractor is responsible for each employee and requiring employees 

engaged on the work to display identification as approved and directed by IT. 

Prescribed identification will immediately be delivered to IT for cancellation upon 

release of any employee. When required, the Subcontractor will obtain and 

provide fingerprints of persons employed on the project. Subcontractor and 

personnel will wear identifying markings on hard hats clearly identifyhg the 

company for whom the employee works. 

1.3.3 Employee Parking 

Subcontractor employees will park privately owned vehicles in an area designated 

by IT. This area will be within reasonable walking distance of the construction 

site. Subcontractor employee parking will not interfere with existing and 

established parking requirements of the military installation. 

1.4 AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES 

1.4.1 

1.4.2 

Payment for Utility Services 

The Government will make required utility service available to the Subcontractor 

from existing outlets and supplies. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the 

amount of each utility semice consumed will be charged to or paid for by the 

Subcontractor at prevailing rates charged to the Government or, where the utility 

is produced by the Government, at reasonable rates determined by IT. The 

Subcontractor will carefully conserve any utilities furnished without charge. 

Meters and Temporary Connections 

The Subcontractor, at its expense and in a manner satisfacto~ to IT, will provide 

and maintain necessary temporary connections, distribution lines, and meter bases 

(Government will provide meters) required to measure the amount of each utility 

used for the purpose of determining charges. The Subcontractor will noti~ IT, in 

writing, five working days before final electrical connection is desired so that a 

utilities contract can be established. The Government will provide a meter and 

make the final hot comection after inspection and approval of the Subcontractor’s 

temporary wiring installation. Under no circumstance will the Subcontractor make 

the final electrical connection. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERClITORDOU2/O 1500 01500-2 Temporary Construction Facilities

1.4.3 Advance Deposit 

An advance deposit for utilities consisting of an estimated month’s usage or a 

minimum of $250.00 will be required and payable to IT. The last monthly bills for 

the fiscal year will normally be offset by the deposit, and adjustments will be billed 

or returned as appropriate. Services to be rendered for the next fiscal year, 

beginning October 1, will require a new deposit. Notification of the due date for 

this deposit will be mailed to the Subcontractor prior to the end of the current 

fiscal year. 

1.4.4 Final Meter Reading 

Before completion and final acceptance of the work by the Government, the 

Subcontractor will notify IT, in writing, five working days before termination is 

desired. The Government will take a final meter reading, disconnect service, and 

remove the meter(s). The Subcontractor will then remove all the temporary 

distribution lines, meter base(s), and associated equipment. The Subcontractor 

will pay all outstanding utility bills before final acceptance of the work by the 

Government. 

1.4.5 Sanitation 

The Subcontractor will provide and maintain within the construction area minimum 

field-type sanita~ facilities approved by IT. Government or IT restroom facilities 

will not be available to Subcontractor’s personnel. 

1.4.6 Telephone 

The Subcontractor will make arrangements and pay costs for telephone facilities. 

1.5 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 

During construction, IT will be responsible for trafllc control and provide access and 

temporary relocated or detour roads as necessa~ to maintain traffic. The Subcontractor’s 

traffic on roads selected for hauling material to and from the site will interfere as little as 

possible with public traffic. The Subcontractor will investigate the adequacy of existing 

roads and the allowable load limit on these roads. The Subcontractor will be responsible 

for the repair of any damage to roads caused by construction operations. The 

Subcontractor will be responsible for replacement of sections of road removed by the 

Subcontractor to complete this work. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC~ORDOU2/O 1500 01500-3 Temporary Construction Facilities

1.5.1 General 

The Subcontractor will so conduct his operations as to offer the least possible 

obstruction and inconvenience to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and will have 

under construction no greater amount of work than he can prosecute properly with 

due regard for the rights of the public. The length of construction for purposes of 

traffic control will be defined as any section of public street or public right-of-way 

upon which the fill width of existing roadway is not available for vehicular or 

pedestrian traffic because of interference from construction equipment, excavation, 

stockpiled material, or untraversable areas. 

1.5.2 Protection of Pedestrian Traffic 

It is the Subcontractor’s responsibility to save persons or other which might be 

endangered as a result of the proposed construction. The exact method of 

providing protection to the public is subject,to the approval of IT. 

1.6 SUBCONTRACTOR’S TEMPOIL4RY FACILITIES 

1.6.1 

1.6.2 

1.6.3 

Administrative Field OffIces 

The Subcontractor will provide and maintain administrative field ofllce facilities 

withh the construction area at a site designated by IT. Government office 

facilities will not be available to the Subcontractor’s personnel. 

Storage Area 

Use the fenced equipment storage area indicated on the Site Plan. Trailers, 

materials, or equipment will not be placed or stored outside the fenced area unless 

approved by IT. At the end of each work day mobile equipment, such as tractors, 

wheeled lifting equipment, cranes, trucks, and like equipment, and materials will be 

left in an organized manner as approved by IT. 

Supplemental Storage Area 

Upon Subcontractor’s request, IT will designate another or supplemental area for 

the Subcontractor’s use and storage of trailers, equipment, and materials. This 

area may not be in close proximity to the construction site but will be within the 

military boundaries. Fencing of materials or equipment will not be required at this 

site; however, the Subcontractor will be responsible for cleanliness and orderliness 

of the area used and for the security of any material or equipment stored in this 

area. Utilities will not be provided to this area by the Government. 

SJ/S-14-96/SACTERC/FrORJ30U2/O 1500 01500-4 Temporary Construction Facilities

1.7 

1.8 

1.6.4 

1.6.5 

1.6.6 

Appearance of Trailers 

Trailers utilized by the Subcontractor for administrative or material storage 

purposes will present a clean and neat exterior appearance and will be in a state of 

good repair. Trailers which, intheopinion of IT, require etierior painting or 

maintenance will not be allowed on the military property. 

Maintenance of Storage kea 

Fencing around storage areas will be kept in a state of good repair and proper 

alignment. Do not traverse with construction equipment or other vehicles grassed 

or unpaved areas which are not established roadways. 

Security Provisions 

Adequate outside security lighting will be provided at the Subcontractor’s 

temporary facilities. The Subcontractor will be responsible for the security of its 

own equipment; in addition, the Subcontractor will notify the appropriate law 

enforcement agency requesting periodic security checks of the temporary project 

field oftlce. 

PLANT COMMUNICATION 

Whenever the Subcontractor has the. individual elements of its plant so located that 

operation by normal voice between these elements is not satisfactory, the Subcontractor 

will install a satisfactory means of communication, such as telephone or other suitable 

devices. The devices will be made available for use by Government personnel. 

TEMPORARY SAFETY FENCING 

If specified or required to protect the public, provide a temporary safety fencing around 

the work area. As soon as practicable, but not later than 15 days after the date established 

for commencement of work, the Subcontractor will furnish and erect temporary project 

safety fencing at the work site. The safety fencing will be a high visibility orange colored, 

high density polyethylene grid or approved equal, a minimum of 42 inches high supported 

and tightly secured to steel posts located on maximum 10-foot centers, constructed at the 

approved location. Maintain the safety fencing during the life of the Contract and, upon 

completion and acceptance of the work, remove from the work site. 

SKI-14 -96/SACTERC~ORDOU2/O 1500 01500-5 Temporary Construction Facilities

..... 

1.9 CLEANUP 

Any dirt or mud which is tracked onto paved or surfaced roadways will be cleaned away 

upon completion. Materials resulting from demolition activities which are salvageable will 

be stored within the fenced area or at the supplemental storage area. Stored material not 

in trailers, whether new or salvaged, will be neatly stacked when stored. 

1.9.1 Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean 

and orderly condition. 

1.9.2 Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site weekly. 

1.9.3 Furnish a minimum of one 2-cubic-yard capacity waste bin for rubbish disposal and 

provide for weekly disposal service at a minimum. Locate the waste bin near the 

construction facilities. Arrange for disposal service on an as-needed basis. 

1.10 RESTORATION OF STORAGE AREA 

Areas used by the Subcontractor for the storage of equipment or material, or other use, 

will be restored to the original or better condition. 

1.10.1 Use IT equipment decontamination facilities within the contamination reduction 

zone for removing contaminants from vehicles and equipment leaving the work 

area. 

1.10.2 Collect decontamination wastewater in storage tank. 

1.10.3 Do not allow wastewater to run off of the site onto rights-of-way or adjacent 

property. 

1.10.4 Personnel engaged in vehicle decontamination will wear protective equipment 

including disposable clothing and respiratory protection as required by the SSHP. 

1.10.5 Consider the decontamination area a hazardous work area; Any item taken into the 

exclusion zone, will be contaminated and decontaminated before removing item 

from the area. Clean all contaminated vehicles, equipment, and materials prior to 

leaving the site. 

1.11 DUST SUPPRESSION 

1.11.1 Conduct operations and maintain the site so as to minimize the creation and 

dispersion of dust. 

SJ/5-14-96LSACTERC/FTORDOU2/O 1500 01500-6 Tempora~ Construction Facilities

1.11.2 Usedust control throughout thework, especially dutingsoil excavation, handling 

and transport, rough grading, and placement of final cover. 

1.11.3 Provide clean water, free from salt, oil, or other deleterious material for on-site 

dust control in any area. 

1.11.4 Supply water spraying equipment capable of accessing all work areas. 


Not used. 


Not used. 


SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU210 1500 01500-7 Tempora~ Construction Facilities

., 


1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

1.4 


1.1.1 Products 

1.1.2 Transportation and Handling 

1.1.3 Storage and Protection 

1.1.4 Product Options 

1.1.5 Substitutions 

PRODUCTS 

SECTION 01600 

MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 

1.2.1 Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as 

specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. 

1.2.2 Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture for components 

being replaced. 

TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 

1.3.1 Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 

1.3.2 Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that Products comply with requirements, 

quantities are correct, and Products are undamaged, 

1.3.3 Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent 

soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 

STORAGE AND PROTECTION 

1.4.1 Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, with 

seals and labels intact and legible. 

1.4.2 Store sensitive Products in weather tight, climate controlled enclosures. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/O 16OO 01600-1 Material and Equipment

1.4,3 

1.4.4 

1.4.5 

1.4.6 

1.4.7 

1.4.8 

For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on sloped supports, above 

ground. 

Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site 

storage or protection. 

Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide 

ventilation to avoid condensation or potential degradation of Product. 

Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent 

mixing with foreign matter. 

Provide equipment and personnel to store Products by methods to prevent soiling, 

disfigurement, or damage. 

Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect 

to ven;fy Products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. 

1.5 PRODUCT OPTIONS 

1.5.1 Products specified by reference standards or by description only: any Product 

meeting those standards or description. 

1.5.2 Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers: Products of 

manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions 

allowed. 

1.5.3 Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers with a provision for 

substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named in 

accordance with the following article. 

1.5.4 “Or Equal” 

1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS 

● Where the phrase “or equal” or “or approved equal” occurs in the Contract 

Documents, do not assume materials, equipment, or methods will be approved 

as equal unless the item has been specifically approved for this work by IT. 

● The decision of IT is final. 

1.6.1 IT will consider requests for Substitutions only within 30 days after Notice to 

Proceed. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACT~~C~OR~OU2/O 1600 01600-2 Material and Equipment

1.6.2 Substitutions may be considered when a Product becomes unavailable through no 

fault of the Subcontractor. 

1.6.3 Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed 

Substitution with Contract Documents. 

1.6.4 A request constitutes a representation that the Subcontractor: 

● Has investigated proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds 

the quality level of the specified Product. 

● Wdl provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified 

Product. 

● Will coordinate installation and make changes to other work which maybe 

required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to the 

Government. 

m Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently 

become apparent. 

● Will reimburse the Government for review or redesign services by IT 

associated with re-approval by authorities. 

1.6.5 Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on drawing 

or product data submittal, without separate written request, or when acceptance 

will require substantial revision to the Ccmtract Documents. 

1.6.6 Do not order or install substitute products without written acceptance. 

1.6.7 Only one request for substitution for each product will be considered. When 

substitution is not accepted, provide specified product. 

1.6.8 IT will determine acceptability of substitutions. 

1.6.9 Identi@ product by Specification Section and Article numbers. Provide 

manufacturer’s name and address, trade name of product, and model or casting 

number. List fabricators and suppliers as appropriate. 

1.6.10 Give itemized comparison of proposed substitution with specified product, listing 

variations, and reference to Specification Section and Article numbers. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/ITORDOU2/O 1600 01600-3 Material and Equipment

1.6.11 Give quality and performance comparison between proposed substitution and the 

specified product. 

1.6.12 Glvecost data combating proposed substitution with specified product, and 

amount of net change to Contract Sum. 

1.6.13 List availability of maintenance services and replacement materials. 

1.6.14 State effect of substitution on construction schedule, and changes required in other 

work or products. 

1.6.15 Request for substitution constitutes a representation that Subcontractor has 

investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in 

all respects to specified products (or that the cost reduction offered is ample 

justification for accepting the offered substitution). 

1.6.16 Provide same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 

1.6.17 Coordinate installation of accepted substitute, making such changes as may be 

required for Work to be complete in all respects. 

1.6.18 Certify that cost data presented are complete and include all related costs. 

1.6.19 Waive claims for additional costs related to substitution which may later become 

apparent. 

1.6.20 Substitution Submittal Procedure: 


● Submit three copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each 

request to one proposed Substitution. 

● Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the 

proposed Product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 

● IT will notify Subcontractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 

Not Used, 


Not Used. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERCI’FTORDOU2/O 1600 


01600-4 Material and Equipment




1.1.2 Closeout Procedures 

1.1.3 Final Cleaning 

1.1.4 Adjusting 

1.1.5 Project Record Documents 

1.1.6 Warranties 

1.1.7 Spare Materials 


SECTION 01700 

SUBCONTRACT CLOSEOUT 

1.2.1 Remedial Action Work Plan, Operable Unit 2 Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, 

California. 

1.2.2 Site Safety and Health Plan, Fort Ord Remedial Action, Fort Oral, California. 

1.2.3 Sampling and Analysis Plan, Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, 

California. 

1.3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 

1.3.1 Submit written certification that Contract Documents (References) have been 

reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with 

Contract Documents and ready for IT’s review. 

1.3.2 Provide submittals to IT that are required by governing or other authorities. 

Include: 

● Certificates of inspection required for electrical work and any other legally 

required inspections. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/O 1700 01700-1 Subcontract Closeout

“ Subcontractor’s waiver of lien. 

“ Separate waivers of lien for subcontractors, suppliers, and others with lien 

rights against property of Government. 

1.3.3 Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, 

previous payments, and sum remaining due. 

1.4 FINAL CLEANING 

1.4.1 

1.4.2 

1.4.3 

1.4.4 

1.4.5 

1.5 AD~STING 

Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. 

Clean surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign 

substnaces, and polish transparent and glossy surfaces, 

Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials 

appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. 

Clean the site by sweeping paved areas and raking clean landscaped surfaces. 

Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the 

site. 

Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 

1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 

1.6.1 Maintain on-site, one set of the following record documents; record actual 

revisions to the Work: 

● Drawings. 

● Specifications. 

● Addenda. 

“ Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 

. Reviewed Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 

“ Manufacturer’s instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. 

1.6.2 Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by the 

Government. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC~ORDOU2/O 1700 01700-2 Subcontract Closeout

1.6.3 Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. 

1.6.4 Record information concurrent with construction progress. 

1.6.5 Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of 

actual Products installed, including the following: 

w Manufacturer’s name and product model and number. 

● Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 

● Changes made by Addenda and modifications. 

1.6.6 Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual 

construction including: 

● Final Grading elevations and contours. 

‘ Settlement monument designations, locations, elevations and date. 

c Measured horizontal dimensions or coordinates and elevations of underground 

utilities, storm drains, subdrains and appurtenances, referenced to permanent 

surface improvements. 

● Field changes of dimension and detail. 

. Details not on original Contract drawings. 

1.6.7 Remove IT title block and seal from all documents. 

1.6.8 Submit documents to IT with claim for final Application for Payment. 

1.7 WARRANTIES 

1.7.1 Provide duplicate notarized copies. 

1.7.2 Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from Subcontractors, 

suppliers, and manufacturers. 

1.7.3 Provide Table of Contents and asemble in three-D side ring binders with durable 

plastic cover. 

1.7.4 Submit prior to final application for Payment. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/O 1700 01700-3 Subcontract Closeout

1.7.5 For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide 

updated submittal within 10 days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as 

star&of warranty period. 

1.8 SPAKE MATERIALS 

1.8.1 Provide products and extra materials in quantities specified in individual 

specification sections. 

1.8.2 Deliver to area designated by IT; obtain receipt prior to final payment. 


Not Used. 


Not Used. 


SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/01700 01700-4 Subcontract Closeout






1.1.4 Protection of Existing Property 

1.1.5 Burning 

1.1.6 Use of Explosives 

1.1.7 Existing Structures 

1.1.8 Utilities 

1.1.9 Roads 

1.1.10 Fences 

1.1.11 Filling 

1.1.12 Disposition of Material 

1.1.13 Sawcutting 

1.1.14 Cleanup 


SECTION 02050 

DEMOLITION 

1.2.1 Remedial Action Work I?lw Operable Unit 2; Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, California. 

1.2.2 Site Safety and Health Plan, Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, California. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/020 50 02050-1 Demolition


Prepare submittals in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. 

1.4 DUST CONTROL 

Use of water will not be permitted when it will result ~ or create, hazardous or objectionable 

conditions such as flooding and pollution, or infiltration into refise. 

1.5 PROTECTION OF EXHTING PROPERTY 

Before beginning any demolition work, survey the site, photograph existing conditions, and 

examine the drawings and specifications, and perform any intrusive activities necessary to 

determine the extent of the work. Take necessary precautions to avoid damage to wells or 

other existing work to remain in place, to be reused, or to remain the property of the 

Government; any damaged items will be repaired or replaced as approved by IT. Ensure that 

structural elements are not overloaded. Increase structural supports or add new supports as 

may be required because of any cutting, removal, or demolition work performed under this 

Contract. 

1.6 BURNING 

The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not be 

permitted. 

1.7 USE OF EXPLOSIVES 

Use of explosives will not be permitted. 


Not Used. 


3.1 EmSTING STRUCTURES 

Remove existing structures identified for removal on the drawings to two feet below grade. 

Remove sidewalks, curbs, gutters and street light bases as indicated. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/02050 02050-2 Demolition

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

3.6 

UTILITIES 

3.2.1 Disconnection of Utility Services: Utilities will be disconnected if necessary. Where 

such disconnection will interrupt the utility services to an area not included in this 

Contract, arrangements for such interruption will be made with IT at least 72 hours 

before the interruption. IT will noti~ utility companies as necessary. 

3.2.2 Removal of Utilities: Remove, relocate, and replace utilities within the landfill limits 

in Area A. Remove and replace utilities within Area ~ outside the landfill limits (i.e., 

along Imjin Road and Abrams Drive). When utility lines are encountered that are not 

indicated on the drawings, IT will be notified. 

3.2.3 Protection: Preserve in operating condition, unless otherwise noted, all active utilities 

traversing project site. Repair damage to such utilities caused by work under this 

Contract to the satisfaction of IT. 

ROADS 

Sections of Abrams Drive and Imjin Road will be removed as shown on the drawings to allow 

excavation of refuse. Replace the demolished sections of road as shown on the drawings. 

FENCES 

Remove and dispose of existing fences within the construction limits according to the 

approved Work Plan. 

FILLING 

Fill holes and other hazardous openings resulting from demolition with satisfactory material. 

DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL 

3.6.1 Demolition Materials 

Title to nonhazardous materials and equipment to be demolished, is vested in the 

Subcontractor upon receipt of Notice to Proceed. Demolished materials will be 

removed from Government property before completion of the contract. Demolished 

materials will not be sold on the site. 

3.6.2 Material Salvaged for the Subcontractor 

Material salvaged for the Subcontractor will be stored as approved by IT and will be 

removed from Government property before completion of the contract. Material 

SJ/5-lA96/SACTERC/lTORDOWZ/0205 O 02050-3 Demolition

3.7 

3.8 

3.6.3 

3.6.4 

salvaged for the Subcontractor will not be sold on the site. 

Historical Items 

Remove historical items (if found) and deliver to the Government. The Subcontractor 

will obtain IT’s approval before proceeding with removal. 

Hazardous and Nonhazardous Materials 

Hazardous materhls will be handled, transported, and disposed of in accordance with 

the SSHP, local, state, and federal laws and regulations, and Corrective Action 

Management Units (CAMU) requirements. 

SAWCUTTING 

Cut asphalt roads and concrete curbs, gutters, and sidewalks where shown on the drawings. 

Cuts will be straight and fill depth. 

CLEANUP 

Remove debris and rubbish from the site daily. Debris will be removed and transported in a 

way that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas. Local regulations regarding hauling 

and disposal will apply. 


SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/’FTORl3OU2/O2O5O 02050-4 Demolition

SECTION 02052 

DESTRUCTION OF GROUNDWATER MONITORING WELLS AND 

GAS MONITORING PROBES 




1,1.2 Submittals 


1.1.4 Sealing Materials 

1.1.5 Bacldl Material 

1.1.6 Temporary Fencing 

1.1.7 Monitoring Well Destruction 

1.1.8 Gas Monitoring Probe Destruction 

1.1.9 Destruction of Undocumented Wells/Probes 

1.1.10 Temporary Cover 

1.1.11 Disposition of Material 


1.1.13 Decontamination 



ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 

S1/5-14-96/SACTERCIlTORDOU2 02052-1 Destruction of Groundwater 

Monitoring Wells and Gas 

Monitoring Probes

ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement 

MONTEREY COUNTY 

Monterey County Ordnance 3316 Water Wells 


Perform work in accordance with Monterey County Department of Health regulations. 

Variances from the regulations will be negotiated in advance and documented in writing. 

1.4 SUBMTTALS 

1.4.1 Prepare submittals in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS, 

1.4.2 Submit daily activity reports including quantities of materials used, lineal footages, 

and other pay items. 

1.4.3 Recording 

A complete record ofgroundwater monitoring well and gas monitoring probe sealing 

operations will be prepared. Include in the record: 

● Well and probe locations and names 

● Total verified well depth 

● Volume of sealing material used for each location 

● Description of sealing materials used 

● Pressure required for sealing. 

1.4.4 Well destruction descriptions will be filed with Monterey County Department of 

Health within 10 days of each well destruction. 


2.1 SEALING MATERIALS 

Suitable materials will include cement-bentonite grout, sand-cement grout, and concrete. 

Sealing materials will have a low permeability such that the volume of water passing through 

is of small consequence. Drilling muds will not be used. 

SJ15-14-961SACTERCIFTORDOU2 02052-2 Destruction of Groundwater 


Monitoring Probes

,/- -- 2.1.1 

,- 

2.1.2 

2.1.3 

Cement-Bentonite Grout: One sack of Type II Portland cement (ASTM C150) 

(94 pound sack) and 3 to 5 percent bentonite powder for each 4-1/2 to 6-1/2 gallons 

of clean water (depending on cement type and additives used). 

Sand-Cement Grout: Not more than two parts by weight of sand and one part of 

Portland cement for each 4-1/2 to 6-1/2 gallons of clean water per sack (depending 

on cement type and additives used). 

Concrete: “Class B“ (five sacks of Type II Portland cement per cubic yard); 

Aggregates: ASTM C33. 

2.2 BACKFILL MATERIAL 

Backfdl material will be a sandy soil with a maximum particle size of 3 inches. 

2.3 TEMPORARY FENCING 

Construction barricades and “Caution - Work Zone” or similar safety ribbon will be 

constructed around each work zone in developed areas. 


3.1 MONITORING WELL DESTRUCTION 

3.1.1 Well Preparation 

If there are any obstructions (including submersible pumps) in the wells, they will be 

removed by cleaning out the holes until the bottoms of wells are encountered. 

Physically verify the bottom of the well by use of a sounding rod or equivalent. 

Materials and equipment removed will be stored and secured at an area designated by 

IT for return to USACE. 

3.1.2 Well Filling 

The wells will be filled with sealing materials to within five feet of existing grade. The 

sealiig material will be tremied from the bottom of the well to the top. The wells will 

be inspected 24 hours after the sealing material has settled and topped-off as 

necessaxy until the well is completely sealed. Surface completions will be removed 

to a minimum of five feet below grade after completion of grouting. Native materials 

will be used to bactilll the excavation to local grade. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERCIITORDOU2 02052-3 Destruction of Groundwater 


Monitoring Probes

# 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

3.1.3 Pressure Grouting 

Where cement-bentonite grout, sand-cement grout, or concrete is used, it will be 

pumped in one continuous operation for the required interval. Tremie pipe will be 

used to place sealing material in the well. Sufficient sealing material will be placed to 

fill the well casing and extend out one foot into the strata opposite existing 

perforations. Necessary pressure will be applied to force the sealing material through 

existing perforations into the surrounding formation and pressure will be maintained 

until the sealing material has set. 

GAS MONITORING PROBE DESTRUCTION 

Probes will be removed by means of a backhoe or other method approved by IT. After 

replacement of material moved aside during destructio~ sandy soil backfill material will be 

used to fill all remaining voids or depressions. At least one foot of sandy soil bacldlll will be 

placed over any refuse otherwise left exposed by operations. 

DESTRUCTION OF UNDOCUMENTED WELLS/PROBES 

If wells or probes not identified on the drawings are discovered within the limits of grading, 

they will be destroyed in accordance with the above specifications. Subcontractor will obtain 

written approval for newly identified probes from IT prior to destruction. 

TEMPORARY COVER 

During periods when no work is being done on the wells or probes, such as overnight or 

while waiting for sealing material to set, the wells and probes and surrounding excavation, if 

any, will be covered. The cover will be sufficiently strong and well anchored to prevent the 

introduction of foreign material into the wells and probes, and to provide protection from 

potentially hazardous situations. 

DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL 

3.5.1 Title to Materials 

Title to all nonhazardous materials and equipment to be demolished, except materials 

and equipment requiring salvage is vested in the Subcontractor upon receipt of Notice 

to Proceed. The Government will not be responsible for the condition, loss, disposal, 

or damage to such property after Notice to Proceed. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERCIlTORDOU2 02052-4 Destruction of Groundwater 


Monitoring Probes

3.5.2 Debris 

3.6 CLEANUP 

Excess slurry, grout, backfill and other nonhazardous demolition materials and 

equipment will be disposed off of Government property unless otherwise specified. 

Combustible materials will be disposed off of Government property. 

Debris and rubbish will be removed from the excavations and the project site and transported 

in a manner as to prevent spillage on streets or adjacent areas. Materials that cannot be 

removed daily will be stored. Waste bins for weekly collection. 

3.7 DECONTAMINATION 

Equipment used to perform well and probe destruction will be steam cleaned prior to 

beginning destruction of the other wells or probes. The Subcontractor will be responsible for 

disposing soil and wastewater related to decontamination offsite. 


SJ/5-14-961SACTERC/FTORDOU2 02052-5 Destruction of Groundwater 


Monitoring Probes





1.1.3 Clearing 

1.1.4 Grubbing 

1.1.5 Removal 

1.1.6 Topsoil Excavation 

1.2 SU13NUTTALS 

SECTION 02110 

CLEARING AND GRUBBING 



Not Used. 


3.1 PREPAIL4TION 

3.1.1 Veri@ that existing plant life designated to remain is tagged or identified. 

3.1.2 Identi@ a waste area for placing removed materials. 

3.2 CLEARING 

3.2.1 Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work. 

3.2.2 Remove trees, shrubs and rubbish within marked areas. 

3.2.3 Clear undergrowth and deadwood, without disturbing subsoil. 

SJM-14-96iSACTERCUTORDOU2\02 110 02110-1 Clearing and Grubbing

--. , 

3.2.4 Protect vegetation designated to remain from damage. 

3.3 GRUBBING 

3.3.1 Remove stumps and roots, together with logs and other debris to a depth of a 

maximum of six inches below the original surface level. 

3.3.2 Separate dune sand from other material and stockpile for use as vegetative cover 

earthfill. 

3.4 REMOVAL 

3.4.1 Remove debris, rock, and extracted plant life from site. 

3.4.2 Remove paving and curbs within areas to be cleared and grubbed. 

3.5 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION 

3.5.1 Excavate topsoil from marked areas without mixing with foreign materials, 

3.5.2 Do not excavate wet topsoil. 

3.5.3 Stockpile in area designated on site and protect from erosion. 

3.5.4 Remove excess topsoil not intended for reuse from site. 

ENI) OF SECTION 

SJW14-91NACTERCUTORDOU2\021 10 02110-2 Clearing and Grubbing

. 




1.1.2 Definitions 



1.1.5 General Fill 

1.1.6 Foundation Layer 

1.1.7 Vegetative Cover 

1.1.S Bacldl 

1.1.9 Borrow Material 



1.1.12 Disposal of Excavated Material 

1.1.13 Refuse and Contaminated Soil 

1.1.14 Placement 

1.1.15 Shoulder Construction 

1.1.16 Moisture Control 

1.1.17 Compaction 

1.1.18 Repairs 

1.1.19 Settlement Plate Installation 

1.1.20 Construction Tolerances 

1.1.21 Finished Surfaces 

1.1.22 Field Quality Control 

1.1.23 Protection 

SECTION 02200 

EARTHWORK 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/02200 02200-1 Earthwork



ASTM D422 Particle-Size Analysis of Soils 

ASTM D698 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixture 

Using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) Hammer and 12-inch (305 mm) Drop 

ASTM D1556 Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method 

ASTM D1557 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixture 

Using 10 lb (4.54 kg) Hammer and 18-inch (457 mm) Drop 

ASTM D2216 Laborato~ Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and 

Rock 

ASTM D2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil 

Classification System) 

ASTM D2488 Description and Identification of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedure) 

ASTM D2922 Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods 

(Willow Depth) 

ASTM D3017 Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Willow 

Depth) 

IT CORPORATION (IT) 

Remedial Action Work Plan, Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, California. 

Site Safety and Health Plan, Ford Ord Remedial Action, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, 

California. 

Sampling and Analysis Plq Operable Unit 2, Landfill Closure, Fort Oral, California. 

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

1.3.1 Satisfactory Materials: Local excavated and borrow materials are satisfacto~ for 

backfill, except materials determined to be unsatisfacto~, materials containing 

excessive moisture that do not readily compact, strippings or organic materials. 

SatisfactoV materials include materials classified according to ASTM D2487 as CL, 

SJ/5-14-961SACTERCl170RDOU2102200 02200-2 Earthwork

1.3.2 

1.3.3 


Unsatisfactory Materials: Unsatisfactory materials include, but are not limited to 

materials containing roots and other organic matter, trash, debris, stones larger than 

3 inches, and materials classified according to ASTM D2487 as ML, OL, CH, MH, 

OH, and PT. 

Degree of Compaction: Degree of compaction required is the ratio of field density 

to the maximum dry density determined in the laboratory using the referenced ASTM 

standard. The degree of compaction is expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry 

density. Determine the field density by the methods and test at the frequency listed 

in Table 02200-1, EARTHWORK TESTING REQUIREMENTS. 


1.4.2 Submit results and reports for tests specified in Table 02200-1, EARTHWORK 

TESTING REQUIREMENTS (QA). 


IT will collect soil samples and perform moisture, density, gradation and other tests to 

ascertain that the work is being performed in compliance with these Specifications. Remove 

surface material and render assistance when requested to enable sampling and testing. 


2.1 GENERAL FILL 

General fill: Soil and refuse excavated from Area A and unsatisfactory material. 

2.2 FOUNDATION COVER 

2.2.1 Lower Foundation Layer - Zone 1: Clean or contaminated soil or refbse suitable for 

compaction. 

2.2.2 Upper Foundation Layer - Zone 2: Satisfactory materials free from roots, debris, 

hazardous material, trash, and stones larger than 0.5 inch. Chemical testing must be 

less than the detection limit for the chemicals listed; the soil may contain 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC~ORDOU2/02200 02200-3 Earthwork

-. 

concentrations of chemicals which present a cancer risk less than 1x10-6 and hazard 

index less than or equal to unity for non-cancer health effects. 

2.3 VEGETATIVE LAYER 

2.3.1 Soil: Free of roots, debris, hazardous material, stones not larger than 0.5 inch, and 

suitable for sustaining vegetative growth. 

2.3.2 Chemical testing: Non-detect for the chemicals listed; may contain concentrations 

of chemicals which present a cancer risk less than 1 x 104 and a hazard index less than 

or equal to unity for non-cancer health effects. 

2.4 BACKFILL 

Satisfacto~ material free from roots, trash, debris, and hazardous materials. 

2.5 BORROW MATERIAL 

Borrow material from offsite sources will not be used unless an earthwork balance cannot be 

achieved with onsite materials. 



3.1.1 

3.1.2 

3.1.3 

3+1+4 

Protection: Protect exposed surfaces of cut and fill during shutdowns exceeding two 

weeks. Slope exposed sutiaces to drain and proof-roll with a smooth drum roller. 

Surface Preparation: Clear, grub, excavate and stockpile the existing cover soils. 

Proof-roll with a smooth drum roller before placing fill. Do not place fill on surfaces 

that are muddy or have ponded water. 

Compact subgrade to requirements of Table 02200-1, EARTHWOIW TESTING 

REQUIREMENTS. Scarify and moisten or aerate the prepared ground surface just 

before placement of fill to ensure adequate bond between embankment material and 

the prepared ground surface. 

Subgrade for roadways: Shape to line, grade, and cross section and compact to the 

requirements of Table 02200-1, EARTHWORK TESTING REQUIREMENTS. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/lWORDOU2/02200 02200-4 Earthwork

3.2 EXCAVATION 

3,2.1 

3.2.2 

3.2.3 

3.2.4 

3.2.5 

3.2.6 

3.2.7 

Excavate and dispose of unsuitable or low-density subgrade material not readily 

capable of compaction. 

Provide adequate working space within limits of the excavation for personnel safety. 

Attempt to presewe the material below and beyond the lines of excavations. In cases 

involving overexcavation, backfdl to the required design grade and recompact the 

backfill to the requirements of Table 02200-1, EARTHWORK TESTING 

REQUIREMENTS . 

Excavation carried out for the convenience of the Subcontractor will conform to the 

limits approved by IT and will be at no additional expense to the Government. 

Place excavated material at sufficient distance from the edge of excavations 

minimize the possibility of cave-ins or slope failures. Excavate sideslopes 

excavations in accordance with OSHA requirements. 

Cut ditches accurately to cross sections and grades where indicated. Trim and dress 

or remove roots, stumps, rock, and foreign matter in the sides and bottom of ditches 

to conform to the slope grade, and shape of sections indicated. Baclclll 

overexcavated ditches to required grade with compacted satisfactory material. 

Maintain ditches until final acceptance of the Work 

Backfll over excavated ditches with compacted soil or overfdl with rip rap. 

3.3 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL 

Dispose unsatisfactory materials removed from excavations in designated waste disposal or 

spoil areas. Do not dispose of material in a way that obstructs the flow of streams, endangers 

a structure, impairs the efficiency or appearance of structures, or is detrimental to the 

completed work. 

3.4 REFUSE AND CONTAMINATED SOIL 

3.4.1 Excavate refuse and soil from Area A until refuse and contaminated soil has been 

removed. 

3.4.2 Remove and replace utilities encountered during excavation. 

3.4.3 Handle contaminated soil and refuse to minimize dust. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/ITORl)OU2/02200 02200-5 Earthwork 

to 

of

,---- 

3.4.4 Hauling and Placing: Haul excavated material and place on Areas B through F or on 

stockpiles. Protect placed or stockpiled soil from rain, wind, run-on and run-off in 

accordance With the Sto~ Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). The general 

location of stockpiles is indicated on the Site Plan, however, the final location will be 

coordinated with and approved by IT. 

3.4.5 Hazardous Waste: Visually inspect each load of excavated material for hazardous 

wastes. Remove hazardous materials identified and store in a secured area until 

properly disposed at a licensed disposal site. 

3.4.6 Grading: When clean closure of Area A is confmned, place grade to the lines and 

grades indicated on the drawings. 

3.5 PLACEMENT 

3,5.1 

3.5.2 

3.5.3 

3.5.4 

3.5.5 

3.5.6 

3.5.7 

Place soil and general fill (refuse) to the lines and grades shown on the drawings, or 

as modified in the field. 

Compact soil and general fill to the requirements of Table 02200-1. 

In areas where hand operated tampers must be used, the loose lift thickness will not 

exceed four inches. Compact each layer before the overlying layer is placed. 

Do not place vegetative cover layer on the geomembrane until the geomembrane 

installation in that area is verified, agreed, and signed-off by IT and the geomembrane 

Installer. 

Place vegetative cover material over the geomembrane without direct contact of 

tracks or rubber tires on the geomembrane. Deposit material at the edge of the 

geomembrane and push out over the liner from lower elevations to higher elevations 

using low-ground pressure equipment with non-penetrating cleats. 

Construct haul roads over the liner to avoid long push distances for the tractor. Haul 

roads accommodating scrapers or other transport vehicles will be a minimum of three 

feet thick. Deposit and spread materials from the haul roads. After a haul road is no 

longer needed, blade the road down to the finished thickness of the vegetative layer. 

Push the vegetative cover layer earthfill in front of the equipment. Where seams are 

crossed, push earthfill across the upper geomembrane panel to the lower 

geomembrane panel. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/02200 02200-6 Earthwork

3.5,8 Do not push eartldl across sm.ms from lower panel to upper panel. No sudden turns 

or accelerations will occur while the equipment is on soil directly above the 

geomembrane. 

3.5.9 Provide at least 12 inches of cover soil over the geomembrane for heavy construction 

equipment. 

3.5.10 Do not use probes for checking the depth of cover over the geomembrane or 

permanent depth markers or grade stakes extending through the geomembrane. 

3.6 SHOULDER CONSTRUCTION 

Perform shoulder construction in proper sequence so that adjacent ditches will be drained 

effectively and no damage is done to the adjacent completed pavement. The completed 

shoulders will be true to alignment and grade and shaped to drain in conformity with the cross 

section shown. 

3.7 MOISTURE CONTROL 

3.7.1 General Fill: Do not add moisture to the general fill except for suppressing dust 

emissions. 

3.7.2 Foundation Layer and Vegetative Cover: Adjust moisture content of the material by 

moisture conditioning, as required to the requirements of Table 02200-1, 

EARTHWORK TESTING REQUIREMENTS. 

3.s COMPACTION 

3.8.1 

3.8.2 

3.8.3 

General Fill and Lower Foundation Layer (Zone 1): Compact using a minimum of 

three passes of cleated-type compaction equipment with a minimum equipment weight 

of 20 tons over areas of each lift. For self-propelled compactors, one pass means one 

pass of the entire vehicle. 

Foundation Layer (Zone 2): Compact upper one foot of foundation material to the 

requirements of Table 02200-1, EARTHWORK TESTING REQWREMENTS. Use 

hand operated tampers in areas where standard compaction equipment cannot be 

operated. 

Vegetative Layer: Compact vegetative cover material to the requirements of Table 

02200-1, ENWHWORK TESTING REQUIREMENTS. Density is not to exceed 

90 percent. Scarify surface before seeding. 

SJ/5.13-96/SACTERC/FfORDOU2/02200 02200-7 Earthwork

3.8.4 Subgrade Fill for Roadways: Compact to the requirements of Table 02200-1, 


3.9 REPAIRS 

3.9.1 General: Recompact mdregrade tothespecified compaction, grade tolerances, and 

finished-grade conditions those areas that are damaged that occurs to the fill before 

acceptance of the Work. 

3.9.2 Erosion damage: Repair sutiaces damaged byerosionto thelinesandgades. 

3.10 SETTLEMENT PLATE INSTALLATION 

Install settlement plates after completion of the vegetative cover. Survey location 

immediately after installation and note location (northlngs and castings), elevation, and date 

on the as-builts. Materials and installation details are included in Section 01051, 

SURVEYING. 

3.11 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES 

The top surface of the foundation layer and the vegetative cover will va~ no more than 0.1 

feet above or below the grades shown on the construction drawings. The final elevation of 

the landfill cover will be field adjusted to suit the quantities of soil and refuse placed. 

3.12 FINISHED SURFACE 

3.12.1 General Fill: The finished surface of the general fill will be in accordance with the 

lines and grades shown on the drawing. 

3.12.2 Foundation Layer: The finished surface of the foundation layer will be free of 

irregularities, depressions greater than 0.5 inch in greatest dimension, loose soil, rocks 

greater than 0.5 inch in greatest dimension, roots, and debris. The finished surface 

will comply with the geomembrane manufacturer’s warranty requirements. 

3.12.3 Vegetative Layer: The finished surface of the vegetative layer material will be free 

of irregularities, roots and debris. 

3.12.4 Subgrade Fill for roadways: Finish the surface of excavations, embankments, and 

subgrades to a smooth and compact surface in accordance with the lines, grades, and 

cross-sections or elevations shown. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC~ORDOU2/02200 02200-8 Earthwork

3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 

3.13.1 

3.13.2 

3.13.3 

3.13.4 

3.14 PROTECTION 

3.14.1 

3.14.2 

3.14.3 

Chemical Analysis: Perform chemical analysis in accordance with the approved 

Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP). 

Confkrnation Sampling: Collect confirmation soil samples from the ‘excavation 

bottom and sidewalls in accordance with the SAP. 

Soil Tests: For each loose lift, take representative samples from both the foundation 

layer and the vegetative layer for testing at the frequencies listed in Table 02200-1, 


Moisture Content and Density Tests: Perform moisture content and density tests in 

a grid pattern on the upper foundation layer and the vegetative layer. Stagger the grid 

pattern for successive lifts so that sampling points are not at the same location in each 

lift. Moisture content and density tests will be performed in accordance with 

Table 02200- 1, EARTHWORK TESTING REQUIREMENTS. Observe and 

visually classify in accordance with ASTM D2488 with notes recorded on the daily 

inspection reports. 

Weather Conditions: Do not place or compact general fill, foundation layer material, 

or vegetative cover during adverse weather conditions. 

Excess Surface Water: Remove excess surface water before placement of additional 

general fill, foundation layer, or vegetative cover. Kin-place material is reworked and 

recompacted, compact affected areas in the same manner as the rest of the area. 

Repair and reestablished grades darnaged by erosion before acceptance of the work. 

Subgrade Fill: During construction keep subgrade fill and excavations shaped and 

drained. Maintain ditches and drains along subgrade in a manner that permits 

drainage of water. Do not disturb the finished subgrade by traffic or other operations 

and protect and maintain in a satisfactory condition until base course or pavement is 

placed. The storage or stockpiling of materials on the finished subgrade will not be 

permitted. No base course, or pavement will be laid until the subgrade has been 

checked and approved. Do not place base course 

subgrade. 

or pavement on a muddy or spongy 


SJ/5-13-96/SACTER~ORDOU2/02200 02200-9 Earthwork

Table 02200-1- EARTEWORK TESTING REQUIREMENTS 

1 TestLocation 

TEST SubgradeFill 

ParticleSizeAnalysis(ASTM 

11422) 

Roadway OtherAreas 

Foundation 

Layer 

VegetativeCover AreaA Bacldl GeneralFill 

1/soil lype 1/soiltype 1/5,000cy* 1/5,000Cy 1/soil type WA 

Density-SandCone (ASTMD1556) 1/ 1,500 Cy 1/ 1,500 Cy 1/20 NIT* 1/20 NDT 1/20 NDT N/A 

SoiIClassification(ASTMD2487) 1/ soiltype li soilMe 1/ 10,000cy* 1/ 10,000Cy 1/soiltype N/A 

MoistureContent(ASTMD2216) l/l,500cy li20NMR l/20 NMR* 1/20 NMR 1/20 NMR N/A 

Maximumlooseliftthickness 8 inches 12inches 12inches 12inches 12inches 24 inches 

Moisturecontent ~ 3%optimum ~ 3YOoptimum ~ 3’XO optimum ~ 3% optimum ~ 3°Aoptimum N/A 

DegreeofCompaction 90% 90% 90% 85% 90V0 ** 

StandardProctor(ASTMD698) N/A l/soil me 1/20,000cy* 1/20,000Cy if soiltype ** 

ModifiedProctor(ASTMD1557) l/soil type N/A NJA N/A NA ** 

NuclearDensity 

(ASTMD2922/D3017) 

Notes: 

l/loocy 7/acre I lifl 7/ acre/ lift* 7/ acre/lift 7/ acrrdlitt N/A 

NMR: Nuclearmoisturereadings 

NDT : Nucleardensitytests 

N/A: Not applicablecy 

: cubicyard 

- 

*: upperone-footlayer(lowerone-footmaybe generalfill) 

** &ethti specification 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/02200 10 Earthwork

SECTION 02222 

EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES 





1.1.3 Materials 


1.1.5 Backfilling and Compaction 

1.1.6 Special Requirements 

.., 1.1.7 Field Quality Control 

,, 


AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (AST~ 


ASTM D698 Laborato~ Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 


ASTM D2216 Water Content of Soil and Rock 




(Shallow Depth) 

SJ/5.13-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/02222 02222-1 Excavatio~ Trenching, and 

Backfilling for Utilities

ASTMD3017 Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods 

(Shallow Depth) 

City ofSalinas(SALINAS) Department ofPublic Works, Design Standards and Standard 


1+3 SUBMITTALS 

1.3.1 Prepare submittals inaccordance with Section 01300, S~~TTWS. 

1.3.2 Submit test results and reports for test required in Table 02222-2, BACKFILL 

TESTING FREQUENCY (FIO). 


2.1 MATERIALS 

2.1.1 

2.1.2 

2.1.3 

2.1.4 

Satisfacto~ Materials 

Satisfacto~ materials are defined in Section 02200, EARTHWORK. 

Unsatisfactory Materials 

Unsatisfactory materials are defined in Section 02200, EARTHWORK. 

Cohesionless and Cohesive Materials 

Cohesionless materials include materials classified in ASTM D2487 as GW, GP, SW, 

and SP. Cohesive materials include materials classified as GC, SC, ML, CL, MH, and 

CH. Materials classtied as GM and SM will be identified as cohesionless only when 

the fines are nonplastic. 

Rock 

Rock consists of boulders measuring 1/2 cubic yard (cy) or more and materials that 

cannot be removed without systematic drilling and blasting such as rock material in 

ledges, bedded deposits, unstratified masses and conglomerate deposits, and below 

ground concrete or masonry structures exceeding 1/2 cy in volume. In addition, 

pavements will not be considered as rock 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERCYlT0RDOU2/02222 

, 02222-2 Excavation, Trenching, and 

Backfilling for Utilities

2.1.5 Unyielding Material 

Unyielding material consists of rock and gravelly soils with stones greater than 

3 inches in any dimension or as defined by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is 

smaller. 

2.1.6 Unstable Material 

Unstable material consists of materials too wet to properly support the utility pipe, 

conduit, or appurtenant structure. 

2.1.7 Select Granular Material 

Select granular material consists of well-graded sand, gravel, crushed gravel, crushed 

stone or crushed slag composed of hard, tough and durable particles, and contains not 

more than 10 percent by weight of material passing a No. 200 mesh sieve and no less 

than 95 percent by weight passing the l-inch sieve. The maximum allowable 

aggregate size is 3 inches, or the maximum size recommended by the pipe 

manufacturer, whichever is smaller. 

2. 1.S Initial Backfdl Material 

Initial back.till consists of select granular material or satisfactory materials free from 

rocks 3 inches or larger in any dimension or free from rocks of such size as 

recommended by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is smaller. When the pipe is 

coated or wrapped for corrosion protection the initial backtll material will be free of 

stones larger than 3 inches in any dimension or as recommended by the pipe 

manufacturer, whichever is smaller. 

2.1.9 Plastic Marking Tape 

Plastic marking tape will be of a type specifically manufactured for marking and 

locating underground utilities. The metallic core of the tape will be encased in a 

protective jacket or provided with other means to protect it from corrosion. Tape 

color will be as specified in Table 02222-1, PLASTIC MARKING TAPE COLOR 

and will bear a continuous printed inscription describing the specific utility. 

sY5-13-961SACTERCJFTORDOU2102222 02222-3 Excavation, Trenching, and 

Backfdling for Utilities

PART 3- EXECUTION 

3.1 EXCAVATION 

During excavation, stockpile material satisfactory for baclchlling no closer than 2 feet from 

the banks of the trench. Remove excavated material not required or not satisfactory for 

bacld.1.lfrom the site or use as general fill. Grade as necessary to prevent surface water from 

flowing into the excavation, and remove any water accumulating to maintain the stability of 

the bottom and sides of the excavation. Backfill overexcavation in accordance with 

Paragraph 3.2, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION. 

3.1.1 

3.1.2 

3.1.3 

3.1.4 

Trench Excavation 

Excavate the trench as recommended by the manufacturer of the pipe to be installed. 

Slope trench walls below the top of the pipe, or make vertical, and make of such 

width as recommended in the manufacturer’s installation manual. Where no 

manufacturer’s installation manual is available, make trench walls vertical. Trench 

walls more than 5 feet high will be shored, cutback to a stable slope, or provided with 

equivalent means of protection for employees. The trench width below the top of 

pipe shall not exceed 24 inches plus pipe outside diameter. 

Bottom Preparation 

Grade the bottoms oftrenches to provide uniform bearing and support for the bottom 

quadrant of each section of the pipe. Excavate bell holes to the necessary size at each 

joint or coupling to eliminate point bearing. Remove stones of 3 inches or greater in 

any dimension, or as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is smaller, 

to avoid point bearing. 

Removal of Unyielding Material 

Where overdepth is not indicated and unyielding material is encountered in the bottom 

of the trench, remove such material 4 inches below the required grade 

with suitable materials. 

and replaced 

Removal of Unstable Material 

Where unstable material is encountered in the bottom of the trench 

material and replace to the proper grade with select granular material. 

remove such 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/ITORDOU2102222 02222-4 Excavation, Trenching, and 


,/- 

. 

3.1.5 Excavation for Appurtenances 

Excavation for manholes, catchbasins, inlets, or similar structures will be of sufficient 

size to permit the placement and removal of forms for the fill length and width of 

structure footings and foundations. Clean rock of loose debris and cut to a firm 

surface either level, stepped, or serrated. Remove loose disintegrated rock and thin 

strata. When concrete or masonry is to be placed in an excavated area, take special 

care not to disturb the bottom of the excavation. Do not excavate to the final grade 

level until just before the concrete or masonry is to be placed. 

3.1.6 Stockpiles 

Keep stockpiles in a neat and well drained’ condition, giving due consideration to 

drainage at all times. Clear, grub and seal the ground surface at stockpile locations 

using rubber-tired equipment. Separately stockpile excavated satisfactory and 

unsatisfactory materials. Protect stockpiles of satisfactory materials from 

cent arnination. 

3.2 BACKFILLING ilNll COM3?ACTION 

BackEU material will consist of satisfacto~ material, select granular material, or initial backfill 

material as required. Perform backfN and surface restoration in accordance with SWINAS 

Standard Plan 13, BACKFILL AND SURFACE K13STOWTION. Bring up backfdl evenly 

on both sides of the pipe for the fill length of pipe. Ensure thorough compaction of the fill 

under the haunches of the pipe. 

3.2.1 Trench Backfdl 

Back611the trench to 2 feet above the top of the pipe prior to performing the required 

pressure test. Leave joints and couplings uncovered during the pressure test. 

3.2.2 Replacement of Material 

Replace unyielding or unstable material removed from the bottom of the trench with 

select granular material or initial backfdl. 

3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREME~S 

3.3.1 Gas Distribution 

SJ/5-13L961SACTERC/FTORJ30U2102222 

Excavate trenches to a depth that will provide not less than 18 inches of cover in rock 

excavation and not less than 24 inches of cover in other excavation. 

02222-5 Excavation, Trenching, and 

BackfHling for Utilities

. 

,...~ 

3.3.2 

3.3.3 

3.3.4 

Water Lines 

Excavate trenches to provide a minimum cover of 2 feet from the existing ground 

surface, or from the indicated finished grade, whichever is lower, to the top of the 

pipe. 

Electrical Distribution System 

Excavate trenches to provide minimum cover of 24 inches from the finished grade, 

unless otherwise indicated. 

Plastic Marking Tape 

Install warning tapes directly above non-ferrous pipes, at a depth of 18 inches below 

finished grade. 


Perform testing of bacld] 

TESTING FREQUENCY. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERCilTORDOU2/02222 

materials in accordtice 


02222-6 

with Table 02222-2, BACKFILL 

Excavation, Trenching, and 


TABLE 02222-1- PLASTIC MARKING TAPE COLOR 

TAPE COLOR UTILITY 

Red Electric 

Yellow Gas, Oil, Dangerous Materials 

Orange Telephone, Telegraph, Television, Police, and 

Fire Communications 

Blue Water Systems 

Green Sewer Svstems 

TABLE 02222-2- BACKFILL TESTING FREQUENCY 

1 

(1 

TEST FREQUENCY I 

Particle Size Analysis (ASTM D422) I/soil type 

Density-Sand Cone (ASTM D1556) 1/1,500 Cy 

Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) Usoil type 

Moisture Content (ASTM D2216) 1/1,500 Cy 

Soil Classification (ASTM D2487) I/soil type 

Nuclear Densitv (ASTM D2922/D30171 l/lifl/100 If 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERCYFrORDOU2/02222 02222-7 Excavation, Trenching, and 

Backllling for Utilities






1.1.4 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 

1.1.5 Warranty 


1.1.7 Source Quality Control 

1.1.8 Installation 


1.1.10 Repairs 

1.1.11 Acceptance 


SECTION 02271 

GEOMEMBRANE 


ASTM D638 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics 

ASTM D1OO4 Test Method for Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting 

ASTM D1204 Test Method for Linear Dimensional Changes of Nonrigid 

Thermoplastic Sheeting or Film at Elevated Temperature 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/IT0RDOU2/02271 02271-1 Geomembrane

ASTM D1505 

ASTM D1603 

ASTM D4218 

ASTM D 4437 

ASTM D4833 

ASTM D5199 

ASTM D5321 

ASTM D5596 


Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient 

Technique 

Test Method for Carbon Black in Olefin Plastics 

Test Method for Cabon Black Content in Polyethylene Compounds by 

the Mussle-Furnace Technique 

Practice for Determining the Integrity of Field Seams Used in Joining 

Flexible Polymeric Sheet Geomembranes 

Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, 

Geomembranes, and Related Products 

Measuring Nominal Thickness of Geotextiles and Geomembranes 

Test Method for Determining the Coefficient of Soil and Geosynthetic 

or Geosynthetic and Geosynthetic Friction by the Direct Shear 

Method 

Test Method for Microscopic Evaluation of the Dispersion of Carbon 

Black in Polyolefm Geosynthetics 


1.3.2 Submit the following manufacturer’s production data a minimum of 7 days prior to 

geomembrane shipment to the site: 

1.3.2.1 Resin Data (ITA): 

“ Statement of production dates 

. Certification stating that resin meets specification requirements 

● Certification stating resin is from the same resin supplier 

● Copy of quality control QA certificates issued by resin supplier. 

1.3.2.2. Geomembrane Roll (ITA): 

● Statement of production dates 

● Laboratory 

requirements 

certification stating geomembrane meets the specification 

“ Certification stating geomembrane rolls are fim-nished by one 

manufacturer, and rolls are manufactured 

from one resin supplier 

from one resin type obtained 

SJ15-14-96fSACTERC~Olll10U2102271 02271-2 Geomembrane

. 

1.3.2.3 

s Copy of QC certificates issued by manufacturer 

● Statement certi~lng no reclaimed polymer is added to resin (product 

run may be recycled) 

● Geomembrane deliveV, storage, handling and installation instructions. 

Extrudate Beads and Rod (ITA): 

● Production dates 

● Laboratory certification stating extrudate meets specification 

requirements 

● Certification stating extrudate is from one manufacturer, is of the same 

resin type, and obtained from the same resin supplier as the resin used 

to manufacturer the geomembrane rolls 

~ Copy of QC certificates issued by manufacturer. 

1.3.3 Submit the following at the specified times: 

● Panel layout drawings (FIO) 

Two weeks prior to installation of geomembrane, submit panel layout drawings 

that once approved, form the basis for installing the geomembrane. 

c Interface friction testing (FIO): 

Within 30 days after acceptance of bid, perform intetiace friction tests on the 

proposed soil and geomembrane (smooth and textured) materials under saturated 

conditions. The angle of filction will be measured in accordance with Procedure 

B of ASTM D5321. Use 100, 300, and 600 pounds per square foot normal 

stresses. 

1.3.4 Submit the following QC documents at the times indicated (FIO): 

. Installer’s QC Manual with bid 

● Cetiticate of Acceptance of Geomembrane Subsurface by Installer for each area 

to be covered by the geomembrane system signed by the installation supervisor 

prior to the start of installation. Beginning installation means acceptance and 

approval of existing subsurface condtion. 

1.3.5 Submit the following 7 days prior to start of geomembrane deployment (FIO): 

● Equipment list stating quantities and types 

● List of personnel assigned to perform field seaming operations 

● Supemisor or field engineer resume 

● Master welder resume 

“ Resumes of installation welders who may work on this project. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/ITORDOU2/D22Tl 02271-3 Geomembrane

-- 1.3.6 Submit upon installation completion (ITA): 

“ Cetiificate stating thegeomembrane has been installed inaccordance withthe 

construction documents 

● Manufacturer’s material warranty and the Installer’s installation warranty 

c Record Drawings showing location of panels, seams, repairs, patches, and 

destructive samples. Prepare record drawings at the same scale, size, and 

orientation as the contract drawings. 

“ Summary report including submittals, signed and stamped by a Registered Civil 

Engineer. 

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) 

1.4.1 Manufacturer Qualifications: Produced similar geomembrane for at least five 

completed projects having a total minimum area of 5 million square feet. 

1.4.2 Installer Qualifications: Installed similar geomembrane for at least five completed 

projects having a total minimum area of 5 million square feet. At least one seamer in 

each seaming crew has experience seaming a minimum of 500,000 square feet of the 

proposed geomembrane using the same type of seaming equipment and geomembrane 

thickness specified for this project. The Installer is responsible for field handling, 

deploying, seaming, anchoring, and field QC testing of the geomembrane. The 

geomembrane installer will be authorized by the geomembrane manufacturer. 

1.4.3 QA Laboratory Qualifications: Third party QC laboratory, independent from the 

Manufacturer and Installer, is responsible for laboratory QC geomembrane testing. 

Independent laboratory will have provided QC and QA testing of similar 

geomembrane for at least five completed projects having a total minimum area of 

5 million square feet. 

1.4.4 QA Geosynthetics Consultant QuaMcations: Third party QA person or corporation, 

independent from the Manufacturer, Subcontractor, and Installer, is responsible for 

providing full-time, on-site oversight of the geomembrane deployment and 

installation. The geosynthetics consultant will be a registered engineer or geologist 

and have at least five years of experience specializing in geosynthetics. 

1.4.5 QA Inspector Qualifications: Third party QA person or corporation, independent from 

the Manufacturer, Subcontractor, and Installer, is responsible for on-site monitoring 

and documenting activities related to the QA of the geomembrane from manufacturing 

through installation. The Inspector will have provided QA inspection during 

installation of similar geomembrane for at least five completed projects having a total 

minimum area of 5 million square feet. The inspector will have at least 2 years of 

experience and be under the direction of the geosynthetics consultant. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACT13RC/ITORDOU2/02271 02271-4 Geomembrane

4, 

1.4.6 QA Personnel Responsibilities: 

● Reviewing the geomembrane submittals, to ensure completeness and compliance 

with the design requirements. 

“ Observing the manufacturing process and reviewing the manufacturer’s QAIQC 

testing procedures and test records. 

● Inspecting the upper foundation layer and first lift of the vegetative cover to 

ensure that the manufacturer’s requirements are met. 

“ Sampling and testiig the geomembrane for material properties as delivered to the 

project site. 

● Documenting the non destructive seam testing and trial welds performed by the 

Installer at the site, and documenting defects and repairs in the geomembrane. 

● Performing destructive seam testing and documenting results. 

1.5 DELIVERY, STOIL4GE, AND HANDLING 

1.5.1 Deliver, store and handle materials 

manufacturer’s recommendations. 

in accordance with the geomembrane 

1.5.2 Label each roll of geomembrane with the following information: 

1.6 WARRANTY 

● Product Identification, material type, and manufacturer 

● Roll Number 

g Roll Thickness 

. Roll Dimensions 

“ Resin Type 

. Date of Manufacture. 

1.6.1 Furnish the Government a warranty from the Installer of the geomembrane which 

warrants their workmanship to be free of defects on a non-prorata basis for the first 

year and thereafter on a prorata basis for the next four years after the final acceptance 

of the work. Thk warranty will include but not be limited to field welded seams, 

anchor trenches, attachments to appurtenances, and penetration seals. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/FrORDOU2/02271 02271-5 Geomembrane

PART 2 

1.6.2 

1.6.3 

2.1 MATERIALS 

Furnish the Government a warranty from the geomembrane Manufacturer for the 

materials used. The material warranty will be for defects or failures related to 

manufacture on a prorata basis for 20 years after the date of shipment. 

Should a defect occur, which is covered under warranty, the Installer or Manufacturer 

will replace the geomembrane. 

PRODUCTS 

2.2.1 Geomembrane Linear Low-Density Polyethylene (LLDPE),Manufactured from first 

quality virgin, high molecular weight resin produced in the United States or Canada 

specifically for the purpose of hydraulic containment. Edge trim generated during the 

manufacturing process for the geomembrane maybe continuously returned to the base 

resin provided it does not exceed 2 percent of the product. No other recycled or 

reworked resin may be used. 

2.2.2 Resin: Formulated to resist chemical and ultraviolet degradation. 

2.2.3 Geomembrane sheet: Product conforms to the sheet property requirements listed in 

Table 02271-1, GEOMEM13RANE PROPERTIES. Free of plasticizers and other 

leachable additives. 

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 

2.3.1 

2.3.2 

2.3.3 

2.3.4 

QA personnel are responsible for obtaining samples and forwarding to the QA 

laboratory for conformance testing. 

Exclude the first five feet of the roll and cut sample three feet long by width of roll. 

Mark the machine direction on the sample. 

Perform the following tests in accordance with Table 02271-1, GEOMEM13RANE 

PROPERTIES: 

● Density 

. Thickness 

s Tensile Properties 

“ Carbon Black: content and dispersion 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/l=rORD0tW02271 02271-6 Geomembrane


3.1 INSTALLATION 

3.1.1 

3.1.2 

3.1.3 

3.1.4 

3.1.5 

3.1.6 

3.1.7 

Use deployment methods and equipment that do not damage the geomembrane or the 

supporting subgrade surface. 

Use deployment and installation methods that minimize wrinkles. Remove 

geomembrane folds and fishmouths. 

Use trained personnel to perform seaming operations using seaming equipment 

specifically designed for that purpose. 

Use double-wedge fusion welding as the primary welding procedure. Use extrusion 

welding for repairs and detail work. 

Perform fusion and extrusion welding in accordance with the Installer’s approved 

CQC manual. 

Installer is responsible for determining whether seaming should be restricted or halted 

due to weather conditions. QA personnel will increase the frequency of testing in 

adverse weather conditions. Failing test welds will be cause for rejection of panels 

installed in adverse weather conditions. 

Use the same type of resin for the extrusion rod as for the geomembrane. 


3.2.1 

3.2.2 

3.2.3 

3.2.4 

3.2.5 

Test in accordance with Table 02271-1. 

Installer is responsible for performing trial welds. QA personnel are responsible for 

documentation during peel testing. 

Produce and test trial welds at least once every five hours. Perform additional tests 

in case of inclement weather, or at the direction of QA personnel. Installer is 

responsible for performing non-destructive tests. The QA personnel will observe and 

log results of these tests. 

Non-destructively air pressure test fusion welds over the entire length of the seam. 

See Installer’s approved CQC manual for procedure. 

Non-destructively test extrusion welds over the entire length of the seam using the 

vacuum box method of testing. See Installer’s approved CQC manual for procedure. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERUlTORDOU2/02271 02271-7 Geomembrane

,- 

,..- -- 

.-,- -- 

3.3 

3.4 

3.2.6 

3.2.7 

3.2.8 

REPAIRS 

QA personnel are responsible for locating, documenting and performing destructive 

tests. Installer isreponsible forcutting, patching, andsupplying samples tothe QA 

personnel for destructive testing. 

Take a destructive seam sample at least every 500 linear feet of seam, and test in peel 

and shear in a field tensiometer. QA personnel may increase the testing frequency 

based on testing results. See Installer’s approved CQC manual for procedures. 

Repair and non-destructively test repaired defects and non-passing seams in 

accordance with the Installer’s approved CQC manual. 

Repair any portion of the geomembrane that has a sample removed, exhibits a flaw, fails a 

destructive test or fails a non-destructive test. Appropriate repair method will be agreed 

between QA personnel and Installer. 

ACCEPTANCE 

Geomembrane installation will be accepted when: 

● The installation is complete. 

● Required documentation from the Manufacturer, and Installer has been received and 

approved. 

● Vefication of the adequacy of field seams and repairs, including associated testing, is 

complete. 

● Summary report including record drawings is signed and sealed by QA Geosynthetics 

Consultant. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACIERC/lTORDOU2/02271 02271-8 Geomembrane

THICKNESS 

Table 471-1 

GEOMEMBRANE PROPERTIES 

LINEAR LOW-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (LLDPE) 

PROPERTY TESTMETHOD UNIT 

I 

ASTM D5199 

I 

TEXTURED(5) 

BOTHSIDES 

roils 

60 

LowestInd, IWding 57 

RESINDENSITY(2) ASTMD1505 g/cnl’ 0,92 

SHEETDENSITY(2) ASTMD1505 ~cm’ 0.935 

I 

SMOOTH 

(5) 

60 

57 

0,92 

0,935 

TESTING 

FREQUENCY 

20perroll 

INTERFACEFRICTION(Friction angle) I ASTMD5321 degrees I 30 degrees 12 degrees I/Soil type 

CARBON BLACK 

Content ASTM D421 R 

Dispersion ASTM D5596 

4-ppi 

90 

ppi 132 

percent 450 

percent 360 

2.0 

A1, A2, B1 

TEAR RESISTANCE I ASTM DIO04 Ibs 38 

38 

(1) 

PUNCTURE RESISTANCE I ASTM D4833 I lbs I 102 I02 (1) 

DIMENSIONAL STABILITY (6), (2) I ASTM D1204 I percent I 3.0 3.0 (3) 

SEAMJNG (6) 

ShearStrength ASTM D4437 

Poet Strenglh (lWsion) ASTM D4437 

Peel Strength (Extrusion) ASTM D4437 

ppi 90 

ppi 80 

ppi 68 

:1) 1 per50,000 square fcd or 1 per resin batch whichever results in the greater number of tests. 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTEFW’FTORDOU2/02271 

Maximum average roll value. 

Certification only requird. 

1 per 500 f=t of seam. 

Minimum acceptabletest value for i+rol[. 

NSF modified, 

1 per resin batch. 


90 

228 

850 

680 

9 Geomembrane 

90 

80 

68 

(7) 

(7) 

(1) 

(1) 

(1) 

{1) 

(1) 

(1) 

(4) 

(4) 

(4)

-, 

PART 1 GENEFUL 








SECTION 02500 

PAVING AND SURFACING 


ASTM C31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field 

ASTM C39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens 

ASTM C131 Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by 

Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 

ASTM C136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 

ASTM C143 Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete 



ASTM D1557 Laborato~ Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 

(56,000 ft-lbf/cu. ft. (2,700 kN-rdcu. m.)) 

ASTM D1559 Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall 

Apparatus 

S-V5-13-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/025 00 02500-1 Paving and Surfacing

ASTM D2216 Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and 

Rock 



ASTM D2844 Description and Identification of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedure) 


(willow Depth) 

ASTM D3017 Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Willow 

Depth) 

ASTM D431S Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils 

Caltiornia Department of Transportation (CALTRANS), Standard Specifications 

City of Sahnas (SAUNAS) Department of Public Works, Design Standards and Standard 



PART 2 

1.3.1 

1.3.2 

1.3.3 

1.3.4 

2.1 MATERIALS 


Submit test results and reports for all testing requirements in Paragraph 3.2, FIELD 

QUALITY CONTROL (ITA). 

Submit field density cahation cume results prior to use of equpment or device being 

calibrated (FIO). 

Submit certified copies of waybills and delivery tickets for materials specified in 

Paragraph 2.1, WTERIALS @IO). 

PRODUCTS 

2.1.1 Aggregate base: Class 2, SALINAS Specification Section 26. 

2.1.2 Asphalt concrete: Type B, SALINAS Specification Section39; asphalt binder: 

AR-4000; aggregate: Type B. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACllilt~O~500 02500-2 Paving and Surfacing

2.1.3 Concrete: Class B, SAUNAS Specification Section 73. 

2.1.4 Forms: SAUNAS Specification Section 73-1.04. 

2.1.5 Paint : Waterborne, CALTRANS Specification Section 84. 

2.1.6 Pavement Markers : CALTR4NS Specification Section 85. 



3.1.1 Aggregate Base: SALINAS Specification Section 26. 

3.1.2 Asphalt Concrete: SALINAS Specification Section39, 

3.1.3 Sidewalks, Gutter Depressions, and Driveway Approaches : SALINAS Specification 

Section 73 and SALINAS Standard Plans 1 and 2. 

3.1.4 Curbs: SAUNAS Specification Section 73 and SALINAS Standard Plan 1; Type C. 

3.1.5 Traftlc stripes and pavement markings: SALINAS Specification Section 84 and 

SAUNAS Standard Plans 39 and 40. 

3.1.6 Reflective markers: SAUNAS Specification Section 85 and Standard Plan 39. 


3.2.1 Concrete 

3.2.1.1 Compressive Strength: ASTM C31; ASTM C39; one per day or one per 

300 cubic yards. 

3.2.1.2 Slump: ASTM C143; one per day or one per 300 cubic yards (whichever is 

greater). 

3.2.2 Aggregate Base 

3.2.2.1 Los Angeles abrasion: ASTMC131; one per aggregate type. 

3.2.2.2 Sieve analysis: ASTM C136; one per 500 cubic yards. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/02500 02500-3 Paving and Sutiacing

. 

3.2.2.3 

3.2.2.4 

3.2.2.5 

3.2.2.6 

3.2.2.7 

3.2.2.8 

3.2.2.9 

Particle size analysis: ASTM D422; one per binder type. 

Density-sand cone: ASTM D1 556; one per 1,000 square yards. 

Modified proctor: ASTM D1557; one per aggregate type. 

Moisture content: ASTM D2216; one per 1,000 square yards. 

Soil classification: ASTM D2487; one per aggregate type. 

Standard resistance, R-value: ASTM D2844; one per aggregate type. 

Nuclear density: ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017; one per 250 square 

yards. 

3.2.2.10 Atterberg Lhnit: ASTM D 43 18; one per binder type. 

3.2.3 Asphalt concrete 

Resistance to plastic flow: ASTM D1559; one per batch; tested at plant. 


SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/liTORDOU2/02500 02500-4 Paving and Surfacing





1.1.3 Delivery, Storage and Handling 

1.1.4 Water Pipe 

1.1.5 Valves 

1.1.6 Valve Boxes 

1.1.7 Hydrants 

1.1.8 Miscellaneous Items 


1.1.10 Installation - Pipe 

SECTION 02660 

WATER LINES 

1.1.11 Installation - Valves, Valve Boxes and Hydrants 


1.1.13 Disinfection 


SJ15-14-961SACrERCll=rORDOU2\02660 02660-1 Water Lines

. 



ASTM B88 Seamless Copper Water Tube 

ASTM D 1784 Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Chloride 

(CPVC) Compounds 

ASTM D1785 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 

ASTM D2241 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series) 

ASTM D2464 Threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 

ASTM D2466 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 

ASTM D2467 Socket-Type Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) 

ASMEB16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 

ASME B 16.26 Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes 

AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) 

AWWA B300 

AWWAB301 

AWWAC1ll 

AWWAC151 

AWWA C200 

AWWA C208 

AWWA C500 

Hypochlorites 

Liquid Chlorine 

Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Grey-Iron Pressure Pipe and 

Fittings 

Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined 

Molds, for Water or Other Liquids. 

Steel Water Pipe - 6-Inch (150 mm) and Larger 

Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings 

Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems 

SJU-14-96!SAmERCUTORDOU2\02660 02660-2 Water Lines

AWWA C5C14 

AWWAC651 

AWWA C700 

AWWA C701 

AWWA C900 

AWWA C901 

AWWA C905 

Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 

Disinfecting Water Mains 

Cold-Water Meters - Dkplacement Type, Bronze Main Case 

Cold-Water Meters - Turbine Type, for Customer Service 

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4-inch through 12-inch, for 

Water Distribution 

Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, l/2-inch through 3-inch, for 

Water Service 

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 

14-inch through 36-inch. 

MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE 

AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY (MSS) 

MSS SP-80 Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves 

City of Salinas (SAUNAS) Department of Public Works, Design Standards and 




1.3.2 Submit manufacturer’s data sheets (FIO). 

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 

Deliver pipe and accessories in sound, undamaged condition. Do not injure the pipe coating 

or lining. Do not drag pipe into position. Use pinch bars and tongs only on the bare ends 

of the pipe. Clean the interior of pipe of foreign matter before installation. Inspect pipe for 

defects prior to installation. Store rubber gaskets that are not to be installed immediately 

in a cool, dark place. Store pipe and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s 

recommendations. 

SJW-14-96WA-CUTORDOW2102660 02660-3 Water Lines

,. 

..+ 


2.1 WATER PD?E 

2.1.1 

2.1.2 

2.1.3 

2.1.4 

2.1.5 

2.2 VALVES 

Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWACl51 

. Fittings: Ductile iron, standard thickness. 

wJoints: AWWA C 111, rubber gasket with rods. 

Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type ~ annealed 

. Fittings: ASME B 16.26, cast copper, or ASME B 16.22, wrought copper. 

● Joints: Compression-pattern flared. 

PVC Pipe: ASTM D1784, Class 12454B 

c Pipe less than 4-inch diameter: ASTMD2241 

1. Fittings: ASTM D2464, ASTM D2466, or ASTM D2467. 

2. Joints: 150 psi working pressure, 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure 

● Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch diameter: AWWA C900, Class 150 

“ Pipe 14-inch through 36-inch diameter: AWWA C905 

Polyethylene Pipe: AWWA C901 

. Fittings: AWWA C901, molded. 

● Joints: Butt fusion. 

● Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, brightly colored plastic covering, 

imprinted with “Water Service” in large letters. 

Steel Pipe: AWWA C200 

wFittings: AWWA C208 

● Joints: AWWA C200 

2.2.1 Gate Valves 

● Less than 3 inches: MSS SP-80, Type 1, Class 150, all bronze 

. 3 inches and larger: AWWA C500, iron body, bronze trim 

2.2.3 Check Valves 

● 2 inches and smaller: MSS SP-80, Class 150, Types 3 and 4, all bronze, threaded 

“ Larger than 2 inches: iron body, bronze trim, non slam type, Class 125 flanges 

conforming to ASME B 16.1 

SJH-14-961SACrERCl.lTORDOI.J2\02660 02660-4 Water Lines

2.2.4 

2.2.5 

2.2.6 

2.3 VALVE BOXES 

Butterfly Valves: AWWA C504, iron body, bronze disc, resilient replaceable seat, 

water orlug ends, infinite position lever handle. 

Pressure Reducing Valves: bronze, cast iron, or cast steel body with bronze trim, 

stainless steel valve stem, synthetic rubber discs and diaphrams. Valves will be 

hydraulically-operated, pilot controlled, globe or angle type. Pilot controls will be 

bronze with stainless steel working parts. 

Vacuum and Air Relief Valves: iron body, bronze trim, stainless steel float. 

SAHNAS Standard Plan 9, steel valve box 

2.4 HYDRANTS 

2.4.1 Hydrant: SAUNAS Standard Plan 12, normal installation. 

2.4.2 Finish: One coat of red iron oxide, zinc oxide primer conforming to SSPC Paint 25 

and two finish coats of silicone alkyd paint conforming to SSPC Paint 21, in color 

directed by utility company. 

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 

2.5.1 

2.5.2 

2.5.3 

2.5.4 

2.5.5 

Service Clamps: Single or double flattened strap type, galvanized malleable iron 

body with cadmium plated straps and nuts, rubber gasket cemented to body, with 

pressure rating not less than pipe to be connected. 

Corporation Stops: Threads conforming to AWWA C800 on the inlet end, flanged 

joints, compression pattern flared tube couplings, or wiped joints for connections to 

gooseneck. 

Gooseneck: Copper tubing conilorrning to ASTM B88, Type K, annealed. 

Service Stops: Water-works inverted-ground-key type, oval or round flow way, tee 

handle, without drai~ bronze with female iron-pipe-size connections or 

compression-pattern flared tube couplings, designed for a hydrostatic test pressure 

not less than 200 psi. 

Tapping Sleeves: Cast gray, ductiIe, or malleable-iron, split-sleeve type with flanged 

or grooved outlet, and with bolts, follower rings and gaskets on each end of the 

sleeve. 

SJ\5-14-96\SACTERC\lTORDOU2\02660 02660-5 Water Lines

PART 3 

2.5.6 

2.5.7 

2.5.8 

2.5.9 

Service Boxes: Cast iron or concrete with either screw or slide-type adjustment, 

with identi~lng covers. 

Disinfection 

Chlorine, Liquid: AWWA B301. 

Hypochlorite, Calcium and Sodium: AWWA B300. 

Meters: Displacement type conforming to AWWA C700 or turbine type conforming 

to AWWA C701 . 

Meter Boxes: Cast iron or concrete with cast iron cover with the word “WATER” 

cast in it. 

EXECUTION 


3.1.1 

3.1.2 

3.1.3 

Cut pipe ends square, ream pipe and tube ends to fill pipe diameter, remove burrs. 

Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. 

Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 

3.2 INSTALLATION - PIPE 

3.2.1 Adjacent Facilities 

3.2.1.1 Maintain a minimum separation of 10 feet between water piping and sewer 

piping, except where the water pipe will be at least 12 inches above the 

sewer pipe, in which case the water pipe may not be laid closer than 6 feet 

from the sewer. Where water lines cross under gravity sewer lines, do not 

install joints within 3 feet of the crossing, otherwise encase the sewer line 

in concrete for a minimum distance of 10 feet each side of the crossing. 

Install water lines at least 2 feet above force mains or inverted siphons. 

Encase any joints in the sewer main closer than 3 feet from the crossing in 

concrete. 

3.2.1.2 Do not install water lines in the same trench with sewer lines, gas lines, fbel 

lines, or electric wiring. Do not install copper tubing in the same trench 

with femous piping. Maintain a minimum vertical separation of 12 inches 

where copper tubing crosses any ferrous piping material. 

SiJW-14-96\SACTERC\FTORDOU2\02660 02660-6 Water Lines

3.2.2 

3.2.3 

3.2.4 

3.2.5 

3.2.6 

3.2.1.3 Where water pipe is required to be installed 

structures, the pipe is to be sleeved as required 

The maximum allowable deflection from a straight line is 5 

recommended by the manufacturer. 

withh 3 feet of existing 

for roads. 

degrees, unless otherwise 

Carefi.dly lower pipe and accessories into the trench with appropriate equipment. Do 

not drop water line materials into the trench. Avoid abrasion of the pipe coating. 

Keep water out of the trench until joints are complete. Close open ends of pipe 

when work is not in progress. 

Install pipe in conformance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 

Form and place concrete thrust blocks at each elbow or change of direction of pipe 

main. 

Install trace wire continuous over top of non-ferrous pipe below finish grade. 

3.3 INSTALLATION - VALVES, VALVE BOXES AND HYDRANTS 

3.3.1 

3.3.2 

3.3.3 

3.3.4 

3.3.5 

Set valves on solid bearing. 

Center and plumb valve box over valve. Set box cover flush with finished grade. 

Set hydrants plumb: Locate pumper nozzle perpendicular to and facing roadway. 

Set hydrants to grade, with nozzles at least 18 inches above ground, and the 

operating nut not more than 48 inches above ground. Hydrants designated as low 

profile will have the top of the hydrant not more than 24 inches above ground. 

Set the hydrant on a slab of concrete at least 4 inches thick and 15 inches square. 

Place at least 7 cubic feet of gravel around and beneath the waste opening. 


3.4.1 Hydrostatic Pressure Test 

“ After pipe has been installed, subject it to any valved section thereof to a 

pressure of one and one-half times the operating pressure or 50 psig, whichever 

is greater. 

● The manufacturer’s recommended minimum curing time will be allowed before 

commencing hydrostatic pressure test. 

SJM-14-96\SACrERC\FrORDOU2\02660 02660-7 Water Lines

. The duration of each pressure test will be at least one hour. 

● Slowly fill each valved section of pipe with water and apply the specified test 

pressure (based on the elevation of the lowest point of the line or section under 

test and corrected to the elevation of the test guage) with a pump connected to 

the pipe in a manner satisfacto~ to IT. Furnish the pump, pipe, connections, 

Wages, and all necessary apparatus. ‘ 

● Before applying the specified test pressure, expel all air from the pipe. If 

hydrants or blowoffs are not available at high places, make the necessary taps at 

the points of highest elevation before elevation before testing, and insert plugs 

after the test has been completed. 

“ Carefblly examine all exposed pipes, fittings, valves, and hydrants during the test. 

Remove any cracked or defective pipes, fittings, valves, or hydrants discovered 

in consequence of this pressure test, and replace with sound material in the 

manner specified. Repeat the test until the results are satisfacto~ to IT. 

3.4.2 Hydrostatic Leakage Test 

● Conduct the leakage test after the pressure test has been satisfactorily completed. 

Furnish the pump, pipe, connections, gauges, measuring devices, and other 

necessary apparatus as well as necessa~ assistance to conduct the test. 

● The duration of each leakage test will be 2 hours; during the test, subject the 

main to a one and one-half times the operating pressure or 50 psig, whichever is 

greater. 

● Leakage is defined as the amount of water which must be supplied to the newly 

laid pipe or any valved section in order to maintain the specified leakage test 

pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled. 

“ No pipe installation will be accepted until the leakage is less than the number of 

gallons per 2 hour period listed below: 

GALLONS PER 1,000 

PIFE SIZES FEET OF PIPE 

2 inches - 2-1/2 inches 0.2 

3 inches 0.3 

4 inches 0.4 

SJU-l+96WACTERCLFfORDOU2\OZ660 02660-8 Water Lines

3.5 DISINFECTION 

“ Should any test of pipe laid disclose leakage greater than that specified, the 

Subcontractor will, at his own expense, locate and repair the defective joints 

until the leakage is within the specified allowance. 

3.5.1 Flush and disitiect system in accordance withAWWAC651. 

3.5.2 Following disinfection, flush the system with sufficient water until no more than 

15 parts per billion lead residuals remain in the system. 

3.6 CLEANUP 

Upon completion of the installation of the water lines and appurtenances, remove debris 

and surplus materials resulting from the work. 


SJk5-14-961SAmCUTORDOU2\02660 02660-9 Water Lines

PART 1 GENEl&4L 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

SECTION 02686 

LANDFILL GAS VENTS AND MONITORING PROBES 





1.1.4 Landfill Gas Vents 


1.1.6 Sealing Materials 

1.1.7 Protective Cover 

1.1.8 Identification Plate 

1.1.9 Bollards 

1.1.10 Probe Installation 

1.1.11 Vent Installation 

REFERENCES 


ASTM D2447 High Densi~ Polyethylene (HDPE) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 

SO, based on outside diameter 

ASTM D3034 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 

SUBMITTALS 


SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/lT0~UME?6S6 026S6-1 Landfill Gas Vents and 

Monitoring Probes

.. 

. 

1.3.2 Submit manufacturer’s data sheets, (HO). 


Perform work in accordance with Monterey County Department of Health regulations. 

Variances from the regulations will be negotiated in advance and documented in writing. 


2.1 LANDFILL GAS VENTS 

2,1 Pipes: HDPE, ASTM D2447, SDR 11. 

2.2 Screened section: HDPE, SDR 11 machine slotted, 0.02-inch slots. 

2.2 MONITORING PROBES 

2.1.1 Pipes: PVC to ASTM D3034, Schedule 40, flush threaded. 

2.1.2 Screened section: PVC, machine slotted, 0.02-inch slots. 

2.3 SEALING MATERIALS 

2.3.1 

2.3.2 

2.3.3 

2.3.4 

2.3.5 

Clean sand with the following gradations: 

Sieve Size Percent Passing 

# 3/8 100-1oo 

#3 87-99 

# 114 81-9S 

#4 18-62 

#6 o-5 

Bentonite: 3/8-inch pellets. 

Cement-Bentonite Grout: One sack of Type II Portland cement (94 pound 

sack) and 3 to 5 percent bentonite powder for each 

4-1/2 to 6-1/2 gallons of clean water. 

Pea Gravel: 1/4 - 3/8-inc~ washed. 

Bentonite Sluny 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/lTORDCIUmn6W 02686-2 Landfill Gas Vents and 

Monitoring Probes

2.4 PROTECTIVE COVER 


Chain-link fence cage, three foot square. 

2.4.2 Monitoring Probes 

Traffic rated vault boxes, 12-inch diameter, leak resistant, bolt-down covers. 

2.5 IDENTIFICATION PLATE 

Attach plates for each vent and probe, and engrave with the following information: 

. Identification number 

● Total depth of boring 

c Casing type and diameter 

c Pipe depth(s) 

● Screened intewal(s) 

. Elevation of the top of casing (probe) or ground surface (vent). 

2.6 BOLLARDS 

2.6.1 Locate three bollard equally spaced around probe location. 

2.6.2 Galvanized steel, concrete filled, with end cap. 

2.6.3 Paint: reflective yellow. 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTER~RVOW2102686 02686-3 Landfill Gas Vents and 

Monitoring Probes

., 


3.1 VENT INSTALLATION 

3.1.1 Excavate gas vent trench after the construction of the foundation layer. Install 

gas pipe in trench and backfill. 

3.1.2 Backfill with pea gravel to 6 inches above the screened interval. Tremie a 

minimum of one foot of bentonite slurry on top of the pea gravel and top with 

cernent-bentonite grout. 

3.1.3 Install chain link fence cages. 

3.2 PROBE INSTALLATION 

3.2.1 

3.2.2 

3.2.3 

3.2.4 

3.2.5 

Prior to drilling each probe, steam clean drilling equipment with clean water to 

avoid potential cross contamination between probes. 

Place soil cuttings generated during drilling operations in containers for 

transportation and disposal off site. 

Annular Seal 

“ Sand: One foot above and below screened interval. 

“ Hydrated bentonite: One foot minimum thickness placed directly above sand 

layer. 

s Cement-bentonite grout: Remainder of annular space. 

Surface completion : Install traflic rated vault boxes. 

Install probe tops. 


SJ/5-14-96/SACTERCJlT0RDOU2/02686 02686-4 Landfill Gas Vents and 

Monitoring Probes






1.1.4 Pipe 

1.1.5 Accessories 

1.1.6 Catch Basins 

1.1.7 Backfdl Materials 

1+1.8 Preparation 




SECTION 02720 

STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TIWNSPORATION 

OFFICIALS (USHTO) 

AASHTO M294 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 12 to 36 Inch Diameter 


ASTM C76 Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe 

ASTM C443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber 

Gaskets 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/FTORJ30UZ02720 02720-1 Storm Drainage System

1.3 

1.4 

PART 2 

ASTM D2321 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other 

Gravity-Flow Applications. 

ASTM D3350 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials 

City of Salinas (SALINAS) Department of Public Works, Design Standards and Standard 

Specifications. 

California Department of Transportion (CALTIL4NS), Standard Specifications. 

SUBMITTALS 


1.3.2 Submit manufacturer’s data sheets (FIO). 

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 

1.4.1 

1.4.2 

2.1 PIPE 

Deliver, store and handle materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions 

Unload and store materials delivered with a minimum of handling. Do not store 

materials directly on the ground. Keep inside of pipes and fittings free of dirt and 

debris. Protect gasket and plastic materials from exposure to direct sunlight for 

extended periods. Handle materials in such a manner as to insure delive~ to the 

trench in sound, undamaged condition. 

PRODUCTS 

Match pipe to existing size and type. 

2.1.1 

2.1.2 

Concrete pipe: ASTM C76, Class IV; mesh bar reinforcement; bell and spigot end 

joints; rubber compression gasket joints conforming to ASTM C443. 

Corrugated high density polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe: AASHTO M294, Type S, 

Minimum cell class 3 15412C or 324420C, corrugated exterior wall pipe, smooth 

interior and with coupling bands or emernal snap couplers covering at least two fill 

corrugations on each end of the pipe. 

SY5-14-96/SACTERC/lTORDOU2/02720 02720-2 Storm Drainage System

2.2 

2.3 

2.4 

ACCESSORIES 

2.2.1 Fittings: Same material as pipe molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in 

required tee, bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers, traps and other configurations. 

2.2.2 Plastic marking tape: In accordance with Section 02222, EXCAVATION, 

TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES. 

CATCH BASINS 

SALINAS Standard P1an 18, single or double type catch basin, Type C. 

BACKFILL MATERIALS 

2.4.1 Pipe bedding: Crushed rock CALTMNS Specification Section 19. 

2.4.2 Backfdl: SALINAS Standard Plan 13. 

2.4.3 PE pipe backfill (all areas): Crushed rock backill to 12 inches over crown of pipe. 



3.1.1 Verifj that trench cut is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and 

elevations are as indicated on drawings. 

3.1.2 Hand trim excavations to required elevations. 


3.2.1 

3.2.2 

3.2.3 

3.2.4 

Install concrete pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with ASTM C76 and 

manufacturer’s instructions. 

Install PE pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with ASTM D2321; provide 

one foot minimum cover in trafficked areas. 

Install pipes under roadways in accordance with SAUNAS Standard Plan 13. 

Place plastic marking tape over top of initi~ backfill. 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/ITORDOU2/02720 02720-3 Storm Drainage System

’- 


3.3.1 Pipeline Testing: 

Test pipes for leakage by exfiltration tests. Fill the line with water with a minimum 

head of 2 feet above the upper end of the pipeline and let stand until the pipe has 

reached maximum absorption for a minimum during of 4 hours. After absorption, 

reestablish the head and maintain for 2 hours. ”Measure the amount of water required 

to maintain this water level. If leakage exceeds 0.2 gallons per inch diameter per 100 

feet of pipeline per hour, take corrective actions and retest. 

3.3.2 Backfdl compaction: 

● Crushed rock: 95% maximum dry density ASTM D1557 

● Initial backfdl: 90% maximum dry density ASTM D1557 

● Intermediate backfill: 95’XOmaximum dry density ASTM D1557 under roadways; 

90940maximum d~ density elsewhere. 

3.3.3 Testing Frequency: 

● In accordance with Section 02222, EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND 

BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES. 


SY5-13-96/SACTERCffWORDOU2/02720 02720-4 Storm Drainage System





1.1.3 Delive~, Storage and Handling 

1.1.4 Pipe and Fittings 

1.1.5 Miscellaneous Materials 



1.1.8 Cleanup 


SECTION 02732- 

SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATEKWLS (ASTM) 

ASTM D1785 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe 

ASTM D2122 Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings 

ASTM D2241 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series) 

ASTM D2464 Threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, 

Schedule 80 

ASTM D2564 Solvent Cements for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Piping 

Systems 

ASTM D2657 Heat-Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERC/’FTORDOU2M2732 02732-1 Sanitary Sewerage Systems

ASTM D2774 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping 

ASTM D3035 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Controlled 

Outside Diameter 

ASTM D3139 Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 

ASTM D3350 Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials 

ASTM F477 Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe 

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) 

ASMEB16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 

AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) 

AWWAC11O 

AWAC1ll 

AWWAC115 

AWWAC151 

AWWA C200 

AWWA C203 

AWWA C207 

AWWA C208 

AWWA C600 

AWWA C900 

Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In., for 

Water and Other Liquids 

Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings 

Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges 

Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Water or Other Liquids 

Steel Water Pipe 6 In. (150 mm) and Larger 

Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines 

- Enamel and Tape - Hot-Applied 

Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 In. Through 

144 In. 

Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings 

Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances 

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. Through 12 In., for 

Water Distribution 

City of Salinas (SAIINAS) Department of Public Works, Design Standards and Standard 

Specifications. 

SJ/5-13.96/SACTERC~ORDOU2/02732 02732-2 Sanitary Sewerage Systems

#- 1.3 SUBMITTALS 

.- 

“> 


1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 

Deliver, store and handle material in such a manner that pipe, fittings and accessories, and 

pipe coatings are not darnaged. 


2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS 

Piping less than 4 inches in diameter will be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic or 

polyethylene (PE) plastic. Piping 4 inches in diameter and larger will be ductile iron, steel, 

polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic, or polyethylene (PE) plastic. 

2.1.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 

● Pipe and Fittings Less Than 4 inches Diameter: ASTM D1785, 

Schedules 40, 80, 120, or D2241, SDR 21, 26, or 32.5, with screw joints, 

push-on joints, or solvent weld joints. 

● Pipe and Fittings 4 inches Diameter and Larger: ASTM D2241, SDR 21,26, 

32.5, or AWWA C900, Class 100, 150, 200, with push-on joints. 

● Screw Joints: ASTM D2464, Schedule 80 

● Push-On Joints: ASTM D3 139, with ASTM F477 gaskets 

● Solvent Cement: ASTM D2564 

2.1.2 Polyethylene (PE) Pipe 

● Pipe: ASTM D3350 and ASTM D3035, minimum pressure rating of 100 psi 

AT 73.4 degrees Farenheit. 

● Heat Fusion Joints: ASTM D2657 

● Flanged or Mechanical Joints: ASME B16. 1 or AWWA C207 

SJ/5-13-96/SACTERCilTORDOU2102732 02732-3 Sanitary Sewerage Systems

-> 

2.1.3 Ductile Iron Pipe 

● Pipe: AWWACl51, working pressure not less than 150 psi, or to match 

existing. 

● Mechanical Fittings: AWWA Cl 10, rated for 150 psi 

● Push-On Fittings: AWWA C 110 and AWWA Cl 11, rated for 150 psi 

s Push-On Joints: AWWA Cl 11 

● Mechanical Joints: AWWA Cl 11 as modifiedbyAWWAC151 

● Flanged Joints: AWWA Cl 15 

2.1.4 Steel Pipe 

● Pipe: AWWA C200. 

● Fktings: AWWA C200, fabricated in compliance with AWWA C208 

● Mechanical and Push-On Joints: AWA C200 

● Flanged Joints: AWA C207 

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 

2.2.1 Buried Steel Pipe Coating: AWWA C203 

2.2.2 Plastic Marking Tape: In accordance with Section 02222, EXCAVATION, 

TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES. 



3.1.1 Cut pipe in a neat manner with mechanical cutters. Use wheel cutters where 

practicable. Smooth sharp and rough edges and remove loose material from the 

pipe before laying. 

SJ/5-13-961SACIZRC fITORDOU2M2732 02732-4 Sanitary Sewerage Systems

+-- 

3.1.2 Lay pipe with bells facing the direction of laying. Before lowering and while 

suspended, inspect the pipe for defects. Lay pipe in accordance with the 

following: 

● Ductile Iron: AWWA C600. 

● Steel: AWWA C600. 

● Polyvinyl Chloride: Manufacturer’s instructions. 

● Polyethylene: ASTM D2774. 

3.1.3 Join pipe in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 

3.1.4 Form and place concrete thrust blocks at each elbow or change of direction of 

force mains. 

3.1.5 Install plastic marking tape continuous over top of non-ferrous pipe below finish 

grade. 


3.2.1 Air Pressure Test: SALINAS Standard Specification Section71. 

3.2.2 Water Pressure Test: SALINAS Standard Specification Section 71. 

3.3 CLEANUP 

Upon completion of the installation of the sewer lines and appurtenances, remove debris 

and surplus materials resulting from the work. 


SJ/5-13-96/SACTERCJlTO=U2102732 02732-5 Sanita~ Sewerage Systems

..-. 




1.1.2 Chain Lkk Fence 

1.1.3 Barbed Wire Fence 

1.1.4 Concrete 

1.1.5 Padlocks 



SECTION 02830 

FENCING 

AMEIUCAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) 

ASTM A121 Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire 

ASTM A176 Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and 

strip 

ASTM A478 Chromium-nickel Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Weaving and 

Knitting Wire 

ASTM A666 Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar 

ASTM A702 Barbed Wm Fence Posts 

ASTM C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete 

ASTM F883 Padlocks 

SJ/5-14-96/SACTER~ORDOU2/02830 02830-1 Fencing

AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) 

AWS WZC Welding Zinc-Coated Steels 

California Department of Transportation (CALTlL4FJS), Standard Specifications 

City of Salinas (SALINAS) Department of Public Works, Design Standards and Standard 



2.1 CHAIN LINK FENCE 

2.1.1 Fabric: Zinc coated, 6 feet wide, CALTRANS Specification Section 80-4.OIB 

2.1.2 Gates: CALTRANS Specification Section 80-4.OID 

2.1.3 Posts and Braces: Metal, zinc-coated, CALTRANS Specification Section 80-4.OIA 

2.1.4 Accessories: CALTIL4NS Specification SO-4.OIC 

2,2 BARBED WIRE FENCE 

2.2.1 Barbed Wire: 12 %-gauge Class 1, CALTRANS Specification Section 80-3.OIC 

2.2.2 Gates: CALTIL4.NS Specification S0-3.0 lE 

2.2.3 Posts and Braces: Zinc-coated metal, CALTRANS Specification Section 80-3 .OIA 

2.2.4 Accessories: CALTRANS Specification Section 80-3.OIF 

2.3 CONCRETE: CALTIL4NS Specification Section 80-3.OIF and 80-4.OIC 

2.4 PADLOCKS: ASTM F883, Type PO 1, Grade 2, Size 1-3/4 inch, keyed alike. 



3.1.1 Barbed Wire Fence: CALTRANS Specification Section S0-3.02, 10-foot post 

spacing. 

SJ/5-14-961SACTERCI’HORDOU2102830 02830-2 Fencing

---- 

‘x 

3.1.2 Chain Lhk Fence CALTRA.NS Specification Section 80-4.02, SALINAS 

Standard Plan 42, 10-foot post spacing, Type CL-6. 

3.1.3 Gates: CALTIL4NS Specification Section 80-4.OID, double swing gate with 6-foot 

leaves. 

3.1.4 Grounding: Install one ground per each fence enclosure. 


SJ/5-14-96/SACTERC/H0RDOUW02S30 02830-3 Fencing

.-m - 

PART1 GENEIk+L 





1.1.4 Soil Amendments 

1.1.5 Soil Fumigant 

1.1.6 Seed Mixtures 

1.1.7 Erosion Control Material 

1.1.8 Seeding Times and Conditions 

1.1.9 Site Preparation 

1.1.10 Seeding Procedures 

1.1.11 Application of Soil Fumigant 

1.1.12 Erosion Control 


1.1.14 Protection of Seeded &eas 

SECTION 02935 

HYDROSEEDING 

1.1.15 Vegetative Cover Maintenance during Establishment Period 

SJL5-13-96t3AmCUTIXD0U2\02935 02935-1 Hydrosewling

. 

1.2 

1.3 

1.4 

REFERENCES 

COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTIONS (CID) 

CID A-A-1909 (Basic) Fertilizer 

SUBMITTALS 

Prepare submittals in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS, 

DELIVERY, STOIUGE, AND HANDLING 

Deliver seed, fertilizer and fumigant in sealed containers. Store seed and fertilizer in cool, 

dry locations away from contaminants. Do not store chemical treatment materials with 

other landscape materials. 


2.1 SOILAMENDMENTS 

2.1.1 

2.1.2 

Fertilizer: CID A-A-1909 

Paper fiber mulch: 

2.2 SOIL FUMIGANT 

“ Shredded for the purpose of mulching seed 

● Dyed an appropriate color to facilitate visual metering during application 

● pH range from 4.5 to 6.0. 

EPA registered and approved, 98 percent methyl bromide and 2 percent chloropicrin. 

SJ\5-14-96\SACTERC\l=rORDOU2\02935 02935-2 Hydroseeding

___ 

2.3 SEEDMIXTURES 

ChapamalOpening Mix Common Name lbs/Acre 

Camissonia cheiranthjfolia 

*Croton cahyornicus 

Eschscholzia call~ornica 

*Helianthernumscopularurn 

Horkelia cuneata 

*Koeleria macrantha 

*Lessing”afilag”nlfolia cal[~ 

Lupinus nanus 

NasseIla lepiab 

Nassellapulchra 

Poa sec-undasecundh 

Salvia columbariae 

SisyrinchiumbeIIum 

V@pia microstachyspauclji’ora 

beach evening primrose 0.5 

California croton 1 

California poppy 1 

sun rose 1 

wedge-leaf horkelia 1 

junegrass 3 

California aster 2 

sky lupine 5 

foothill needlegrass 5 

purple needlegrass 5 

one-sided bluegrass 3 

chia 1 

blue-eyed grass 1 

Pacific fescue 2 

Total 31.5 

*Species may be omitted pending vegetative cover pilot study results, expected 

to be available June 1996. 

2.4 EROSION CONTROL MATElW4L 

2.4.1 

2.4.2 

2.4.3 

Soil Erosion Control Blanket 

Machine produced mat of wood excelsior formed from a web of interlocking wood 

fibers, covered on one side with either knitted straw blanket-like mat construction, 

covered with biodegradable plastic mesh, or interwoven biodegradable thread, 

plastic netting or twisted kraft paper cord netting. 

Soil Erosion Control Fabric 

Knitted construction of polypropylene yam ‘with uniform mesh openings 

3/4- to l-inch-square with strips of biodegradable paper to last 6 to S months. 

Soil Erosion Control Net 

Heavy, twisted jute mesh weighing approximately 1.22 pounds per yard and 4 feet 

wide with mesh openings of approximately 1 inch square. 

SJt5-13-96\SACIElZCWORDOU2\02935 02935-3 Hydroseeding

,/ 2.4.4 Anchors 

As recommended by the erosion control material manufacturer. 

PAIIT73 EXECUTION 

3.1 SEEDING TIMES AND CONDITIONS 

3.1.1 Schedule sowing between October and December to coincide with the first winter 

rains, or supply supplemental irrigation to provide a 6-month wet period for cover 

est abolishment. 

3.1.2 Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, or during windy 

periods. 

3.2 SITE PREPARATION 

3.2.1 

3.2.2 

3.2.3 

Fertilizing 

Determine percentage of noxious weed species by performing a soil test. Apply 

fertilizer at the rate determined from the soil test. 

Tilling 

On slopes gentler than 3-horizontal to l-vertical (3: 1), till soil to a minimum depth 

of 4 inches. On slopes between 3:1 and 1:1, till soil to a minimum depth of 

2 inches by scarifyhg with heavy rakes, or other method. On 1:1 and steeper, no 

tillage is required. 

Protection 

Protect finished graded areas from damage by vehicular or pedestrian trtilc and 

erosion. 

3.3 SEEDING PROCEDURES 

3.3.1 Spread seed mix uniformly at the rate shown in Paragraph 2.3, SEED MIXTURE. 

3.3.2 Add seed and fertilizer to water and thoroughly mix at the rates specified by the 

manufacturer. 

sl\5-14-96UACTERCUTORDOU2\02935 02935-4 Hydroseeding

3.3.3 Addpaper fiber mulch attherates recomended bythemanufacturer afier the 

seed, fertilizer and water have been thoroughly mixed to produce a homogeneous 

slurry. 

3.3.4 Uniformly apply slurry under pressure over the entire area to obtain desired 

application rates. 

3.3.5 If needed, water within 7 days after completing the seeded area. Apply water at a 

rate sufficient to ensure moist soil conditions to a minimum depth of 6 inches. 

Combine watering with natural rainfall to provide a 6-month establishment period 

for the applied seed mix. Prevent run-off and puddling. 

3.4 APPLICATION OF SOIL FUMIGANT 

3.4.1 Fumigate onsite soil used in the vegetative cover by the soil injection method. 

Have a state-certified applicator apply the fumigant in accordance with 

Environmental Protection Agency label restrictions and recommendations and 

following California Department of Pesticide Regulation requirements. Follow all 

applicable Monterey County Agricultural Commissioners Otlce procedures. 

3.4.2 Heat, vaporize, and inject the fumigant a minimum depth of 10 inches into the soil 

with an injection tractor. If soil is fumigated while over the geomembrane barrier, 

adjust fumigant injectors to allow safe dispersion and geomembrane clearance. 

Immediately after fumigation, place plastic sheeting over the soil and keep in place 

for 4 days. Use soaker hoses as needed to prevent lateral migration of the 

fumigant through adjacent soils. Allow fumigated areas to lay fallow for no less 

than 15 calendar days prior to the commencement of hydroseeding activities. 

3.5 EROSION CONTROL 

If any area of the vegetative cover is not to be hydroseeded prior to a rain event, select 

and install erosion control material in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 

3.6 CLEANUP 

Remove and properly dispose of excess and waste material from the seeding and planting 

operation. Restore adjacent areas to pre-constmction conditions to the extent practicable. 

3.7 PROTECTION OF SEEDED AREAS 

Immediately after seeding, protect the areas against traffic or other use by erecting 

barricades and providing signage as required. 

SJVL14-96\SACITRCUTORDOU2\02935 02935-5 Hydroseeding

’-- 

-. 

-- 

. 3.8 VEGETATIVE COVER MAINTENANCE DURING ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD 

.. 

3.8.1 Maintenance of the planted areas will include eradicating weeds, protecting 

embankments and ditches from erosion, maintaining erosion control materials and 

protecting planted areas from trafllc. 

3.8.2. Irrigation will be required either to augment or substitute for natural rainfall if the 

timing of seed application does not occur at the beginning of a natural wet period. 

A minimum 6-month wet establishment period is required. Conduct watering to 

provide this minimum 6-month period and apply at a rate sufficient to ensure moist 

soil conditions but not cause pending or runoff. 


SJW14-96\SA~ERCWORDOU2\02935 02935-6 Hydroseeding

APPENDIX H 

RESPONSES TO AGENCY COMMENTS

,’ 

Attachment A 

Responseto Commentsfrom 

CaliforniaIntegratedWaste Management Board 

Review of the Remedial Action Work Plan, April 3, 1996 


OPERABLE UNIT 2 LANDFILL CLOSURE 



DACW05-95-D-0001 


General Response to Comments: 

The USACE, through the TERC contract, is constructing the landfill cap in accordance with 

approved documents including the Record of Decision (ROD) and approved Harding Lawson 

Associates (HLA) designs. The Remedial Action Work Plan (RAWP) is the primary deliverable, 

not the HLA design. However the design remains the same. International Technology 

- Corporation (IT) is incorporating constructibility improvements to the HLA design in the 

Remedial Action Work Plan (RAWP). These improvements enhance the overall design approved 

by the Base Cleanup Team (BCT) and are meant to define those areas which deviate from the 

approved design. BCT approval is requested to adapt these improvements to the approved 

design. 

None of these improvements are changes to the basic design concepts and performance 

specifications approved in the HLA design documents. Therefore, no Explanation of Significant 

Differences (ESD) amendments are required to the ROD based on these constructibility 

improvements. The only ESD required to the ROD is currently under review by the EPA, state 

and Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) which adds cleanup criteria to the areas to 

be consolidated. 

Language will be added to clearly reference the HLA design docurnents.except as they are 

needed by the improvements as shown in the wwp and specifically detailed in Table 6.1, 

Constructibility Improvements. Table 6.1 verbage will be enhanced to say that these 

improvements are incorporated in the RAWP. 

Again, no design changes impact the record of decision. In our opinion, there are no “sweeping 

design changes” being proposed. The design, in our opinion, is frozen as capped landfill areas 

within a low permeable liner and vegetative cover. 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/CIWMB 

A-1

Changes such as the perimeter berm configuration are not considered a major change but 

refinements to the existing design. 

The deletion of the drainage system piping is considered an improvement in that it avoids the 

concentration of storm water and allows the deletion of the storm water basins. Further, the 

deletion of the storm water drainage piping system in the vegetative cover layer eliminates a 

major erosion potential in the collection swakes. In addition, it allows for better access during the 

post closure operation and maintenance (O&M) years. 

Slopes and slope stability are both regulated (min/max) and engineered and these improvements 

are within the regulatory parameters of minimums and maximums. 

It is not our intent to pursue changes outside the regulatory limits. IT does, however, consider it 

prudent of us all to pursue the most cost effective engineering practices and construction methods 

available within regulatory constraints. 

1. Comment: 

Due to the potential explosive hazards posed by landfill gas, no burning should be conducted in 

the vicinity of the landfill. The proposed option of mulching green material obtained by clearing 

and grubbing and using it as a soil amendment would be safer. 

-’ \ Response: 

Harding Lawson Associates (HLA) stated in the Draft Final Design Analysis (Design Analysis), 

Section 2.4.3 (Design Analysis), Landfill Gas Monitoring, first paragraph, that “no methane was 

found”. Recent test pit investigations conducted by IT did not detect appreciable landfill gas 

odors. There have been no problems with landfill gas to date. 

Controlled burns are approved by the local authorities and are currently conducted off the landfill 

by the fire department setting alight windrowed vegetative material. These controlled burns have 

proceeded without incident. 

Mulching green material and using as a soil amendment could cause maintenance problems. The 

mulched material would still contain tree and shrub seeds, such as poison oak, which could 

propagate on the proposed landtll cover. The roots from these plants could interfere with the 

integrity of the vegetative cover soil and breech the low-permeability polyethylene barrier layer. 

Therefore, controlled burning was the prefemed alternative to mulching. 

Action: 

None. 

2. Comment: 

The excavation plans appear to leave open trenches, approximately 20 feet deep with no exits, 

until they can be sampled. CIWMB staff is concerned that this may pose a hazard. It may be 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC~ORDOU2/CIWMB 

A-2

safer to develop a sampling plan with pass/fail criteria so that the trenches can be sampled and 

/ filled shortly after excavation of each trench is complete. 

Response: 

Trenches will be constructed in accordance with California and federal Occupational and Safety 

Health Acts (OSHA). Adequate egress will be incorporated in the trench excavation, such as 

gentle sloping, open-ended trench to avoid confined space permit requirements. Sidewalls will be 

stepped so they are less than five feet high. 

Action: 

Revise Figure 2-14 to incorporate an egress ramp. 

3* Comment: 

A filling sequence should be developed for the landfills with waste acceptance criteria. 

Equipment capacity and cycle time should be included to determine expected filling duration. 

Response: 

There is no waste acceptance criteria for refuse from Area A. Excavation of refuse from Area A 

and consolidation on the other landfill areas is approved in the ROD. The filling sequence is 

indicated on Figure 7-1 Construction Schedule, Generally, the landfill Areas B, C, and D are 

filled first with re~se (general fill) from Area A. Then, Areas E and F are filled with soil from 

—.\ the other remediation sites on Fort Oral. The filling duration estimated to construct the landfill 

areas is indicated on the construction schedule. Equipment capacity is shown in Table 7-2, 

Construction Equipment Schedule. The schedule shows the excavator uses a two cubic yard 

bucket, the dump truck is a 35 ton articulated truck. 

Action: 

Revise Figure 2-15 to include additional sequencing information (bottom to top). 

4. Comment: 

The plan states that waste will be taken fi-om other sites. The 14 CCR operational requirements 

apply to the other sites. Please provide documentation on these sites. 

Response: 

A remedial action work plan for these sites (Fort Ord Remediation Sites 3, 12, 16/17, 31, and 39) 

is currently in progress. 

Action: 

A draft version will be forwarded upon completion. 

5. Comment: 

Waste can be used as foundation material; however, the screened waste does not remove glass 

fragments, which could pose a puncture hazard to the FML. 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC fFTORDOU2/CIWMB A-3

,—., 

Response: 

Waste will not be in contact with the FML. Only the lower one foot of foundation layer will be 

waste. The upper one foot in contact with the FML will be clean soil, with a maximum particle 

size of 0.5 inches. 

Action: 

None. 

6. Comment: 

It has been CIWMB’S staff experience that when landfills are closed, anaerobic conditions are 

developed and landfill gas generation is increased. What contingency plan does the Army have 

if this occurs and affects the housing adj scent to the landfills? Where will landfill gas 

monitoring probes be located to ensure that landfill gas migration will be detected? In addition, 

landfill gas vents will need to be monitored for trace gasses, IZPA method TO-14, with low 

detection limits of 0.5 ppb for vinyl chloride and benzene. 

Response: 

Landfill gas ~onitoring probes are located at 1,000 feet maximum spacing around the landfill 

area perimeters. The probe locations are shown as “SGP-XX” on the Harding Lawson Associates 

(HLA) drawings sheets C22 to C27. 

The response to monitoring for trace gases is included in the Final Closure and Postclosure 

Maintenance Plan, which states “the wells will be sampled and analyzed quarterly for the first 

year in accordance with the requirements of Title 14. The need for continuing the monitoring 

program will be evaluated at that time. 

The response. to a contingency plan is included in the Final Closure and Postclosure Maintenance 

Plan, which states “if monitoring results indicate that over 5 percent by volume methane is 

present in the landt311 gas monitoring wells, the passive system will be converted to an active 

landfill gas collection system.” 

Action: 

None. 

z Comment: 

The final cover design has been enhanced; however, the stability of the final cover is still in 

question. Page 2-31 of the RAWP states, “Once the test results are obtained, a constructibility 

review will be conducted to ewduate the slope stability of the cover”, CIWMB staff will need to 

review this analysis to ensure compliance with the 14 CCR slope stability requirements. 

Response: 

Test results were carried out to determine the interface friction values for smooth and textured 

geomembmne on the Fort ord landfill soils. The results indicate a stable slope using textured 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/CIWMB 

A-4

geomembrane on 3 horizontal to 1 vertical (3:1) sideslopes around the landfill perimeter. 

However, for erosion control and maintenance purposes, a 4:1 sideslope is now proposed., 

California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 14, Division 7, Article 7.S, Section 17777 requires a 

slope stability report for sideslopes less than 3:1, Therefore, stability calculations are not required 

for 4:1 vertical sideslopes. 

Action: 

Change perimeter sideslopes to 4:1. 

8. Comment: 

The drainage and final grades will also be revised. Since these are important factors in the slope 

stability analysis and 14 CCR requirements, CIWMB staff will also need to review these design 

modifications. 

Response: 

The final sideslope soil-geomembrane grades will be reduced from 2 horizontal to 1 vertical (2:1) 

to 4:1. The final cover grades will be increased from the regulatory minimum of three percent to 

not greaterthan 10 percent. This later grade is less than the sideslope grades, so the cover slopes 

should also be stable. 

The modification to the drainage pattern and design is minimal. As with the original design, 

stormwater drainage is directed off the landfill cover to an intltration trench instead of an 

irrilltration basin. 

Action: 

Constructibility improvements are shown on Figure 2-16. Construction specifications will be 

included in Appendix G - Construction Specifications. 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERCiFTORDOU2/CIWM13 

A-5

Attachment B 

UnHed States Environmental Protection Agency 

Review of Remedial Action Work Plan for 0U2 Landfill Closure, Fort 

Oral, California, April 4, 1996. 


OPERABLE UNIT 2 LANDFILL CLOSURE 



DACW05-95-D-0001 


General Comment: 

The Remedial Action Work Plan (RAWP) claims freedom to make sweeping changes to the OU- 

2 Landfill closure design previously approved by EPA. The nature of the changes proposed by 

the RAWP give the impression that much of the work will be re-designed by the remediation 

contractor during ,a very compressed time frame, and without the opportunity for EPA review 

~. and approval. This is not acceptable to EPA. Although Sections 2.9.1 and 6.0 present several 

“constructibility improvements “, it is not clear if the RAWP is based on the design prior to the 

adoption of these proposed improvements or if these proposed improvements have already been 

incorporated into the R4WP. 

In order to resolve these concerns, the IL4WP should list (in Section 1) the previously approved 

drawings and specifications which provide the basis of the RAWP. In other sections of the 

RAWP, the applicable drawings and specifications should be cited by name and number. Any 

proposed changes to the previously approved drawings and specifications should be clearly 

indicated in the RAWP. This will dispel the uncertainty as to whether the proposed 

constructibility improvements have already been incorporated into the R4WP. 

Any changes to the previously approved 0U2 landfill closure design should be compared to the 

0U2 ROD to determine if an Explanation of Significant Differences (ESD) is warranted. All 

“significant” design changes which could impact the ROD, should be brought to EPA’s attention. 

Response: 

The USACE, through the TERC contract, is constructing the landfill cap in accordance with 

approved documents includimg the Record of Decision (ROD) and approved Harding Lawson 

Associates (HLA) designs. International Technology Corporation (IT) is incorporating 

constructibility improvements to the HLA design in the Remedial Action Work Plan (RAWP). ” 

These improvements enhance the overall design approved by the Base Cleanup Team (BCT) and 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2WSEPA 

B-1

.. 

are meant to define those areas which deviate from the approved design. BCT approval is 

requested to adapt these improvements to the approved design. 

None of these improvements are changes to the basic design concepts and performance 

specifications approved in the HLA design documents. Therefore, no Explanation of Significant 

Differences (ESD) amendments are required to the ROD based on these contractibility 

improvements. The only ESD required to the ROD is currently under review by the EPA, state 

and Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) which adds cleanup criteria to the areas to 

be consolidated. 

Language will be added to clearly reference the HLA design documents except as they are 

needed by the improvements as shown in the RAWP and specifically detailed in Table 6.1, 

Constructibility Improvements. Table 6.1 verbiage will be enhanced to say that these 

improvements are incorporated in the RAWP. 

Again, no design changes impact the record of decision. In our opinion, there are no “sweeping 

design changes” being proposed. The design, in our opinion, is frozen as capped landfill areas 

within a low permeable liner and vegetative cover. 

Changes such as the perimeter berm configuration are not considered a major change but 

refinements to the existing design. 

The deletion of the drainage system piping is considered an improvement in that it avoids the 

concentration of storm water and allows the deletion of the storm water basins. Further, the 

deletion of the storm water drainage piping system in the vegetative cover layer eliminates a 

major erosion potential in the collectio~ swales. In addition, it allows for better access during the 

post closure operation and maintenance (O&M) years. 

Slopes and slope stability are both regulated (min.hnax) and engineered and these improvements 

are within the regulatory parameters of minimums and maximums. 

It is not our intent to pursue changes outside the regulatory limits. IT does, however, consider it 

prudent of us all to pursue the most cost effective engineering practices and construction methods 

available within regulatory constraints. 

Action: 

Section 1;0, add this explanation after the third paragraph. 

1. Comment: 

The list of Acronyms and Abbreviations is not shown in the Table of Contents, and the list is 

incomplete (see appendix F). 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC/FTOKDOU2/USEPA 

B-2

... 

Response: 

concur. 

Action: 

The Table of Contents will be revised to include the list of Acronyms and Abbreviations. 

Acronyms and abbreviations in Appendix F will be included in the list. 

2. Comment: 

The kmdfdl areas should be identified (A through F). This is the fust figure seen by the new 

reader, and labeling will make the text easier to follow. 

Response: 

Concur. 

Action: 

Add area designations to Figure 1-2. 

3. Comment: 

This section is where the contractor should list the Drawings and Specifications of which the. RAWP 

is based. This would dispel the uncertainty later, as to whether the proposed Constructibility 

Improvements are incorporated, or not. 

Response: 

Concur. 

Action: 

The HLA design will be referenced as the base document. 

4. Comment: 

Table 1-1 is incomplete. It shows only the frost year of the project. There are differences between 

this summary and the detailed schedule (Figure 7-l). The data date, the actual dates for start of 

Prepare Work Plans and the end date are different. Please make these schedules consistent. 

Response: 

concur. 

Action: 

Revise Table 1-1 Milestone Schedule and Figure 7-1 Construction Schedule. 

5. Comment: 

The plan does not give any indication that the local police and fme departments have agreed to, or 

are aware of, the traffic proposals. For example, in Section 2.2,1.1, the last sentence states: “The 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERCffTORDOU2/IJSEPA 

B-3

--- 

--:.. 

federal police mdfiredep-ent till renotified mdprovided tithadetom map...'' Section 

2.2.1.4, first sentence, states: ``A72hom notice till begiven tolocale mergencysewices . . .“ 

Please be sure that local police and fire departments have approved or are aware of traffic proposals. 

Response: 

The local police and fire departments have agreed to, and are aware of, the trafilc proposals 

presented in the IU4WP. 

Action: 

Section 2.2.1.1, last sentence, change “will be” to “have been”. 

6. Comment: 

It is not clear who represents “security operations” and Project 

subcontract described. Please explain. 

security. There is no security 

Response: 

Th~terms for security operations, as note~ are inconsistent. In Section 2.2.5.2, the term “project 

security” will be changed to “security operations”. Security on the former Fofi Ord is the 

responsibility of the Federal Police as directed by the Garrison Commander. All decisions such 

as UXO disposal and security or closing Lmjim Road and traffic control have been coordinated 

through the Federal Police, Base Fire Department DPW and other installation representatives. 

In the area of operations such as the removal areas IT Corporation will post appropriate warning 

barriers and issue security badges to authorized personnel. IT will challenge anyone 

unauthorized to be in exclusion zones without proper trainihg and documentation. These 

individuals will be asked to leave until proper authorization is obtained from the Health and 

Safety Ofilcer who is responsible for authorizing individuals with the proper training and 

documentation to enter the exclusion zone. The Health and Safety Officer coordinates all 

security concerns with the proper authorities such as the Federal Police, Fire Department, 

hospitals and medical personnel. 

Action: 

Section 2.2.5.2, change the term “project security” to “security operations”. Section 2.2.5, insert 

this clarification. 

z“ Comment: 

The burning of two buildings does not seem to have value as a training exercise for fire officers. The 

location is very close to other buildings which remain. The training exercises may represent a 

serious hazard to these buildings. Has the fire department agreed to issue a burning permit for this 

situation? 

Response: 

The fme department requested use of the buildings for fire training purposes. They will conduct the 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERCiRORDOU2NSEPA 

B-4

training exercise and, as the fire department, they are also responsible for permits and fire control 

within the training area. 

Action: 

None. 

8. Comment: 

The site plan, Figure 2.1, does fiot appear to show any stockpile areas for overburden from Area A. 

Please check, 

Response: 

Concur. 

Action: 

Figure 2-1 will be revised to include stockpile areas. 

9. Comment: 

How much interim cover is included in the RAWP? Where is this material to come from and where 

is it shown in the soil balance diagrams? It is not clear what best construction practice can be used 

to deal with odors or vermin without covering the refuse. Please explain. 

Response: 

The original intention of the HLA design was intended to provide an “interim cover” of one foot 

over the refuse from Area A. IT’s schedule does not provide for a delay period to shut down 

operations, therefore an interim cover is not required. One foot of clean soil will be placed over 

the consolidated refuse from Area A. The cleans soil will come from the existing cover soil on 

the landfill areas or from the clean, borrow areas on hea A. The clean soil will be in addition to. 

one foot of graded refuse with no large materials. Because it provides the foundation for the 

geosynthetic liner, this soil layer is termed the foundation layer. The foundation layer also covers 

the contaminated refuse and separates the contamination from the liner installers. In this 

application, the terms “interim cover” and “foundation layer” are synominous. 

Results of test trenching indicate little odors or food for vermin. The excavated waste consisted 

predominately of native sandy soils, construction debris, wood, concrete, steel, and small amounts 

of inert plastics and metals. “Best construction practice” means that if there is odor or vectors, then 

daily cover or synthetic liners will be placed over the excavated waste. Daily cover, if necessary, 

will be accomplished with clean materials from the step-back excavations at the Area A trenches and 

clean trench cover materials. Daily cover is a minimum thickness of six inches. Compaction will be 

accomplished by landfill compactors running over the waste. 

Action: 

Delete the words “interim cover” and replace with the correct term, “cover soils”. 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERClFTORDOU2/USEPA 

B-5

10. Comment: 

This section is inadequate to describe the activity which will be the major determinate of the quality 

of the closure. No material or construction specifications are referenced, and no quality control plan 

is described. Please reference the applicable specifications. Additionally, the text implies that liner 

seaming could be adequately performed by extrusion in place of fhsion. What is the basis for 

extrusion being an acceptable altmnative? 

Response: 

This section of the RAWP is not intended to be the specification or the quality control plan. 

Specification Section 02271 Flexible Membrane Liner, will be used as the basis for bidding and 

selecting a supplier and installer. A third party subcontractor will be used for quality control during 

manufacture and installation. 

The text mentions fusion and extrusion welding, both of which are used for the installation of 

polyethylene geomembrane. Panel welding is done using a hot-wedge fusion welder, however 

extrusion welding is used for patching panels and pipe penetrations, i.e. in areas where a fusion 

welder will not work. There was no implication intended to substitute fusion welding for extrusion 

welding. 

Action: 

Section 2.7.1, last paragraph, delete and replace with: 

“A specialty liner installation company will be subcontracted to famish and install the FML. Part 

of the acquisition process requires submittal of company and personnel experience before award 

of a subcontract.” 

11. Comment: 

During placement of the first lift of cover over the flexible membrane liner, this section states: 

“Material will initially be placed. . . . a track mounted excavator. . . . a Low Ground Pressure (LGP) 

dozer” . . . This equipment is not listed in the equipment lists on Tables 7-1 through 7-3. Please 

explain or list this equipment. 

Response: 

The track-mounted excavator is listed in Table 7-2 under the heading “Excavator”. A Cat 225 

excavator is a track-mounted excavator. 

The low ground pressure dozer is the D6 dozer. Table 7-3, Support Equipment does not include 

major earthmoving equipment. 

Action: 

Table 7-1 will be revised to include the excavator. The LGP dozer will be clarified on Tables 7-1 

and 7-2. 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2/USEPA 

B-6

.—. , 

12. Comment: 

This section discusses seven changes to the design that the contractor, believes will save money 

without impairing the. quality of the design. However, the RAWP is not clear whether it is based on 

the design prior to the adoption of these changes, or whether the changes have already been 

incorporated in the RAWP. Please clarify. 

Response: 

See response to General Cornfnent 1. 

Action: 

None. 

13. Comment: 

EPA has a specific concern with relaxed grading tolerances and an overall concern that the basis for 

acceptable earthwork performance will be defined in the field by the contractor, rather than by 

previously approved drawings and specifications. 

For example, this section proposes to relax the grading tolerances. In support of this proposal, the 

text states difficult to achieve . . .nonhomogeneous nature of refuse . . .Landfill construction does 

not require . . field adjustment of final grades . . .In Section 2.9.2, the contractor proposes a 

computer system to balance the earthwork and adjust the final grade. Such a system has the potential 

of producing the benefits that the contractor has described, if the landfill is constructed to the grades 

that the program computes. Under such a scenario, grading would be based on stakes set by 

surveyors using the data generated by the computer program. However, in order to see the benefits 

from such a system, grading tolerances need to be relatively precise, otherwise the benefits of the 

computer generated grading plan may not be realized. Unfortunately the RAWP calls for relaxing 

the grading standards from the currently approved design, which may cancel any benefit of the 

computerized plan. Although equipment operators will be able to follow the stakes and should be 

able to meet the required grading tolerances, it is questionable if the computer program will provide 

any real improvement in balancing the earthwork and adjusting the final grade. 

The justification for a relaxed grading standard is not convincing, since the currently specified 

standards are routinely met on other projects. For example, the Standard Specifications of the 

California Department of Transportation specifies a tolerance of 0.1 foot on those earth surfaces 

expected to drain. (By contrast, standard tolerance for surfaces to receive asphalt is 0.05 feet). 

Response: 

The intent of the earthwork computer program is to expedite the determination of earthwork 

vohirnes. Based on the volume of refuse actually excavated and consolidated at Areas B through 

F, the final grade will be adjusted to cover the refuse, or general fill, with the proposed cap. The 

elevations for the final cover will be designed using conventional civil engineering methods. The 

computer output for grade staking will consist of a series of control points with northings, 

castings, and elevations. The surveyors will download these files into a total survey station and 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC/l+TORDOU2/USEPA 

B-7

—. 

—.. 

set the grade stakes. There is no connection between the earthwork program and grading 

tolerances. Surveyors will set grade stakes using conventional survey equipment. . 

The HLA design specifications, as well as CALTRANS specifications, which are referenced 

above, are intended for normal highway earthwork construction. This project is a landfill closure, 

the surface of which will settle considerably during and after construction. IT will build the 

section differences to tolerances to 0.1 feet tolerance. The point intended is that although the 

grade may be set to 0.1 feet tolerance, because of settlement, the final surface is unlikely to stay 

within that tolerance. This section will be revised accordingly. 

Road construction will be constructed to the specifications and 

Standard Specifications. 

tolerances in CALTRANS 

Action: 

Section 2.9.1.2, delete reference to relaxing grading tolerances and incorporate the intent of the 

Iast paragraph. Include a new paragraph stating: 

“Road construction will be constructed to the specifications and tolerances in CALTRANS 

Standard Specifications.” 

14. Comment: 

In this section the contractor proposes changes to the design of the cover which, if implemented, will 

require re-drawing 

RAW? 

all the cover drawings. The cost and time of this effort should be included in the 

Response: 

This is not a fund-financed project, therefore costs of contractor documentation are not a separate 

effort. However, the lU4WP proposes to modify the cover grading and drainage system to save a. 

considerable amount of construction cost and time. The original cover drainage system design, 

which consists of 8 and 12-inch diameter pipes in a 12-inch cover depth, is expensive and 

difilcult to construct and maintain. The intent of the constructablilty improvements is to 

efficiently implement a landfill closure without compromising the required level of protection or 

quality of construction. 

Action: 

None. 

15. Comment: 

This section refers to Appendix D as the proposed Quantity Survey Plan. Appendix D has 

inadequate detail and inconsistencies. Table D-1 in the Appendix gives only four methods of 

measuring the 51 categories for which quantity measurement is listed. Survey is given as the 

method of measurement in all earthmoving categories. The term “survey” is too generalized. There 

is no further description of what surveys will be made, by who, when they will be made, and how 

the calculations will be done. Specification item 02230, excavation of waste, is shown as being 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERCfFTORDOU2NSEPA 

B-8

measured by truck scales. There are no scales shown in the equipment list. The description does 

not mention weighing the refuse. Additionally, the material balances show (Table 2-3, for instance) 

are all in cubic yards. Please clarify. 

Response: 

Precise quantity measurements for subcontractor payment will be included in the procurement 

documents. Since IT is performing the refuse’ excavation, the expense of setting up scales to 

weigh refuse is not required. Quantities will be tracked by truckloads using cubic yard estimates. 

Detailed surveys of in-place cubic yards will be subcontracted to surveyors and then loaded into 

the AGTEK earthwork system program for display and quantity breakdown. 

Action: 

This clarification will be incorporated. 

16. Comment: 

This section duplicates the discussion in Section 2.9.1. It is not clear to EPA whether these 

proposals are included in this present plan or are to be decided subsequently. It appears that the first 

item in Table 6-1 has been adopted, judging by the material balance, Table 2-3. In the event these 

proposals remain to be evaluated and approved, it seems unrealistic that the schedule can be 

maintained with all the re-engineering to be done. Table 6-1 is the first indication that the contractor 

is working to previously prepared plans and specifications. 

Response: 

See response to General Comment 1. 

Action: 

Section 6.0, Constructibility Improvements, 

first paragraph, reword to say: 

“Table 6-1 highlights changes to HLA Draft Final Design Analvsis 0U2 Landfill Final 

Closure which are incorporated in this Remedial Action Work Plan.” 

second paragraph, delete second sentence. 

17. Comment: 

The detailed schedule (Figure 7-1) is based on five days a week and without auy allowance for usual 

holidays. “The schedule is not consistent with the state four days a week, 10 hours a day schedule 

described in the text. Two subcontracts (FML installation and Off Gas system installation) are 

shown as being awarded in July of 1996 but the subcontractor is not needed on site until 1997. 

Many activities are shown prior to the Authorization to Proceed (ATP). What purpose does ATP 

serve if it is not the start of the work? The schedule proposed for Area A, with its preliminary 

activities, and the design changes apparently to be evaluated, seems too optimistic. When the 

contractor finally starts excavating the refuse (17 June 1996) he has little more than five months to 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC/FTORDOU2AJSEPA 

B-9

complete Area A. With the additional excavation for benches shown in Figure 2.14, each excavator 

must work at the rate of approximately 290 cubic yards per hour, eight hoprs a day, five days a week 

for 97 working days. This excavation is to be done in areas that are not precisely known, where 

there is a concern for un-exploded ordnance, and where the extent of the excavation has to await 

confmrnation sampling before the excavator can move on. Please address the above “concerns. 

Response: 

IT Corporation agrees that the “schedule is aggressive which it must be if we are to complete in 

one season. Most holidays fall on Monday or Friday. The four-day week allows for working 

Friday when Mondays are holidays, hence 40 hours is productive. Fridays are off-days in any 

case. IT has allowed for a third excavator if it is required to meet production needs. 

The four-day week allows for adding a fifth day in overtime, if required, to maintain schedule. 

The test excavation evaluated excavation rates. Rates appeared to be consistent with the Work 

Plan assumptions. IT has performed excavation at other sites using similar rates. The authority to 

proceed (ATP) is a contractual requirement with the USACE. The FML installation will be 

subcontracted .as required to meet the schedule. 

Action: 

None. 

18. Comment: 

As noted above, some equipment that is described in other parts of the plan are not listed here. The 

durations in Table 7-2 do not always agree with the durations in Table 7-1. The uncertainty about 

whether the scheduled work week is five or four days needs to be resolved. 

Response: 

The scheduled work week (field activities) will be 4 days per week (Monday through Thursday) 

10 hours per day. 

Action: 

None. 

19. Comment: 

The durations in Table 7-3 are for one season only. 

Response 

The second season (liner and vegetative cover) will not require the same type and quantity of 

support facilities. Liner installation will supply their own office and storage space. IT will 

review our needs at that time. 

Action: 

None. 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERC/FTORDOUXJSEPA 

B-10

-, 

20. Comment: 

This activity represents one work order in the overall program for Fort Oral. Presumably there are 

contractors staff at the program level, whose role is the initial planning, estimation, scheduling, 

proposal, and negotiation of each work order. If this is the case, the proposed staffing for this work 

order appears to high. It would appear that the functions of procurement, estimating, scheduling, 

administration, community relations, health and stiety management, accounting, quality control, 

project chemist, and program management would be provided on an as needed part-time bases to 

each work order by the progra& staff. There are 22 site management persons shown on site full time 

for two months in January and February 1997 when nothing is happening. The schedule calls this 

period “schedule optimization”. Please check stafling needs to see that they are reasonable. 

Response: 

The IT staff shown on the schedule are not working full time on the 0U2 Landfill Closure. There 

are other projects such as the 0U2 Pump and Treat and the Remediation Sites that IT staff are 

also working on at Fort Oral. 

Action: 

None. 

Previous Comments on the OU2 Landfill Design and Closure 

1. Comment: 

EPA comment #2 on the 100’MoDesign Submittal (January 5, 1996) has not been addressed. No 

rationale has been presented regarding the decision to not monitor non-methane organic 

compounds (NMOCS). 

Response: 

Section 5.1.4 of the Final Closure and Post Closure Maintenance Plan addresses landfill gas 

monitoring of both methane and VOCS. 

Action: 

None. 

2* Comment: 

EPA comment Won the 30’XODesign $hbmitial (March 29, 1995) and comment#11 (August 2, 

1995), reiterated as comment #3 (January 5, 1996) has still not been addressed. No plans have 

been presented regarding the groundwater monitoring program or installation of monuments. 

Response: 

Ciroundwater monitoring will be accomplished in accordance with needs determined at the six 

month’s review of 0U2 Groundwater Remedy. Monuments will be installed in accordance with 

Plate 14 of HLA’s Final Closure and Post-Closure Maintenance Plan. 

SJ/4-23-961SACTERC/FTORDOL12/USEPA 

B-l]

‘. 

— . 

Action: 

None. 

3. Comment: 

EPA comment #16 (August 2, 1995), reiterated as comment #6 (January 5, 1996) has still not 

been addressed. EPA has not yet been provided with a copy of the Construction Bioclearance 

Plan. 

Response: 

The Construction Bioclearance Plan is included in the RAWP under Section 2.11, Environmental 

Protection. 

Action: 

None. 

**** 

U.S. EPA is willing to meet with the Army to discuss the above comments. Please feel free to 

contact me at (415) 744-2212 [Lids Tan, Remedial Project Manager, Federal Facility Cleanup 

Offices] 

SJ/4-23-96/SACTERCHORDOU2~SEPA 

B-12

‘> 

‘. 

,._ 

, :— . 

SJ/6-24-96/SACTERCt’FTORD 0U21TWWP.RV 1 

APPENDIX I 

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS 

. .

Page # 




this file. 

Document #~~z+qq

REMEDIAL ACTION WORK PLAN OPERABLE UNIT 2, LANDFILL ...

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?